Table of Contents: Lexmark™ X642e, X644e, X646e MFP 7002-xxx

Edition: February 27, 2007
Lexmark™ X642e, X644e, X646e MFP
7002-xxx
• Table of Contents
• Start Diagnostics
• Safety and Notices
• Trademarks
• Index
Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond design are

trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered
in the United States and/or other countries.
7002-xxx
Edition: February 27, 2007
The following paragraph does not apply to any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or
implied warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the
information herein; these changes will be incorporated in later editions. Improvements or changes in the products or the
programs described may be made at any time.
Comments may be addressed to Lexmark International, Inc., Department D22A/032-2, 740 West New Circle Road,
Lexington, Kentucky 40550, U.S.A or e-mail at [email protected]. Lexmark may use or distribute any
of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.
Lexmark, Lexmark with diamond design, MarkNet, and MarkVision are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc.,
registered in the United States and/or other countries.
PrintCryption is a trademark of Lexmark International, Inc.
LEXFAX is a service mark of Lexmark International, Inc.
Other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
© 2007 Lexmark International, Inc.

All rights reserved.
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RIGHTS

This software and any accompanying documentation provided under this agreement are commercial computer software
and documentation developed exclusively at private expense.
P/N 12G9662
7002-xxx
Table of contents
Laser notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Maintenance approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Configured models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Data streams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Memory configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Recommended operating clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Electrical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Acoustics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Media specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Paper and specialty media guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Supported print media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Print media sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Print media types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Print media weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Selecting print media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Paper characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Transparencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Card stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Storing print media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Avoiding jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Diagnostic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Symptom tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Service errors (8xx.xx and 9xx.xx’s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
User status and attendance messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Additional information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Understanding the MFP operator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
MFP operator panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Home screen and Home screen buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Buttons and touchscreen icon buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Symptom tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Printer symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Scanner—ADF symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Scanner—flatbed symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Table of contents iii

7002-xxx
Scanner—scan quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

High-capacity feeder (2000-sheet) symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
Paper tray symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Duplex option symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Envelope feeder symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Messages and error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Service error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Sub error codes for 8xx, 9xx, and 2xx error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
User status displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38
User attendance messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
User line 2 link messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Check device connection messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
User attendance messages—paper jams and paper handling errors (2xx.xx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Service checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-95
202.03 Error code service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-95
290.02 Error code service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-100
293 Error code service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-108
298.01 Error code service check—models X644e/X646e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-115
842.xx Error code service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-115
927.xx Fan service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-119
Main fan service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-119
Cartridge fan service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-119
950.00 through 950.29 EPROM mismatch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-120
950.30 through 950.60 EPROM mismatch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-121
ADF paper length sensor service check—models X644e/X646e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-122
ADF paper width sensor service check—models X644e/X646e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-123
Charge roll service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-123
Cover closed sensors service check—flatbed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-124
Cover closed switch/cable service check—printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125
Dead machine service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125
Duplex option service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-127
Envelope feeder service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-129
Flatbed size sensor service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131
Fuser service checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-132
920.xx—Cold fuser service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-132
922.xx—Cold fuser check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-134
923.xx—Hot fuser service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-135
iv Service Manual
7002-xxx
Fuser exit sensor service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-138

Fuser narrow media sensor service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-139
High-capacity feeder input tray service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-141
Input sensor service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-146
Input tray(s) service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-147
Interface card service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-148
LCD touchscreen contrast control service check—model X642e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-149
LCD touchscreen display service check—models X644e/X646e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-149
Main drive service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-153
Operator panel Help and Home buttons service check—model X642e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-154
Operator panel Menu button service check—model X642e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-154
Operator panel right cover assembly service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-154
Options service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-155
Flash memory option(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-155
DRAM memory option(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-155
Hard disk option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-155
Output bin sensor standard tray service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-156
Paper feed service check—printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-156
Paper size sensing service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-158
Parallel port service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-159
Print quality service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-160
Scan quality service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-165
Signature button assembly service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-170
System board service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-170
Toner sensor service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-171
Transfer roll service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-172
Diagnostic aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Accessing service menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Diagnostics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Entering Diagnostics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Available tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Registration (printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Quick Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
PRINT TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Input source tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Printing Quality Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
HARDWARE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Panel Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Button Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
DRAM Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
CACHE Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Parallel Wrap test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Serial Wrap test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
DUPLEX TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Quick Test (duplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Top Margin (duplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Sensor Test (duplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Motor Test (duplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Duplex Feed 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Duplex Feed 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
INPUT TRAY TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Feed Tests (input tray) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Sensor Test (input tray) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
OUTPUT BIN TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Feed Tests (output bins) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Sensor Test (standard output bin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
BASE SENSOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Table of contents v
7002-xxx
DEVICE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Quick Disk Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Disk Test/Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Flash Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
PRINTER SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Printed Page Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Permanent Page Count. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Envelope Enhance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Engine Setting 1 through 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Model Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Configuration ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Edge to Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Parallel strobe adjustment (Par x Strobe Adj) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
EP SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
EP Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Fuser Temperature (Fuser Temp). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Fuser Page Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Warm Up Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Print Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Charge Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Gap Adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
EVENT LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Display Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Print Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Clear Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
SCANNER TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
ASIC Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Feed Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Scanner Manual Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Sensor Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Configuration menu (CONFIG MENU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Entering Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Available menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Maintenance Page Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Reset Maintenance Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Print Quality Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
SIZE SENSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Panel Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
PPDS Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Factory Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Energy Conserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
Min Copy Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Format Fax Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
ADF Edge Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
FB Edge Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Automatic Scanner Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
EVENT LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Paper Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Envelope Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Jobs On Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Disk Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Wipe Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Font Sharpening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Require Standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
LES Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
vi Service Manual
7002-xxx
Key Repeat Initial Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Key Repeat Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Wiper Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Exit Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Autocompensator operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Autoconnect system, paper tray options, envelope feeder—electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Autoconnect cabling and connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Duplex Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Option microcode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Paper feed jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Identifying jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Access doors and trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Understanding jam messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Clearing jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
250 Paper Jam Check MP Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
260 Paper Jam Check Env Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
23x and 24x jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
200 and 201 Paper Jam Remove Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
23x Paper Jam Open Duplex Rear Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Clearing ADF jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
290, 291, 292, and 294 Scanner Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Repair information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Handling ESD-sensitive parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Adjustment procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Fuser solenoid adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Gap adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Printhead assembly adjustment—printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Paper alignment assembly adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Scanner registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Automatic Scanner Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Manual registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Removal procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Scanner ADF and flatbed removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
ADF front cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
ADF pick assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
ADF rear cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
ADF top cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Scanner left side cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Front flatbed cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Scan cover (flatbed) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Scanner right side cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
ADF attach screws removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
ADF CCD module assembly removal (models X644e/X646e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
ADF complete assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
ADF upper entrance guide assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
CCD belt removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
CCD belt tension spring removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Cover closing actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Cover closed actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Document tray assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Flatbed CCD ribbon cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Flatbed CCD module assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Flatbed contact glass removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Flatbed white cushion removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Table of contents vii

7002-xxx
Flatbed interconnect card removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Flatbed paper length sensor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Flatbed scan assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Flatbed scan motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Hard disk removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Home sensor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Lower exit guide assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Pickup solenoid assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48
Scanner control card removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Scanner flatbed glass holder assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Separator assembly torque limiter removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Upper glass holder removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Printer removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Fuser wiper cover assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Upper sub cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55
Upper tray cover removal (paper support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Printer left side cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Redrive door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Printer right cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Operator panel left cover assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Operator panel right cover assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64
Touchscreen bezel removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
LCD touchscreen removal—models X644e and X646e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
LCD touchscreen removal—model X642e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Multipurpose feeder/lower front cover assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-71
Left cover handle holder removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Right cover handle holder removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72
Left and right frame extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
Pass thru plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-74
Bevel gear removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
Developer drive assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-77
Developer drive coupler kit removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
ESD cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
Fuser assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Fuser exit sensor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Fuser exit sensor flag and spring removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Fuser lamp removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Fuser narrow media sensor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
Fuser narrow media flag and spring removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Fuser to LVPS AC cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Fuser top cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
Fuser transfer plate removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-97
Gear release link removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
High voltage power supply removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Inner paper deflector assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
Input sensor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Integrated tray autocompensator assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
Integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
Interface card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
LCD inverter card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
Low voltage power supply removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-109
Main fan removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-111
Main drive assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
Modem removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
MPF arm assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-116
MPF lower paper deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
MPF pick tire removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
MPF solenoid assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
viii Service Manual

7002-xxx
Paper alignment assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122

Paper bin full sensor flag removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Paper size sensing board removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
Power takeoff shaft and spring removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Printer outer shield removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Printhead removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
Redrive assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Signature button contact assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
System board and inner shield removal—model X642e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
System board and inner shield removal —models X644e/X646e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Toner sensor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
Transfer roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
Upper cover removal (printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
Upper front cover hinge assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
Upper paper deflector assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
USB card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
Locations and connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Sensors—flatbed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Sensors—ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
System board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Autoconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Fuser board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
High voltage power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Interface card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
USB card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Low voltage power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Operator panel card (UICC #1)—model X642e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Operator panel card (UICC #1)—models X644e/X646e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
LCD inverter board (IUCC #2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Scanner control card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Motor driver board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Flatbed interconnect card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Modem card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Preventive maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Safety inspection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Lubrication specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Maintenance kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Cleaning the scanner glass, cushions, and strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Parts catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

How to use this parts catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Assembly 1: Covers—printer (model X642e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Assembly 2: Cover—printer (models X644e and X646e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Assembly 3: Covers—ADF scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Assembly 4: Frame 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Assembly 5: Frame 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Assembly 6: Frame 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Assembly 7: Scanner automatic document feeder (ADF)—pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Assembly 8: Scanner ADF—paper feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Table of contents ix
7002-xxx
Assembly 9: Scanner ADF—lower exit guide assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

Assembly 10: Scanner ADF—motors and belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Assembly 11: Scanner ADF—sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Assembly 12: Scanner—flatbed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Assembly 13: Printhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Assembly 14: Paper feed—autocompensator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Assembly 15: Paper feed—multipurpose feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Assembly 16: Paper feed—alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Assembly 17: Integrated 500-sheet paper tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Assembly 18: Drives—Main drive and developer drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Assembly 19: Hot roll fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Assembly 20: Transfer/charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Assembly 21: Electronics—power supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Assembly 22: Electronics—card assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Assembly 23: Electronics—shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Assembly 24: Cabling diagram 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Assembly 25: Cabling diagram 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Assembly 27: Cabling diagram 4—model X642e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Assembly 28: Cabling diagram 4—models X644e/X646e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Assembly 35: Optional 250-sheet paper drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Assembly 36: Optional 250-sheet paper tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Assembly 37: Optional 500-sheet paper drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
Assembly 38: Optional 500-sheet paper tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
Assembly 39: Duplex option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Assembly 40: Envelope feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Assembly 41: High-capacity feeder 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Assembly 45: Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1
Part number index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-9
x Service Manual
7002-xxx
Laser notices
A laser notice label may be affixed to this MFP.
Laser notice
The printer is certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J for Class I (1)
laser products, and elsewhere is certified as a Class I laser product conforming to the requirements of IEC
60825-1.
Class I laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The printer contains internally a Class IIIb (3b) laser
that is nominally a 5 milliwatt gallium arsenide laser operating in the wavelength region of 770-795 nanometers.
The laser system and printer are designed so there is never any human access to laser radiation above a Class
I level during normal operation, user maintenance, or prescribed service condition.
Laser
Der Drucker erfüllt gemäß amtlicher Bestätigung der USA die Anforderungen der Bestimmung DHHS
(Department of Health and Human Services) 21 CFR Teil J für Laserprodukte der Klasse I (1). In anderen
Ländern gilt der Drucker als Laserprodukt der Klasse I, der die Anforderungen der IEC (International
Electrotechnical Commission) 60825-1 gemäß amtlicher Bestätigung erfüllt.
Laserprodukte der Klasse I gelten als unschädlich. Im Inneren des Druckers befindet sich ein Laser der Klasse
IIIb (3b), bei dem es sich um einen Galliumarsenlaser mit 5 Milliwatt handelt, der Wellen der Länge 770-795
Nanometer ausstrahlt. Das Lasersystem und der Drucker sind so konzipiert, daß im Normalbetrieb, bei der
Wartung durch den Benutzer oder bei ordnungsgemäßer Wartung durch den Kundendienst Laserbestrahlung,
die die Klasse I übersteigen würde, Menschen keinesfalls erreicht.
Avis relatif à l’utilisation de laser

Pour les Etats-Unis : cette imprimante est certifiée conforme aux provisions DHHS 21 CFR alinéa J concernant
les produits laser de Classe I (1). Pour les autres pays : cette imprimante répond aux normes IEC 60825-1
relatives aux produits laser de Classe I.
Les produits laser de Classe I sont considérés comme des produits non dangereux. Cette imprimante est
équipée d’un laser de Classe IIIb (3b) (arséniure de gallium d’une puissance nominale de 5 milliwatts) émettant
sur des longueurs d’onde comprises entre 770 et 795 nanomètres. L’imprimante et son système laser sont
conçus pour impossible, dans des conditions normales d’utilisation, d’entretien par l’utilisateur ou de révision,
l’exposition à des rayonnements laser supérieurs à des rayonnements de Classe I .
Laser notices xi
7002-xxx
Avvertenze sui prodotti laser

Questa stampante è certificata negli Stati Uniti per essere conforme ai requisiti del DHHS 21 CFR Sottocapitolo
J per i prodotti laser di classe 1 ed è certificata negli altri Paesi come prodotto laser di classe 1 conforme ai
requisiti della norma CEI 60825-1.
I prodotti laser di classe non sono considerati pericolosi. La stampante contiene al suo interno un laser di classe
IIIb (3b) all’arseniuro di gallio della potenza di 5mW che opera sulla lunghezza d’onda compresa tra 770 e 795
nanometri. Il sistema laser e la stampante sono stati progettati in modo tale che le persone a contatto con la
stampante, durante il normale funzionamento, le operazioni di servizio o quelle di assistenza tecnica, non
ricevano radiazioni laser superiori al livello della classe 1.
Avisos sobre el láser

Se certifica que, en los EE.UU., esta impresora cumple los requisitos para los productos láser de Clase I (1)
establecidos en el subcapítulo J de la norma CFR 21 del DHHS (Departamento de Sanidad y Servicios) y, en
los demás países, reúne todas las condiciones expuestas en la norma IEC 60825-1 para productos láser de
Clase I (1).
Los productos láser de Clase I no se consideran peligrosos. La impresora contiene en su interior un láser de
Clase IIIb (3b) de arseniuro de galio de funcionamiento nominal a 5 milivatios en una longitud de onda de 770 a
795 nanómetros. El sistema láser y la impresora están diseñados de forma que ninguna persona pueda verse
afectada por ningún tipo de radiación láser superior al nivel de la Clase I durante su uso normal, el
mantenimiento realizado por el usuario o cualquier otra situación de servicio técnico.
Declaração sobre Laser

A impressora está certificada nos E.U.A. em conformidade com os requisitos da regulamentação DHHS 21 CFR
Subcapítulo J para a Classe I (1) de produtos laser. Em outros locais, está certificada como um produto laser da
Classe I, em conformidade com os requisitos da norma IEC 60825-1.
Os produtos laser da Classe I não são considerados perigosos. Internamente, a impressora contém um produto
laser da Classe IIIb (3b), designado laser de arseneto de potássio, de 5 milliwatts ,operando numa faixa de
comprimento de onda entre 770 e 795 nanómetros. O sistema e a impressora laser foram concebidos de forma
a nunca existir qualquer possiblidade de acesso humano a radiação laser superior a um nível de Classe I
durante a operação normal, a manutenção feita pelo utilizador ou condições de assistência prescritas.
xii Service Manual

7002-xxx
Laserinformatie
De printer voldoet aan de eisen die gesteld worden aan een laserprodukt van klasse I. Voor de Verenigde Staten
zijn deze eisen vastgelegd in DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J, voor andere landen in IEC 60825-1.
Laserprodukten van klasse I worden niet als ongevaarlijk aangemerkt. De printer is voorzien van een laser van
klasse IIIb (3b), dat wil zeggen een gallium arsenide-laser van 5 milliwatt met een golflengte van 770-795
nanometer. Het lasergedeelte en de printer zijn zo ontworpen dat bij normaal gebruik, bij onderhoud of reparatie
conform de voorschriften, nooit blootstelling mogelijk is aan laserstraling boven een niveau zoals
voorgeschreven is voor klasse 1.
Lasermeddelelse
Printeren er godkendt som et Klasse I-laserprodukt, i overenstemmelse med kravene i IEC 60825-1.
Klasse I-laserprodukter betragtes ikke som farlige. Printeren indeholder internt en Klasse IIIB (3b)-laser, der
nominelt er en 5 milliwatt galliumarsenid laser, som arbejder på bølgelængdeområdet 770-795 nanometer.
Lasersystemet og printeren er udformet således, at mennesker aldrig udsættes for en laserstråling over Klasse
I-niveau ved normal drift, brugervedligeholdelse eller obligatoriske servicebetingelser.
Huomautus laserlaitteesta
Tämä kirjoitin on Yhdysvalloissa luokan I (1) laserlaitteiden DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J -määrityksen mukainen
ja muualla luokan I laserlaitteiden IEC 60825-1 -määrityksen mukainen.
Luokan I laserlaitteiden ei katsota olevan vaarallisia käyttäjälle. Kirjoittimessa on sisäinen luokan IIIb (3b) 5
milliwatin galliumarsenidilaser, joka toimii aaltoalueella 770 - 795 nanometriä. Laserjärjestelmä ja kirjoitin on
suunniteltu siten, että käyttäjä ei altistu luokan I määrityksiä voimakkaammalle säteilylle kirjoittimen normaalin
toiminnan, käyttäjän tekemien huoltotoimien tai muiden huoltotoimien yhteydessä.
VARO! Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle. Älä katso
säteeseen.
VARNING! Osynlig laserstrålning när denna del är öppnad och spärren är urkopplad. Betrakta ej strålen.
Laser notices xiii

7002-xxx
Laser-notis
Denna skrivare är i USA certifierad att motsvara kraven i DHHS 21 CFR, underparagraf J för laserprodukter av
Klass I (1). I andra länder uppfyller skrivaren kraven för laserprodukter av Klass I enligt kraven i IEC 60825-1.
Laserprodukter i Klass I anses ej hälsovådliga. Skrivaren har en inbyggd laser av Klass IIIb (3b) som består av
en laserenhet av gallium-arsenid på 5 milliwatt som arbetar i våglängdsområdet 770-795 nanometer.
Lasersystemet och skrivaren är utformade så att det aldrig finns risk för att någon person utsätts för
laserstrålning över Klass I-nivå vid normal användning, underhåll som utförs av användaren eller annan
föreskriven serviceåtgärd.
Laser-melding
Skriveren er godkjent i USA etter kravene i DHHS 21 CFR, underkapittel J, for klasse I (1) laserprodukter, og er
i andre land godkjent som et Klasse I-laserprodukt i samsvar med kravene i IEC 60825-1.
Klasse I-laserprodukter er ikke å betrakte som farlige. Skriveren inneholder internt en klasse IIIb (3b)-laser, som
består av en gallium-arsenlaserenhet som avgir stråling i bølgelengdeområdet 770-795 nanometer.
Lasersystemet og skriveren er utformet slik at personer aldri utsettes for laserstråling ut over klasse I-nivå under
vanlig bruk, vedlikehold som utføres av brukeren, eller foreskrevne serviceoperasjoner.
Avís sobre el Làser

Segons ha estat certificat als Estats Units, aquesta impressora compleix els requisits de DHHS 21 CFR, apartat
J, pels productes làser de classe I (1), i segons ha estat certificat en altres llocs, és un producte làser de classe
I que compleix els requisits d’IEC 60825-1.
Els productes làser de classe I no es consideren perillosos. Aquesta impressora conté un làser de classe IIIb
(3b) d’arseniür de gal.li, nominalment de 5 mil.liwats, i funciona a la regió de longitud d’ona de 770-795
nanòmetres. El sistema làser i la impressora han sigut concebuts de manera que mai hi hagi exposició a la
radiació làser per sobre d’un nivell de classe I durant una operació normal, durant les tasques de manteniment
d’usuari ni durant els serveis que satisfacin les condicions prescrites.
xiv Service Manual

7002-xxx
Japanese Laser Notice
Laser notices xv
7002-xxx
Korean Laser Notice
xvi Service Manual

7002-xxx
Safety information
• The safety of this product is based on testing and approvals of the original design and specific
components. The manufacturer is not responsible for safety in the event of use of unauthorized
replacement parts.
• The maintenance information for this product has been prepared for use by a professional service person
and is not intended to be used by others.
• There may be an increased risk of electric shock and personal injury during disassembly and servicing of
this product. Professional service personnel should understand this and take necessary precautions.
• CAUTION: When you see this symbol, there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the
product where you are working. Unplug the product before you begin, or use caution if the product
must receive power in order to perform the task.
Consignes de sécurité
• La sécurité de ce produit repose sur des tests et des
agréations portant sur sa conception d'origine et sur des composants particuliers. Le fabricant n'assume
aucune responsabilité concernant la sécurité en cas d'utilisation de pièces de rechange non agréées.
• Les consignes d'entretien et de réparation de ce produit s'adressent uniquement à un personnel de
maintenance qualifié.
• Le démontage et l'entretien de ce produit pouvant présenter certains risques électriques, le personnel
d'entretien qualifié devra prendre toutes les précautions nécessaires.
• ATTENTION : Ce symbole indique la présence d'une tension dangereuse dans la partie du
produit sur laquelle vous travaillez. Débranchez le produit avant de commencer ou faites preuve
de vigilance si l'exécution de la tâche exige que le produit reste sous tension.
Norme di sicurezza
• La sicurezza del prodotto si basa sui test e sull'approvazione del progetto originale e dei componenti
specifici. Il produttore non è responsabile per la sicurezza in caso di sostituzione non autorizzata delle
parti.
• Le informazioni riguardanti la manutenzione di questo prodotto sono indirizzate soltanto al personale di
assistenza autorizzato.
• Durante lo smontaggio e la manutenzione di questo prodotto,
il rischio di subire scosse elettriche e danni alla persona è più elevato. Il personale di assistenza
autorizzato deve, quindi, adottare le precauzioni necessarie.
• ATTENZIONE: Questo simbolo indica la presenza di tensione pericolosa nell'area del prodotto.
Scollegare il prodotto prima di iniziare o usare cautela se il prodotto deve essere alimentato per
eseguire l'intervento.
-xvii
7002-xxx
Sicherheitshinweise
• Die Sicherheit dieses Produkts basiert auf Tests und Zulassungen des ursprünglichen Modells und
bestimmter Bauteile. Bei Verwendung nicht genehmigter Ersatzteile wird vom Hersteller keine
Verantwortung oder Haftung für die Sicherheit übernommen.
• Die Wartungsinformationen für dieses Produkt sind ausschließlich für die Verwendung durch einen
Wartungsfachmann bestimmt.
• Während des Auseinandernehmens und der Wartung des Geräts besteht ein zusätzliches Risiko eines
elektrischen Schlags und körperlicher Verletzung. Das zuständige Fachpersonal sollte entsprechende
Vorsichtsmaßnahmen treffen.
• ACHTUNG: Dieses Symbol weist auf eine gefährliche elektrische Spannung hin, die in diesem
Bereich des Produkts auftreten kann. Ziehen Sie vor den Arbeiten am Gerät den Netzstecker des
Geräts, bzw. arbeiten Sie mit großer Vorsicht, wenn das Produkt für die Ausführung der Arbeiten
an den Strom angeschlossen sein muß.
Pautas de Seguridad
• La seguridad de este producto se basa en pruebas y aprobaciones del diseño original y componentes
específicos. El fabricante no es responsable de la seguridad en caso de uso de piezas de repuesto no
autorizadas.
• La información sobre el mantenimiento de este producto está dirigida exclusivamente al personal
cualificado de mantenimiento.
• Existe mayor riesgo de descarga eléctrica y de daños personales durante el desmontaje y la reparación de
la máquina. El personal cualificado debe ser consciente de este peligro y tomar las precauciones
necesarias.
• PRECAUCIÓN: este símbolo indica que el voltaje de la parte del equipo con la que está
trabajando es peligroso. Antes de empezar, desenchufe el equipo o tenga cuidado si, para
trabajar con él, debe conectarlo.
Informações de Segurança
• A segurança deste produto baseia-se em testes e aprovações do modelo original e de componentes
específicos. O fabricante não é responsável pela segunrança, no caso de uso de peças de substituição
não autorizadas.
• As informações de segurança relativas a este produto destinam-se a profissionais destes serviços e não
devem ser utilizadas por outras pessoas.
• Risco de choques eléctricos e ferimentos graves durante a desmontagem e manutenção deste produto.
Os profissionais destes serviços devem estar avisados deste facto e tomar os cuidados necessários.
• CUIDADO: Quando vir este símbolo, existe a possível presença de uma potencial tensão
perigosa na zona do produto em que está a trabalhar. Antes de começar, desligue o produto da
tomada eléctrica ou seja cuidadoso caso o produto tenha de estar ligado à corrente eléctrica para
realizar a tarefa necessária.
-xviii Service Manual

7002-xxx
Informació de Seguretat
• La seguretat d'aquest producte es basa en l'avaluació i aprovació del disseny original i els components
específics.
El fabricant no es fa responsable de les qüestions de
seguretat si s'utilitzen peces de recanvi no autoritzades.
• La informació pel manteniment d’aquest producte està orientada exclusivament a professionals i no està
destinada
a ningú que no ho sigui.
• El risc de xoc elèctric i de danys personals pot augmentar durant el procés de desmuntatge i de servei
d’aquest producte. El personal professional ha d’estar-ne assabentat i prendre
les mesures convenients.
• PRECAUCIÓ: aquest símbol indica que el voltatge de la part de l'equip amb la qual esteu
treballant és perillós. Abans de començar, desendolleu l'equip o extremeu les precaucions si, per
treballar amb l'equip, l'heu de connectar.
-xix
7002-xxx
Preface
This manual contains maintenance procedures for service personnel. It is divided into the following chapters:
1. General information contains a general description of the printer and the maintenance approach used to
repair it. Special tools and test equipment, as well as general environmental and safety instructions, are
discussed.
2. Diagnostic information contains an error indicator table, symptom tables, and service checks used to
isolate failing field replaceable units (FRUs).
3. Diagnostic aids contains tests and checks used to locate or repeat symptoms of printer problems.
4. Repair information provides instructions for making printer adjustments and removing and installing
FRUs.
5. Connector locations uses illustrations to identify the connector locations and test points on the printer.
6. Preventive maintenance contains the lubrication specifications and recommendations to prevent
problems.
7. Parts catalog contains illustrations and part numbers for individual FRUs.
Appendix A contains service tips and information.
Conventions
Note: A note provides additional information.
Warning: A warning identifies something that might damage the product hardware or software.
There are several types of caution statements:
CAUTION
A caution identifies something that might cause a servicer harm.
CAUTION
This type of caution indicates there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the
product where you are working. Unplug the product before you begin, or use caution if the
product must receive power in order to perform the task.
CAUTION
This type of caution indicates a hot surface.
CAUTION
This type of caution indicates a tipping hazard.
-xx Service Manual

7002-xxx
1. General information
The Lexmark™ X642e, X644e, and X646e are All-In-One laser MFPs that provide print, copy, scan, and fax
functions designed to attach to IBM-compatible personal computers and most computer networks. The operator
panel is touch-sensitive and allows the user to adjust the viewing angle.
The Lexmark X64xe laser MFPs are available in the following models:
Model name Configuration Machine type
Lexmark X644e Network 7002-001
Lexmark X642e Network 7002-003
Lexmark X642e Network, modem 7002-005
Lexmark X644e Network, modem 7002-011
Lexmark X646e Network, hard disk 7002-101
Lexmark X646e Network, modem, hard disk 7002-111
Lexmark X644e HV, network 7002-002
Lexmark X642e HV, network 7002-004
Lexmark X642e HV, network, modem 7002-006
Lexmark X644e HV, network, modem 7002-012
Lexmark X646e HV, network, hard disk 7002-102
Lexmark X646e HV, network, hard disk 7002-112
Maintenance approach
The diagnostic information in this manual leads you to the correct field replaceable unit (FRU) or part. Use the
service error codes, user status messages, user error messages, service checks, and diagnostic aids to
determine the MPF problem and repair the failure. After you complete the repair, perform tests as needed to
verify the repair. See “Start” on page 2-1.
General information 1-1

7002-xxx
Configured models
The following illustrations show and compare standard X642e and X644e MFPs and X642e and X644e MFPs
configured with a duplex unit and a 500-sheet drawer. Other print media handling options are also available.
Model X644e or X646e MFP Model X644e or X646e MFP

Standard With duplex and drawer
Scanner
Standard output bin

Control panel
Tray 1 (integrated tray

or standard tray)
Multipurpose
Duplex unit
feeder
Tray 2
Tray 1 (integrated tray (500 sheets)
or standard tray)
Model X642e MFP Model X642e MFP

Standard With duplex and drawer
CAUTION
Floor-mounted configurations require additional furniture for stability. You must use either a
printer stand or printer base if you are using a 2000-sheet drawer. Certain other configurations
also must have a printer stand or printer base. More information is available on our Lexmark
Web site at www.lexmark.com/multifunctionprinters.
1-2 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Options
The following options are available. Some options are not available in every country or region. Contact your point
of purchase for options available in your country or region.
• Memory options of 128MB, 256MB, and 512MB SDRAM

• Flash memory options of 32MB and 64MB
• Hard disk—20GB+ with adapter (model X646e only)
• Integrated network options
– Token-Ring
– Ethernet
– External serial adapter
– IPDS card assembly and SCS/TNe
– PRESCRIBE card assembly
– Bar code card assembly
– Parallel interface card
– MarkNet™ Professional Print Servers—Only one active internal networking connection is supported.
Installing an optional Lexmark MarkNet Professional N800 Series internal print server makes the
server the active network connection and disables the standard Ethernet port.
– Lexmark PrintCryption™ card
– Forms card (single-byte and Simplified Chinese)
• Media handling operations
– 250- and 500-sheet paper trays of A4, letter, A5, B5, Executive, folio, statement, and legal size
– 250- and 400-sheet universally adjustable trays
– 250- and 500-sheet paper drawers
– 400-sheet universally adjustable tray
– 2000-sheet high-capacity feeder—always used below any other drawer.
– Envelope feeder
– Duplex option—500-sheet (For Lexmark X644e and Lexmark X646e with integrated 500-sheet output
tray)
• Application solutions
– Bar code card
– Lexmark Forms Card Software
– IPDS
– PRESCRIBE emulation card
– PrintCryption
• DBCS font cards
– Simplified Chinese
– Traditional Chinese
– Japanese
– Korean

7002-xxx
Specifications
General
MFP specifications
Lexmark X642e Lexmark X644e/X646e
Scanner
Scanner type Color flatbed scanner with ADF Color flatbed scanner with ADF
Scanner technology Charge coupled device (CCD) Charge coupled device (CCD)
Light sources Two Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp Two CCFL and two CCD modules per
(CCFL) and one CCD module per scanner
scanner
Max optical resolution 600 x 600 dpi maximum (mono) 600 x 600 dpi maximum (mono)
600 x 300 dpi (color) with final 600 x 300 dpi (color) with final
resolution 300 x 300 dpi resolution 300 x 300 dpi
Scan area (flatbed) 8.5 in. x 14 in. (216 mm x 355.6 mm) 8.5 in. x 14 in. (216 mm x 355.6 mm)
maximum maximum
Scanner ADF
ADF type Simplex ADF with C-path Single pass duplex ADF with C-path
ADF optical resolution 600 x 600 dpi maximum 600 x 600 dpi maximum
Document capacity 50 sheets (assuming 20 lb./75 g/m2) 50 sheets (assuming 20 lb./75 g/m2)
Media thickness 0.05 mm (minimum) to 0.15 mm 0.05 mm (minimum) to 0.15 mm
(maximum) (maximum)
Media weight 15 lb (56 g/m2) to 32 lb (120 g/m 2) 15 lb (56 g/m2) to 32 lb (120 g/m 2)
ADF scan area 8.5 in. x 14.0 in. (216 mm x 355 mm) 8.5 in. x 14.0 in. (216 mm x 355 mm)
Printer
Print technology Hot roll fuser Hot roll fuser
Fax
Modem (in models with Built-in Group 3 compatible, full Built-in Group 3 compatible, full
modem) function fax 33,600 bps, Max V.34 half function fax 33,600 bps, Max V.34 half
duplex duplex
Resolution
• 1200 x 1200 dpi
• 2400 Image Quality
• 1200 Image Quality
• 600 x 600 dpi
Data streams
• PostScript 3 emulation
• PCL 6 emulation
• PPDS migration tool
• PDF v1.5 emulation
1-4 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Memory configuration
Models
Memory type
Lexmark X642e Lexmark X644e Lexmark X646e
Standard DRAM (MB) 128 256 256
Optional memory (MB) 128, 256, and 512 available

(One slot—100 pin DDR SDRAM
unbuffered DIMMs)
Maximum (MB) 640 768 768
Optional flash memory (MB) 32 and 64 available
Hard disk N/A N/A <20GB
Note: One firmware card and one flash memory card are supported. Either slot supports both card types.
Depending upon the options and features used, additional memory may be required to optimize performance.
Recommended operating clearances
Dimension Measurement
Left 12 in. (30.5 cm)
Right 8 in. (20.3 cm)
Front 20 in. (50.8 cm)
Rear 8 in. (20.3 cm)
Top* 12 in. (30.5 cm)
* Allow clearance above the printer front door clearance and for adding
options, such as additional input drawers.

7002-xxx
Dimensions
Description Height Width Depth Weight
Printer
Lexmark X642e 28.0 in. 22.0 in. 25.4 in. 80.0 lb

(710 mm) (560 mm) (645 mm) (34.9 kg)

(710 mm) (560 mm) (645 mm) (37.7 kg)

(710 mm) (560 mm) (645 mm) (46.7 kg)
Lexmark X646e (with duplex and 35.0 in. 22.0 in. 26.0 in. 103 lb
500-sheet option) (890 mm) (560 mm) (660 mm) (46.7 kg)
Options
Duplex 500-page option 2.0 in. 15.7 in. 24.1 in. 11.3 lb
(51 mm) (398 mm) (595 mm) (5.1 kg)
250-Sheet drawer 3.5 in. 15.7 in. 18.0 in. 6 lb

(90 mm) (398 mm) (457 mm) (2.7 kg)
500-Sheet drawer 5.2 in. 15.7 in. 19.0 in. 7 lb

(134 mm) (398 mm) (520 mm) (3.2 kg)
2,000-Sheet drawer 15.0 in. 15.7 in. 18.0 in. 31 lb

(381 mm) (398 mm) (457 mm) (14.1 kg)
Envelope option (closed position) * * 7.72 in. 4 lb

(196 mm) (1.8 kg)
Envelope option (support fully * * 12.28 in. 4 lb

extended) (312 mm) (1.8 kg)
MFP Stand with Cabinet 31.5 in. 22.4 in. 24.5 in. 64 lb
(800 mm) (569 mm) (622 mm) (29.0 kg)
Low Profile MFP Stand 22.8 in. 22.4 in. 24.5 in. 45 lb
(579 mm) (569 mm) (594 mm) (20.4 kg)
MFP Stand without Cabinet 31.5 in. 22.4 in. 24.5 in. 64 lb
(800 mm) (569 mm) (622 mm) (28.1 kg)
Stability Enhanced Caster Base 6.0 in. 27 in. 27.0 in. 25 lb

(152 mm) (685 mm) (686 mm) (11.3 kg)
10 Inch Cabinet Option 10.0 in. 15.7 in. 17.54 in. 17.1 lb.
(255 mm) (397.6 mm) (445.7 mm (7.8 kg)
* Envelope option fits within height and width of printer.
1-6 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Power requirements
Average nominal power requirements for the base printer configuration (110 volt). Power levels are shown in
watts (W). Maximum current is given in Amperes (A).
Printing states Lexmark X642e Lexmark X644e Lexmark X646e
Off 0W .05 W .05 W
Idle—average power
Power Saver on 30 W 20 W 20 W
Power Saver off 105 W 90 W 95 W
Continuous copying 650 W 875 W 875 W
Continuous printing 800 W 675 W 830 W
Printing—maximum current
100 V 12.3 A 7.8 A 8.9 A
120 V 10.5 A 7.2 A 8.0 A
230 V 5.4 A 3.4 A 4.1 A
Electrical specifications
Low voltage model
• 100 to 127 V ac at 50 to 60 Hz nominal

• 90 to 137 V ac, extreme
High voltage model
• 220 to 240 V ac at 50 to 60 Hz nominal (not available in all countries or regions)

• 198 to 259 V ac, extreme
Notes:
• Using a power converter or inverter is not recommended.

• All models are ENERGY STAR qualified.
• All models ship with Power Save Mode on.
• The default timeout to power saver is 30 minutes for models X644e/X646e and 45 minutes for model
X642e.

7002-xxx
Environment
Printer temperature and humidity
• Operating
– Temperature: 16 to 32° C (60° to 90° F)
– Relative humidity: 8 to 80%
– Altitude: 10,000 ft. (0 to 3,048 meters)
• Storage and shipping environment (packaged)
– Temperature: -40° to 43° C (-40° to 110° F)
– Relative humidity: 5% to 95%
– Altitude: equivalent to 10,300 meters (0 to 34,000 feet)
• Storage environment (unpacked)
– Temperature: 0° to 40° C (32° to 104° F)
– Relative humidity: 5% to 80%
Acoustics
All measurements are made in accordance with ISO 7779 and conform with ISO 9296.
Declared sound
Emission sound pressure level (dBA)
power level (Bels)
Mode
Bystander position Standing Operator
(LpAm)
average (LpAm) Position (LpAm)
Printing 56 N/A 7.0
Copying 57 62 7.2
Scanning 52 59 6.8
Ready 30 N/A 4.5
Note: Measurements apply to 300 dpi, 600 dpi, and 1200 dpi printing.
1-8 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Media specifications
Paper and specialty media guidelines
Print media is paper, card stock, transparencies, labels, and envelopes. This printer provides high quality
printing on a variety of print media. You must consider a number of things concerning print media before you
print, including:
• Supported print media

• Selecting print media
• Storing print media
• Avoiding jams
For more details about the types of paper and specialty media your printer supports, refer to the Card Stock &
Label Guide available on our Lexmark Web site at www.lexmark.com.
We recommend that you try a limited sample of any paper or specialty media you are considering using with the
printer before purchasing large quantities.
Supported print media
The following tables provide information on standard and optional sources for both input and output trays and
bins.
• Print media sizes

• Print media weights
• Media weights supported in optional output bins
Note: If you use a print media size not listed, select the next larger size.
Print media sizes
Legend ✓ — indicates support
2000-sheet drawer (option)
Envelope feeder (option)

Multipurpose feeder
Standard output bin

Duplex unit (option)
250-sheet tray
500-sheet tray
Print media
Dimensions
size
250 UAT
400 UAT
A4 210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.7 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A5 148 x 210 mm (5.83 x 8.27 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B5 182 x 257 mm (7.17 x 10.1 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter 215.9 x 279.4 mm (8.5 x 11 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal 215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

1
This size does not appear in the Paper Size menu until Tray Size Sensing is turned off. Refer to the User
Guide for more information.
2
This size setting formats the page for 215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14 in.) unless the size is specified by the
software application.

7002-xxx
Legend ✓ — indicates support
2000-sheet drawer (option)
Envelope feeder (option)

Multipurpose feeder
Standard output bin

Duplex unit (option)
250-sheet tray
500-sheet tray
Print media
Dimensions
size
250 UAT
400 UAT
Executive 184.2 x 266.7 mm (7.25 x 10.5 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Folio1 216 x 330 mm (8.5 x 13 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Statement1 139.7 x 215.9 mm (5.5 x 8.5 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Universal2 139.7 x 210 mm to 215.9 x 355.6 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

mm
(5.5 x 8.27 in. to 8.5 x 14 in.)
69.85 x 127 mm to 215.9 x 355.6 ✓ ✓

mm
(2.75 x 5 in. to 8.5 x 14 in.)
148 x 182 mm to 215.9 x 355.6 mm ✓

(5.83 x 7.17 in. to 8.5 x 14 in.)
76.2 x 127 mm to 215.9 x 355.6 mm ✓

(3 x 5 in. to 8.5 x 14 in.)
76.2 x 177.8 mm to 215.9 x 355.6 ✓

mm
(3 x 7 in. to 9.01 x 14 in.)
7 ¾ Envelope 98.4 x 190.5 mm (3.875 x 7.5 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓
9 Envelope 98.4 x 225.4 mm (3.875 x 8.87 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓
10 Envelope 104.8 x 241.3 mm (4.12 x 9.5 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓
DL Envelope 110 x 220 mm (4.33 x 8.66 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓
B5 Envelope 176 x 250 mm (6.93 x 9.84 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓
C5 Envelope 162 x 229 mm (6.38 x 9.01 in.) ✓ ✓ ✓
Other Envelope1 98.4 x 162 mm to 176 x 250 mm ✓ ✓ ✓

(3.87 x 6.38 in. to 6.93 x 9.84 in.)
1 This size does not appear in the Paper Size menu until Tray Size Sensing is turned off. Refer to the User
Guide for more information.
2
This size setting formats the page for 215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14 in.) unless the size is specified by the
software application.
1-10 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Print media types
Multipurpose feeder
2000-sheet drawer
250-sheet drawer
500-sheet drawer
Duplex unit
Print media
Output bin
Paper ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Card stock ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparencies ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vinyl labels* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper labels* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Polyester label* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Dual-web and integrated labels* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

* Printing
label applications on the MFP requires a special label fuser cleaner. The label fuser cleaner is
included with a special label cartridge for label applications.
Print media weights
Print media weight
Print media Type Integrated tray and Multipurpose

Envelope
optional feeder and optional
feeder
500-sheet drawer 250-sheet drawer
Paper Xerographic 60 to 176 g/m2 60 to 135 g/m2 n/a

or business grain long grain long
paper (16 to 47 lb bond) (16 to 36 lb bond)
Card stock— Index Bristol 163 g/m 2 (90 lb) 120 g/m 2 (67 lb)
maximum (grain
long)1 Tag 163 g/m 2 (100 lb) 120 g/m 2 (74 lb)
Cover 176 g/m 2 (65 lb) 135 g/m 2 (50 lb)
Card stock— Index Bristol 199 g/m 2 (110 lb) 163 g/m 2 (90 lb) n/a
maximum (grain
short)1 Tag 203 g/m 2 (125 lb) 163 g/m 2 (100 lb)
Cover 216 g/m 2 (80 lb) 176 g/m 2 (65 lb)
Transparencies Laser printer 138 to 146 g/m2 138 to 146 g/m2

(37 to 39 lb bond) (37 to 39 lb bond)

7002-xxx
Print media weight
Print media Type Integrated tray and Multipurpose

Envelope
optional feeder and optional
feeder
500-sheet drawer 250-sheet drawer
Labels— Paper 180 g/m 2 163 g/m 2 n/a

maximum4 (48 lb bond) (43 lb bond)
Note: Not supported
in the multipurpose
feeder.
Dual-web 180 g/m 2 163 g/m 2

paper (48 lb bond) (43 lb bond)
Note: Not supported
in the multipurpose
feeder.
Polyester 220 g/m 2 220 g/m 2

(59 lb bond) (59 lb bond)
Note: Not supported
in the multipurpose
feeder.
Vinyl5 300 g/m 2 260 g/m 2

(92 lb liner) (78 lb liner)
Note: Not supported
in the multipurpose
feeder.
Integrated forms Pressure- 140 to 175 g/m2 140 to 175 g/m2

sensitive area
(must enter
the MFP first)
Paper base 75 to 135 g/m2 75 to 135 g/m2

(grain long) (20 to 36 lb bond) (20 to 36 lb bond)
Envelopes Sulfite, wood- Not recommended 60 to 105 g/m2 60 to 105 g/m2

100% cotton free, or up to (16 to 28 lb bond)2, 3 (16 to 28 lb
content maximum 100% cotton bond)3
weight—24 lb bonds
Note: 28 lb envelopes are limited to 25%
cotton content.
1 Grain short is preferred for papers over 135 g/m 2.
2 Includes envelopes fed from the multipurpose feeder only.
3 28 lb bond envelopes are limited to 25% cotton content.
4 Printing label applications on the MFP requires a special label fuser cleaner.
5Information on whether your vinyl label converter has passed Lexmark criteria is available at the Lexmark
Web site (www.lexmark.com); search for “converter list.” You can also check the Lexmark Automated Fax
system (LEXFAXSM).
1-12 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Selecting print media
Selecting the appropriate print media for the MFP helps you avoid printing problems. The following sections
contain guidelines for choosing the correct print media for the MFP.
• Paper
• Transparencies
• Envelopes
• Labels
• Card stock
Paper
For the best print quality, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb) xerographic, grain long paper. Try a sample of any paper you are
considering using with the MFP before buying large quantities.
When loading paper, note the recommended print side on the paper package, and load paper accordingly.
Paper characteristics
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. We recommend that you follow these
guidelines when evaluating new paper stock.
For detailed information, see the Card Stock & Label Guide located on the Lexmark Web site at
www.lexmark.com.
The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures of 230°C (446°F). For Magnetic Ink Character
Recognition (MICR) applications and for non-MICR applications, use only paper able to withstand these
temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions. Check with the manufacturer or
vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is acceptable for laser printers.
Weight
The MFP can automatically feed paper weights from 60 to 176 g/m2 (16 to 47 lb bond) grain long in the
integrated and optional 500-sheet trays and paper weights from 60 to 135 g/m2 (16 to 36 lb bond) grain long in
the multipurpose feeder and optional 250-sheet trays. Paper lighter than 60 g/m 2 (16 lb) might not be stiff
enough to feed properly, causing jams. For best performance, use 75 g/m 2 (20 lb bond) grain long paper. When
using paper narrower than 182 x 257 mm (7.2 x 10.1 in.), make sure the weight is greater than or equal to
90 g/m2 (24 lb bond).
Unacceptable paper
The following papers are not recommended for use with the MFP:
• Some chemically treated papers used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless
papers, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper (see the Card Stock & Label
Guide located on the Lexmark Web site at www.lexmark.com for supported chemically treated papers)
• Preprinted papers with chemicals that may contaminate the MFP
• Preprinted papers that can be affected by the temperature in the MFP fuser
• Preprinted papers that require a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than ±0.09 in.,
such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms
• In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software application to successfully print on these
forms.
• Coated papers (erasable bond), synthetic papers, thermal papers
• Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface papers or curled papers
• Recycled papers containing more than 25% post-consumer waste that do not meet DIN 19 309
• Recycled paper having a weight less than 60 g/m2 (16 lb)
• Multiple-part forms or documents

7002-xxx
Transparencies
The MFP can print directly on transparencies designed for use in laser printers. Print quality and durability
depend on the transparency used. Always print samples on the transparencies you are considering before
buying large quantities.
The Paper Type setting should be set to Transparency to help prevent jams. In Macintosh, be sure to set the
Paper Type to Transparency in the Print dialog on the Imaging choice in the Copies & Pages pop-up menu.
Use transparencies designed specifically for laser printers. Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine
whether your transparencies are compatible with laser printers that heat transparencies to 230°C (446°F). Use
only transparencies that are able to withstand these temperatures without melting, discoloring, offsetting, or
releasing hazardous emissions. For detailed information, see the Card Stock & Label Guide, which is available
on the Lexmark Web site at www.lexmark.com.
Transparencies can be fed automatically from the multipurpose feeder and all standard and optional trays,
except the 2000-sheet drawer. Before loading transparencies, fan the stack to prevent sheets from sticking
together.
Be careful when you handle transparencies. Fingerprints on the surface of the transparency cause poor print
quality.
Envelopes
You can load up to 10 envelopes in the multipurpose feeder and 85 envelopes in the envelope feeder. Try a
sample of any envelopes you are considering using with the MFP before buying large quantities.
When printing on envelopes:
• To achieve the best possible print quality, use only high-quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser
printers.
• Set the Paper Size/Type in the Paper menu to MP Feeder, Manual Env, or Env Feeder depending on the
source you are using. Set the paper type to Envelope, and select the correct envelope size from the
operator panel, the MFP driver, or from MarkVision™ Professional.
• For best performance, use envelopes made from 75 g/m2 (20 lb bond) paper. You can use up to 105 g/m2
(28 lb bond) weight for the multipurpose feeder or 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond) weight for the envelope feeder as
long as the cotton content is 25% or less. Envelopes with 100% cotton content must not exceed 90 g/m2
(24 lb bond) weight.
• Use only new, undamaged envelopes.
• For best performance and to minimize jams, do not use envelopes that:
– Have excessive curl or twist.
– Are stuck together or damaged in any way.
– Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts or embossing.
– Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars.
– Have an interlocking design.
– Have postage stamps attached.
– Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed or closed position.
– Have nicked edges or bent corners.
– Have rough, cockle, or laid finishes.
• Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 230°C (446°F) without sealing, excessive curling,
wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions. If you have any doubts about the envelopes you are
considering using, check with the envelope supplier.
• Load only one size of envelope at a time in the envelope feeder.
• A combination of high humidity (over 60%) and the high printing temperatures may seal the envelopes.
1-14 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Labels
The MFP can print on many labels designed for use with laser printers. These labels are supplied in letter size,
A4 size, and legal size sheets. Label adhesives, face sheet (printable stock), and topcoats must be able to
withstand temperatures of 230°C (446°F) and pressure of 25 pounds per square inch (psi).
Try a sample of any labels you are considering using with the MFP before purchasing a large quantity.
For detailed information on label printing, characteristics, and design, see the Card Stock & Label Guide
available on the Lexmark Web site at www.lexmark.com/publications.
Note: Labels are one of the most difficult print media for laser MFPs. All MFP models require a special fuser
cleaner for label applications to optimize feed reliability.
After printing approximately 10,000 pages of labels (or each time you replace the print cartridge), complete the
following steps to maintain MFP feeding reliability:
1. Print five sheets of paper.

2. Wait approximately five seconds.
3. Print five more sheets of paper.
When printing on labels:
• Set the Paper Size/Type menu item to Labels in the Paper menu. You can set the Paper Size/Type from the
MFP operator panel, the MFP driver, or from MarkVision Professional.
• Feed vinyl labels from the standard 250- or 500-sheet trays or the optional 250- or 500-sheet drawers. For
vinyl labels, set the Paper Type to Labels, the Labels Texture to Smooth, and the Label Weight to Heavy, or
set the Paper Type to vinyl labels and the texture and weight to normal.
• Do not load labels with paper or transparencies in the same source; mixing print media can cause feeding
problems and print quality problems.
• Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material.
• Use full label sheets. Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during printing, resulting in a jam. Partial
sheets also contaminate the MFP and your cartridge with adhesive, and could void the MFP and cartridge
warranties.
• Use labels that can withstand temperatures of 230°C (446°F) without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling,
or releasing hazardous emissions.
• Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 in.) of the edge of the label, of the perforations, or between die-cuts of the
label.
• Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the edge of the sheet. We recommend zone coating of the
adhesive at least 1 mm (0.04 in.) away from edges. Adhesive material contaminates the MFP and could
void the warranty.
• If zone coating of the adhesive is not possible, a 1.6 mm (0.1 in.) strip should be removed on the leading
and driver edge, and a non-oozing adhesive should be used.
• Remove a 1.6 mm (0.1 in.) strip from the leading edge to prevent labels from peeling inside the MFP.
• Portrait orientation is preferred, especially when printing bar codes.
• Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive.

7002-xxx
Card stock
Card stock is single ply, and has a large array of properties, such as the moisture content, thickness, and texture,
that can significantly affect print quality. See “Supported print media” on page 1-9 for information on the
preferred weight and for the grain direction of print media.
Try a sample of any card stock you are considering using with the MFP before purchasing a large quantity.
After printing approximately 10,000 pages of card stock (or each time you replace the print cartridge), complete
the following steps to maintain MFP feeding reliability:
1. Print five sheets of paper.

2. Wait approximately five seconds.
3. Print five more sheets of paper.
When printing on card stock:
• Set the Paper Type menu item in the Paper menu to Card Stock from the operator panel, from the MFP
driver, or from MarkVision Professional.
• Be aware that preprinting, perforation, and creasing can significantly affect the print quality and cause print
media handling or jamming problems.
• Avoid using card stock that may release hazardous emissions when heated.
• Do not use preprinted card stock manufactured with chemicals that may contaminate the MFP. Preprinting
introduces semi-liquid and volatile components into the MFP.
• We recommend the use of grain short card stock.
Storing print media
Use the following guidelines to avoid paper feeding problems and uneven print quality.
• Store paper in an environment where the temperature is approximately 21°C (70°F) and the relative
humidity is 40%.
• Store cartons of paper on a pallet or shelf rather than directly on the floor.
• If you store individual packages of paper out of the original carton, make sure they rest on a flat surface so
the edges do not buckle or curl.
• Do not place anything on top of paper packages.
• Store paper in its original wrapper until you load it into the MFP.
Avoiding jams
Use appropriate print media (paper, transparencies, labels, and card stock) to help ensure trouble-free printing.
Note: Try a limited sample of any print media you are considering using with the MFP before purchasing large
quantities.
By selecting the appropriate print media and loading it properly, you can avoid most jams.
The following hints can help you avoid jams:
• Use only recommended print media.

• Do not overload the print media sources. Make sure the stack height does not exceed the maximum height
indicated by the stack line on the labels in the sources.
• Do not load wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled print media.
• Flex, fan, and straighten print media before you load it. If jams do occur with print media, try feeding one
sheet at a time through the multipurpose feeder.
• Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed yourself.
• Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same print media source.
• Make sure the recommended print side is loaded in the source according to your simplex or duplex needs.
1-16 Service Manual

7002-xxx
• Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment. See “Storing print media” on page 1-16.
• Do not remove trays during a print job.
• Push all trays in firmly after loading them.
• Make sure the guides in the trays are properly positioned for the size of print media you have loaded. Make
sure the guides are not placed too tightly against the stack of print media.
• If a jam occurs, clear the entire media path.
Tools required
Flat-blade screwdrivers, various sizes
Phillips screwdrivers, various sizes
7/32 inch open-end wrench
7.0 mm nut driver
5.5 mm wrench
Needlenose pliers
Diagonal side cutters
Spring hook
Feeler gauges
Analog or digital multimeter
Parallel wrap plug 1319128
Twinax/serial debug cable 1381963
Flash light (optional)

7002-xxx
Acronyms
ADF Automatic Document Feeder
AIO All-In-One
CCD Charge Coupled Device (CCD)
CRU Customer Replaceable Unit
DIMM Dual Inline Memory Module
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
EP Electrophotographic process
EPROM Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
FRU Field Replaceable Unit
GB Gigabyte
HCIT High-Capacity Input Tray
HVPS High Voltage Power Supply
ITC Internal Tray Card
LASER Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LED Light-Emitting Diode
LES Lexmark Embedded Solution (applications)
LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply
MDC Motor Driver Control
MFP Multifunction Printer
MPF Multipurpose Feeder
NVRAM Nonvolatile Random Access Memory
OPT Optical Sensor
PC Photoconductor
PIN Personal Identification Number
PJL Printer Job Language
POR Power-On Reset
POST Power-On Self Test
PP Parts Packet
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
RIP Raster Imaging Processor
SCC Scanner Control Card
SDRAM Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
SIMM Single Inline Memory Module
UAT Universally Adjustable Tray
USB Universal Serial Bus
V ac Volts alternating current
V dc Volts direct current
1-18 Service Manual

7002-xxx
2. Diagnostic information
Start
CAUTION
Remove
When youthe
see
power
this symbol,
cord from
there
theisprinter
a danger
or wall
fromoutlet
hazardous
beforevoltage
you connect
in the area
or disconnect
of the product
any
whereoryou
cable electronic
are working.
boardUnplug
or assembly
the product
for personal
beforesafety
you begin,
and toor
prevent
use caution
damageif the
to the
product
printer.
CAUTION
Use the handholds on the side of the printer. Make sure your fingers are not under the printer
when you lift or set the printer down.
Use the service error code, user status message, user error message, symptom table, service checks, and
diagnostic aids in this chapter to determine the corrective action necessary to repair a malfunctioning printer.
They will lead you to solutions or service checks, including use of various tests.
Symptom tables
If your machine completes the does not display an error message, and you have a problem, go to “Symptom
tables” on page 2-10. Locate your symptom, and take the appropriate action. The following tables are
available:
Service errors (8xx.xx and 9xx.xx’s)
If a service error code appears while you are working on the machine, go to “Service error codes” on
page 2-13, and take the indicated action for that error.
Service error codes are indicated by a three-digit error code followed by a period and additional numbers in the
format XXX.YY. In most cases, five digits are shown.
User status and attendance messages
• User status messages provide the user with information on the current status of the printer. Ready displays
on the first line of the display unless invoked, and then Power Saver displays. If a user status message is
displayed, go to “User status displays.” on page 2-38.
• User attendance messages are indicated by a two or three-digit error code that provides the user with
information that explains a problem with a print cartridge, paper jam, option, port, and so on. If a user error
message displays, go to “User attendance messages” on page 2-42 and “User attendance
messages—paper jams and paper handling errors (2xx.xx)” on page 2-57.
Additional information
• “Understanding the MFP operator panel” on page 2-2

• “Menus” on page 2-9
• “Diagnostics Menu” on page 3-2
• “Configuration menu (CONFIG MENU)” on page 3-24
• “Theory” on page 3-36
• “Paper feed jams” on page 3-38
• “Parts catalog” on page 7-1
Diagnostic information 2-1

7002-xxx
Understanding the MFP operator panel

MFP and scanner settings can be changed several ways: through the MFP operator panel, the software
application in use, the print driver, MarkVision Professional, or the Web pages. Settings changed from the
application or print driver apply only to the job being sent to the MFP.
Changes made to print, fax, copy, and e-mail settings from an application override changes made from the
operator panel.
If a setting cannot be changed from the application, use the MFP operator panel, MarkVision Professional, or the
Web pages. Changing a setting from the MFP operator panel, MarkVision Professional, or the Web pages
makes that setting the user default.
MFP operator panels

Model X642e
Models X644e/X646e
2-2 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Callout Operator panel item Function

1 LCD A liquid crystal display (LCD) which shows home screen buttons, menus, menu
items, and values. Allows for making selections within Copy, Fax, and so on.
2 Indicator light Gives information about the status of the MFP using the colors red and green.
Status Indicates
Off MFP power is off.
Blinking green MFP is warming up, processing data, or
printing a job.
Solid green MFP is on, but idle.
Solid red Operator intervention is required.
3 0–9 Press these buttons to enter numbers when the LCD screen has a field that accepts
Note: Referred to as the the entry of numbers. Also, use these buttons to dial phone numbers for faxes.
numeric keypad. Note: If a number is pressed while on the home screen without pressing the #
button first, the Copy menu opens and changes the Copy Quantity.
4 # (Pound or number Press this button:
character) • For a shortcut identifier.
• Within phone numbers. For a Fax number with a #, enter it twice — ##.
• From the home screen, the Fax Destination List menu item, E-mail Destination
List menu item, or Profile List menu item to access shortcuts.
5 Dial Pause Press to cause a two- or three-second dial pause in a fax number. The button only
functions within the Fax menu or with fax functions.
Press from the home screen to redial a fax number.
When outside of the Fax menu, fax function, or home screen, pressing Dial Pause
causes an error beep.
When sending a fax, in the Fax To: field, a Dial Pause press is represented by a
comma (,).
6 Clear All When in the function menus, such as Copy, Fax, E-mail, and FTP, it returns all
settings to their default values, and then returns the MFP to the home screen.
When in any other menu while the MFP is Ready, it cancels all changes that have
not been submitted and returns the MFP to the home screen.
7 Start Press to initiate the current job indicated on the operator panel.
From the home screen, press it to start a copy job with the default settings.
If pressed while a job runs through the scanner, the button has no effect.
8 Stop Press to cause the printing or scanning to stop.
During a scan job, the scanner finishes scanning the current page and then stops,
which means paper may remain in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
During a print job, the print media path is cleared before the printing stops.
Stopping appears on the operator panel during this process.
0 Backspace Within the Copy menu, which is accessed by touching the Copy button, press
Backspace to delete the right-most digit of the value in the Copy Count. The default
value of 1 appears if the entire number is deleted by pressing Backspace
numerous times.
Within the Fax Destination List, press Backspace to delete the right-most digit of a
number entered manually. It also deletes an entire shortcut entry. Once an entire
line is deleted, another press of Backspace causes the cursor to move up one line.
Within the E-mail Destination List, press Backspace to delete the character to the
left of the cursor. If the entry is in a shortcut, the entire entry is deleted.
10 Asterisk (*) * is used as part of a fax number or as an alphanumeric character.

7002-xxx
Callout Operator panel item Function

11 USB Direct interface The host Universal Serial Bus (USB) direct interface on the operator panel is used
to plug in a USB flash memory device and print any Portable Document Format
(PDF) [.pdf file], Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) [.jpeg or .jpg file],
Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) [.tiff or .tif file], Graphics Interchange Format
(GIF) [.gif file], Basic Multilingual Plane (BMP) [.bmp file], Portable Network
Graphics (PNG) [.png file], PiCture eXchange (PCX) [.pcx file], and PC Paintbrush
File Format [.dcx file] files.
The USB direct interface can also be used to scan a document to a USB flash
memory device using the PDF, TIFF, or JPEG formats.
12 Home Returns the LCD to the home screen.
(only on model X642e)
13 Help Tips Accesses the context-sensitive Help feature.
(only on model X642e)
14 Menu Accesses the menus. These menus are only available when the MFP is in the
(only on model X642e) Ready state.
15 Contrast icon Identifies the location of the contrast wheel. Look on the left side of the MFP near
(only on model X642e) this icon to locate the contrast wheel which adjusts the contrast on the LCD.
Home screen and Home screen buttons
After the MFP is turned on and a short warm-up period occurs, the LCD shows the following basic screen which
is referred to as the Home screen. Use the Home screen buttons to initiate an action such as copy, fax, or scan,
to open the menu screen, or to respond to messages.
Buttons and touchscreen icon buttons

Buttons and touchscreen icon buttons (refer to Menus & Messages for comprehensive list)
Models X644e,
Model X642e Button name Function
X646e
Copy Touch to access the Copy menus.
Copy If the home screen is shown, press a number to access the
Copy menus, too.
2-4 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Buttons and touchscreen icon buttons (refer to Menus & Messages for comprehensive list) (continued)
Models X644e,
X646e
E-mail Touch to access the E-mail menus. It is possible to scan a
document directly to an e-mail address.
@ E-mail
(Icon) (Button) Menus (A key is Touch to access the menus. These menus are only available
shown on the when the MFP is in the Ready state.
button.) For models X644e and X646e, the Menus icon is on a gray
bar called the navigation bar.
For model X642e, the Menu button is on the left side of the
operator panel. See “Menu (only on model X642e)” on
page 2-4.
Status message Shows the current MFP status such as Ready or Busy.
Ready.
bar Shows MFP conditions such as Toner Low.
Shows intervention messages to give instructions on what the
user should do so the MFP can continue processing, such as
Close door or insert print cartridge.
Status/Supplies Appears on the LCD whenever the MFP status includes a
Status/ Supplies message requiring intervention. Touch it to access the
messages screen for more information on the message
including how to clear it.
(Icon) (Button) ? (Tips) Tips is a context-sensitive Help feature.

For models X644e and X646e, all menus have a Tips icon on
the touchscreen panel.
For model X642e, there is a Tips button on the operator
panel, below the touchscreen panel. See “Help Tips (only
on model X642e)” on page 2-4.
FTP Touch to access the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) menus. A
document can be scanned directly to an FTP site.
FTP
Fax Touch to access the Fax menus.

Fax
(Icon) (Button) Home For models X644e and X646e, touch the Home icon to return
to the home screen. The Home icon appears on every screen
except the home screen.
For models X642e, press the Home button on the operator
panel below the touchscreen to return to the home screen.
See “Home (only on model X642e)” on page 2-4.
Release Held There are held faxes with a scheduled hold time previously
Faxes (or Held set. To access the list of held faxes, touch this button.
Release Faxes if in
Held Faxes Manual Mode)

7002-xxx
Models X644e,
X646e
Search Held To search on any of the following items and return any
Jobs matches:
• User names for held or confidential print jobs
• Job names for held jobs, excluding confidential print jobs
• Profile names
• Bookmark container or job names
• USB container or job names for supported extensions
only
Held Jobs To open a screen containing all the held jobs containers.
Held Jobs
Lock Device Models X644e and X646e—This button appears on the

screen when the MFP is unlocked and Device Lockout
Personal Identification Number (PIN) is not null or empty.
To lock the MFP:
1. Touch Lock Device to open a PIN entry screen.
2. Enter the correct PIN to lock the operator panel which
locks both the operator panel buttons and the touch-
screen buttons.
Once the operator panel is locked, the PIN entry screen
clears, and the Lock Device button is replaced with the
Unlock Device button.
Note: If an invalid PIN is entered, Invalid PIN. appears. A
pop-up screen appears with the Continue button. Touch
Continue. The home screen returns with the Lock Device
button.
Unlock Device Models X644e and X646e—This button appears on the
screen when the MFP is locked. The operator panel buttons
and shortcuts cannot be used while it appears and no default
copy starts may occur.
To unlock the MFP:
1. Touch Unlock Device to open a PIN entry screen.
2. Enter the correct PIN to unlock the numeric keypad (0–9)
and the Backspace button on the operator panel.
Note: If an invalid PIN is entered, Invalid PIN. appears. A
pop-up screen appears with the Continue button. Touch
Continue. The home screen returns with the Unlock Device
button.
2-6 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Models X644e,
X646e
Cancel Jobs To open the Cancel Jobs screen. The Cancel Jobs screen
shows any of the following items under three headings on the
Cancel Cancel Jobs screen which are Print, Fax, and Network:
Jobs • print job
• copy job
Cancel
Job • fax
• profile
• FTP
• e-mail send
Each heading has its own list of jobs shown in a column
under the heading. Each column can only show three jobs per
screen. The job appears as a button. If more than three jobs
exist in a column, then the down arrow appears at the bottom
of the column. Each touch of the down arrow accesses one
job in the list. When more than three jobs exist, once the
fourth job in the list is reached, then an up arrow appears at
the top of the column.
Scan the ADF Model X644e and X646e—On the gray navigation bar, these
Scan the flatbed two choices indicate that two types of scanning are possible.
Scan the One may choose to scan from the ADF or the flatbed.
ADF
Scan the
flatbed
For models X644e and X646e—To save the value as the new
user default setting, touch Submit. A green button indicates a
choice. If a different value within a menu item is touched, it
Submit Submit needs to be saved to become the current user default setting.
For model X642e—To save the value as the new user default
setting, touch Submit.
Back For all models, touch Back to return to the previous screen,
and all the settings for the scan job made on Sample screen
one are lost.
Back
Back For models X644e and X646e, when the
Back button is shaped like this, no other
navigation is possible from this screen
Back except to go back. If any other choice is
made on the navigation bar, the screen
closes.
For models X644e and X646e, when the
Back button is shaped like this, both
Back forward and backward navigation is possible
from this screen, so there are other options
available on the screen besides selecting
Back.
Down arrow Touch the down arrow to move down to the next item in a list,
such as a list of menu items or values. The down arrow does
not appear on a screen with a short listing. It only appears if
the entire listing cannot be seen on one screen. On the last
screen of the listing, the down arrow is gray to indicate that it
is not active since the end of the list appears on this screen.

7002-xxx
Models X644e,
X646e
Up arrow Touch the up arrow to move up to the next item in a list, such
as a list of menu items or values. When on the first screen
presented with a long list, the up arrow is gray to indicate that
it is not active. On the second screen needed to show the rest
of the listed item, the up arrow is blue to show that it is active.
Unselected radio This is an unselected radio button.
button
Selected radio This is a selected radio button. Touch a radio button to select
button it. The radio button changes color to show it is selected. In
Sample screen two, the only paper size selected is Letter.
Continue Touch Continue after a menu item or value on a screen is

selected and more changes need to be made for a job from
the original screen. Once Continue is touched, the original
Continue Continue screen appears.
Custom Allows for creating a custom button based on the user’s

needs.
Custom
Cancel Touch Cancel to cancel an action or a selection.

Touch to cancel out of a screen and return to the previous
Cancel Cancel screen.
Select Touch to select a menu. The next screen appears showing

menu items.
Touch to select a menu item. The next screen appears
showing values.
Done Allows specifying that a job is finished. For example, when

scanning an original document, one could indicate that the
Done last page is scanned, and then printing the job would begin.
Done
Home Touch the Home button to return to the home screen. The
Home button appears on every screen except the home
screen. See the “Home screen and Home screen buttons”
on page 2-4 for more information.
2-8 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Menus
A number of menus are available to make it easy for you to change MFP settings or print reports. To access the
menus and settings:
• Models X644e/X646e—touch the menu icon in the lower right corner of the home screen
• Models X642e—press the menu button ( ) to the left of the operator panel.
When a value or setting is selected and saved, it is stored in MFP memory. Once stored, these settings remain
active until new ones are stored or the factory defaults are restored.
Note: Settings chosen for faxing, scanning, e-mailing, copying, and settings for printing from the application
may override the settings selected from the operator panel.
The following diagram shows the touch screen menu index and the menus and items available under each
menu. For more information about menus and menu items, see the Menus and Messages Guide on the
Software and Documentation CD.
Paper Menu Reports Network/Ports Settings

Default Source Menu Settings Page TCP/IP General Settings
Paper Size/Type Device Statistics IPv6 Copy Settings
Configure MP Network Setup Page E-mail Server Setup Fax Settings
Envelope Enhance Shortcut List Address Book Setup E-mail Settings
Substitute Size Fax Job Log (only X644e/X646e) FTP Settings
Paper Texture Fax Call Log Wireless Print Settings
Paper Weight E-mail Shortcuts Standard Network Security
Paper Loading Fax Shortcuts Network <x> Set Date and Time
Custom Types FTP Shortcuts Standard USB
Custom Names Profiles List USB <x>
Custom Bin Name NetWare Setup Page Standard Parallel
(only X644e/X646e) Print Fonts (only X644e/X646e) Help
Universal Setup Print Directory Parallel <x> Print all guides
Bin Setup Standard Serial Copy guide
(X644e/X646e) only Serial <x> E-mail guide
NetWare Fax guide
Manage Shortcuts AppleTalk FTP guide
Manage Fax Shortcuts LexLink Information guide
Manage E-mail Shortcuts
Print defects guide
Manage FTP Shortcuts
Supplies guide
Manage Profile Shortcuts

7002-xxx
Symptom tables
Printer symptoms
Symptom Action
Dead machine Go to “Dead machine service check” on page 2-125.
Touchscreen panel blank, LED is on Go to “LCD touchscreen display service check—models
X644e/X646e” on page 2-149.
Touchscreen all white Go to “LCD touchscreen display service check—models
X644e/X646e” on page 2-149
Touchscreen panel blank, LED off, operator Go to “Operator panel right cover assembly service check”
panel buttons do not work on page 2-154.
LCD touchscreen icon buttons do not work Go to “LCD touchscreen display service check—models
X644e/X646e” on page 2-149.
LCD touchscreen (mono—model X642e)— Go to “LCD touchscreen contrast control service check—
contrast does not change with contrast model X642e” on page 2-149.
control
LCD touchscreen (color—models X644e/ Go to “LCD touchscreen backlight—models X644e/X646e”
X646e)—unable to change LCD on page 2-151
touchscreen backlight
LCD (mono—model X642e)—Home and Go to “Operator panel Help and Home buttons service
Help buttons on operator panel do not check—model X642e” on page 2-154.
operate.
LCD (mono—model X642e)—Menu button Go to “Operator panel Menu button service check—model
on operator panel does not operate. X642e” on page 2-154.
Operator panel—none of the buttons work. Replace the operator panel right cover assembly. See
“Operator panel right cover assembly removal” on
page 4-64.
Operator panel—one button does not work Replace the operator panel right cover assembly. See
“Operator panel right cover assembly removal” on
page 4-64.
Operator panel LED does not come on Go to “Operator panel right cover assembly service check”
while MFP operates normally on page 2-154.
Paper feed problems—printer or integrated Go to “Paper feed service check—printer” on page 2-156.
500-sheet paper tray
Paper jams at exit of redrive assembly— Go to “Paper feed service check—printer” on page 2-156.
duplex option not installed.
Paper jams at exit of redrive assembly— Go to “Duplex option service check” on page 2-127.
duplex option installed.
Fuser solenoid fails to operate. Go to “Fuser solenoid service check” on page 2-140.
Printer—black page (print quality) Go to “Print quality—all black page” on page 2-160.
Printer—blank page (print quality) Go to “Print quality—blank page” on page 2-161.
Printer—light print (print quality) Go to “Print quality—light print” on page 2-164.
Printer—background (print quality) Go to “Print quality—background” on page 2-162.
Printer—residual image (print quality) Go to “Print quality—residual image” on page 2-163.
Printer—skew (print quality) Go to “Paper feed service check—printer” on page 2-156.
Printer—banding (print quality) Go to “Print quality—banding” on page 2-163.
Printer—random marks (print quality) Go to “Print quality—random marks” on page 2-161.
Printer—toner on backside of printed page. Go to “Print quality—toner on backside of printed page” on
(print quality) page 2-164.
2-10 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Printer symptoms (continued)

Symptom Action
Printer—vertical black bands on edge of Go to “Print quality—black bands on outer edges of the
copy (print quality) page” on page 2-163.
Unable to clear a 32-Unsupported Print Go to “Signature button assembly service check” on
Cartridge user error message. page 2-170.
Scanner—ADF symptoms
Symptom Action
ADF does not recognize paper length in the Go to “ADF paper length sensor service check—models
paper tray X644e/X646e” on page 2-122.
ADF does not recognize one or all paper Go to “ADF paper width sensor service check—models
widths of paper in the paper tray X644e/X646e” on page 2-123.
Scanner—flatbed symptoms
Symptom Action
Flatbed scanner does not recognize paper Go to “Flatbed size sensor service check” on page 2-131.
size.
A blue screen on the touchscreen. The Go to “843.xx Error code service check” on page 2-116
MFP does not come to a Ready state.
A clicking noise coming from the back of Go to “843.xx Error code service check” on page 2-116
the MFP between the scanner and the
printing unit.
Scanner—scan quality
Symptom Action
Vertical streaks or lines on image Go to “Vertical streaks or lines on image” on page 2-165
All black or blank page Go to “All black or blank image” on page 2-168
Wavy lines—flatbed or mixed mode up to Go to “Wavy lines” on page 2-169
300 dpi
Line compression Go to “Line compression” on page 2-169
High-capacity feeder (2000-sheet) symptoms

Symptom Action
The printer does not recognize the high- Go to “High-capacity feeder input tray service check” on
capacity feeder installed. page 2-141.
Paper feed problem with the high-capacity Go to “High-capacity feeder input tray service check” on
feeder. page 2-141.

7002-xxx
Paper tray symptoms

Symptom Action
Paper feed problem with 250-Sheet Paper Go to “Input tray(s) service check” on page 2-147.
Tray.
Paper feed problem with 500-Sheet Paper Go to “Input tray(s) service check” on page 2-147.
Tray.
Media fails to pass through from the lower Go to “Input tray(s) service check” on page 2-147.
attached Paper Tray option to the next
higher mounted option.
Duplex option symptoms

Symptom Action
Paper feed problem with Duplex. Go to “Duplex option service check” on page 2-127.
Paper jams at Paper Removal Tray. Go to “Duplex option service check” on page 2-127.
Paper skews in the Duplex Option. Go to “Duplex option service check” on page 2-127.
Paper fails to pass from lower option Go to “Duplex option service check” on page 2-127.
through the Duplex Option.
Envelope feeder symptoms

Symptom Action
Envelopes do not feed from the envelope Go to “Envelope feeder service check” on page 2-129.
feeder.
Envelopes do not feed properly into printer. Go to “Envelope feeder service check” on page 2-129.
2-12 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Messages and error codes

Service error codes
Service error codes are generally non-recoverable except in an intermittent condition when you can POR the
printer to temporarily recover from the error condition.
Service error codes are indicated by a three-digit error code followed by a period and additional numbers in the
format XXX.YY. In most cases, five digits are shown. Additional sub error codes display if you press and hold
Start ( ) and 2 when an error message is displayed. Not all error conditions have additional sub error
information.
Sub error codes for 8xx, 9xx, and 2xx error codes
The sub error codes are helpful troubleshooting a paper path problem, especially paper jams in the printer,
envelope feeder, and duplex option.
To display sub error codes (where available)
When a 9xx or 2xx error displays:
1. Press and hold Start ( ) and 2 to view for sub error codes.
The first screen of information displays. Write down the information.
2. Continue pressing Start and 2 until each screen of information is obtained.
3. When the last screen displays, the original message displays.
Printed error codes
Additional information is available by printing the error log. See “Print Log” on page 3-22.
Service error codes (8xx.xx)
Error Sub
Display text Description Action
code codes
842 .xx Service Scanner This error indicates that a scanner Go to “842.xx Error code service
communications failure. check” on page 2-115.
843 .xx Service Scanner This error indicates that a problems Go to “843.xx Error code service
has been detected with the flatbed check” on page 2-116.
carriage mechanical hardware. It
may also indicate interference
between the flatbed CCD assembly
and a metal bracket.
845 .00 Service Image This error code indicates a failure of Replace the scanner control card
Processing Unit the image processing ASIC. (SCC). See “Scanner control card
removal” on page 4-48.
848 .00 Modem/Config ID There is no modem installed on a Check to see if a modem card is
Mismatch modem version of the MFP. installed in the MFP. If no modem is
installed, install a modem card. If the
modem is installed, go to “848.00
Error code service check” on
page 2-118.
848 .01 Modem/Config ID Modem is present on a no modem Remove the modem that has been
Mismatch version of the MFP. installed as this MFP does not
support a modem.

7002-xxx
Service error codes (9xx.xx)
Error Sub
code codes
900 .xx RIP Software Go to “900.xx Error code service

check” on page 2-118.
900 .90 947 Modem Init Failed Defective modem hardware. Replace the modem card.
901 .xx Engine flash error Indicates that the flash which the Replace the system board. See
system board code is programmed “System board and inner shield
into is bad. Replace the system removal —models X644e/X646e”
board. on page 4-131.
902 .xx Engine software error These errors indicate an Replace the system board. See
unrecoverable system software “System board and inner shield
error. removal —models X644e/X646e”
on page 4-131.
903 .xx Paperport link driver These errors indicate an Replace the system board. See
error unrecoverable system software “System board and inner shield
on page 4-131.
904 .xx Interface violation by These errors indicate an Replace the system board. See
RIP unrecoverable system software “System board and inner shield
on page 4-131.
905 .xx Interface violation by These errors indicate an Replace the system board. See
Paperport device unrecoverable system software “System board and inner shield
on page 4-131.
906 .xx RIP interface driver error These errors indicate an Replace the system board. See
unrecoverable system software “System board and inner shield
on page 4-131.
910 .xx DC pick motor • Check autocompensator cable Go to “Paper feed service check—
acceleration stall connectors printer” on page 2-156.
(autocompensator • Check autocompensator for
motor). binds
911 .00 DC pick motor excessive • Check system board Go to “Paper feed service check—
PWM • Check autocompensator motor printer” on page 2-156.
912 .00 DC pick motor • Check system board Go to “Paper feed service check—
underspeed error • Check autocompensator printer” on page 2-156.
913 .00 DC pick motor • Check system board Go to “Paper feed service check—
overspeed error • Check autocompensator printer” on page 2-156.
914 .00 DC pick motor no Check autocompensator assembly Go to “Paper feed service check—
encoder feedback printer” on page 2-156.
917 .00 Problem with transfer— • Check HVPS Go to “Transfer roll service
transfer servo start error. • Check system board check” on page 2-172.
• Check HVPS/input sensor/toner
sensor cable.
2-14 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Service error codes (9xx.xx) (continued)
Error Sub
code codes
920 .01 Hot roll took too long to • Bad thermistor, circuit or cabling. Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
heat up after • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC check” on page 2-132.
transitioning to new power.
enhanced mode
(standby control only. • Poor supply line voltage.
Fuser page count • Low wattage or incorrect lamp.
between 0 and 99,999.
• Incorrect hot roll.
920 .02 Hot roll fell too far below • Bad thermistor, circuit or cabling. Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
the desired temperature • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC check” on page 2-132.
while in standby. Fuser power.
page between 0 and
99,999. • Poor supply line voltage.
• Low wattage or incorrect lamp.
920 .03 Hot roll too cool when • Bad thermistor, circuit or cabling. Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
checking for slope • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC check” on page 2-132.
change in standby. power.
Fuser page count
between 0 and 99,999. • Poor supply line voltage.
• Low wattage or incorrect lamp.
920 .04 Hot roll too cool when • Bad thermistor, circuit or cabling. Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
heating to desired • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC check” on page 2-132.
temperature after slope power.
change (standby control
only). Fuser page count • Poor supply line voltage.
between 0 and 99,999. • Low wattage or incorrect lamp.
920 .06 Fuser is not increasing • Fuser is not receiving AC power. Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
in temperature even • Poor supply line voltage. check” on page 2-132.
though the lamp has
been on for an extended
time. Fuser page count
920. .07 Fuser has been below • Bad thermistor, circuit, or Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
the desired temperature cabling. check” on page 2-132.
for too long while media • Very noisy thermistor signal.
is in the nip. Fuser page
count between 0 and • Fuser not receiving AC power.
• Excessive load on the fuser.
• Low voltage or incorrect lamp.
• Abrupt change in temperature
that has disrupted control.

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
920 .11 Hot roll took too long to • Bad thermistor, circuit, or Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
heat up after cabling. check” on page 2-132.
transitioning to new • Very noisy thermistor signal.
enhanced mode. Fuser
page count between • Fuser not receiving AC power.
100,000 and 199,999. • Poor supply line voltage.
920 .12 Hot roll fell too far below • Bad thermistor, circuit, or Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
while printing. Fuser • Noisy thermistor signal.
page count between
100,000 and 199,999. • Fuser not receiving AC power.
• Poor supply line voltage.
920 .13 Hot roll too cool while • Bad thermistor, circuit, or Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
checking for slope cabling. check” on page 2-132.
change. Fuser page • Noisy thermistor signal.
count between 100,000
and 199,999. • Fuser not receiving AC power.
920 .14 Hot roll too cool when • Bad thermistor, circuit, or Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
heating to desired cabling. check” on page 2-132.
temperature after slope • Noisy thermistor signal.
change. Fuser page
count between 100,000 • Fuser not receiving AC power.
and 199,999. • Poor supply line voltage.
though the lamp has
between 100,000 and
199,999.
920 .17 Fuser has been below • Bad thermistor, circuit, or Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
for too long while the • Very noisy thermistor signal.
media is in the nip.
Fuser page count • Fuser not receiving AC power.
between 100,000 and • Poor supply line voltage.
199,999.
2-16 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
transitioning to new • Fuser not receiving AC power.
page count between • Poor supply line voltage.
200,000 and 299,999. • Low voltage or incorrect lamp.
page count between
change. Fuser page
though the lamp has
tim. Fuser page count
between 200,000 and
299,999.

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
920 .31 Under temperature • Bad thermistor, circuit, or Go to “920.xx—Cold fuser service
during steady state cabling. check” on page 2-132.
control. Fuser page • Fuser not receiving AC power.
desired temperature cabling. check” on page 2-132.
page count between
change. Fuser page
though the lamp has
between 300,000 and
399,999.
• Abrupt change in temperatures
2-18 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
page count between • Poor supply line voltage.
400,000 and 499,999. • Low voltage or incorrect lamp.
page count between
chickens for slope cabling. check” on page 2-132.
temperature after slop • Noisy thermistor signal.
change. Fuser page
and 499,999 • Poor supply line voltage.
though the lamp has
between 400,000 and
499,999.

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
page count more than • Poor supply line voltage.
500,000. • Low voltage or incorrect lamp.
page count more than
500,000. • Fuser not receiving AC power.
count more than
500,000. • Fuser not receiving AC power.
change. Fuser page
count more than • Fuser not receiving AC power.
though the lamp has
time. Fuser count more
than 500,000.
count more than • Fuser not receiving AC power.
2-20 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
page count not • Poor supply line voltage.
available. • Low voltage or incorrect lamp.
page count not
available. • Fuser not receiving AC power.
count not available.
• Fuser not receiving AC power.
change. Fuser page
count not available. • Fuser not receiving AC power.
though the lamp has
not available.
count not available. • Fuser not receiving AC power.

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
922 .02 Hot roll took too long to • Low wattage or incorrect lamp. Go to “922.xx—Cold fuser check”
reach the beginning • Bad thermistor, circuit, or on page 2-134.
lamp detection cabling.
temperature. Fuser
page count between 0 • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
and 99,999. power.
922 .03 Hot roll reached final • Low wattage or incorrect lamp. Go to “922.xx—Cold fuser check”
lamp detection • Bad thermistor, circuit, or on page 2-134.
temperature but took cabling.
longer than largest time
in lookup table. Fuser • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
page count between 0 power.
922 .04 Hot roll timed out in • Low wattage or incorrect lamp. Go to “922.xx—Cold fuser check”
trying to reach the final • Bad thermistor, circuit, or on page 2-134.
temperature. Fuser
page count between 0 • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
and 99,999. power.
922 .06 Hot roll did not reach • Low wattage or incorrect lamp. Go to “922.xx—Cold fuser check”
operating temperature in • Bad thermistor, circuit, or on page 2-134.
time (new enhanced cabling.
control). Fuser page
count between 0 and • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
99,999. power.
922 .07 Fuser has taken too long • Low wattage or incorrect lamp. Go to “922.xx—Cold fuser check”
to reach desired • Bad thermistor, circuit, or on page 2-134.
temperature after cabling.
increasing interrupt gap.
Fuser page count • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
between 0 and 99,999. power.
temperature. Fuser
page count between • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
100,000 and 199,999. power.
page count between power.
2-22 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
temperature. Fuser
100,000 and 199,999. power.
922 .15 After hot roll lamp The control code has been lost. Go to “922.xx—Cold fuser check”
detection, did not roll on page 2-134.
over to steady state
control in time. Fuser
page count between
100,000 and 199,999.
count between 100,000 • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
and 199,999. power.
increasing interpage
gap. Fuser page count • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
between 100,000 and power.
temperature. Fuser
200,000 and 299,999. power.
temperature. Fuser
200,000 and 299,999. power.
page count between
200,000 and 299,999.

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
and 299,999. power.
temperature. Fuser
300,000 and 399,999. power.
temperature. Fuser
300,000 and 399,999. power.
page count between
300,000 and 399,999.
and 399,999. power.
2-24 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
temperature. Fuser
400,000 and 499,999. power.
temperature. Fuser
400,000 and 499,999. power.
page count between
400,000 and 499,999.
and 499,999. power.
gap. Fuser page count • Excessive load on the fuser.
between 400,000 and • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
499,999. power.
temperature. Fuser
page count stopped at • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
500,000 to preserve power.
data. • Poor supply line voltage.

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
page count stopped at power.
500,000 to preserve • Poor supply line voltage.
data.
temperature. Fuser
page count stopped at • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
922 .55 After hot roll lamp The control code has been lost. POR the MFP and retry.
detection, did not roll If the error message remains, go to
over to steady state “922.xx—Cold fuser check” on
control in time. Fuser page 2-134.
page count stopped at
500,000 to preserve
data.
count stopped at • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
to reach desired • Excessive load on the fuser. on page 2-134.
temperature after
increasing interpage • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
gap. Fuser page count power.
stopped at 500,000 to • Poor supply line voltage.
preserve data.
temperature. Fuser
page count not • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
available. power.
922 .93 Hot roll reached ‘final • Low wattage or incorrect lamp. Go to “922.xx—Cold fuser check”
temperature’ but took cabling.
page count not power.
available. • Poor supply line voltage.
2-26 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
temperature. Fuser
page count not • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
available. power.
922 .95 After hot roll lamp Control code has been lost. POR and retry.
detection, did not roll If the error message remains, go to
over to steady state “922.xx—Cold fuser check” on
control in time. Fuser page 2-134.
page count not
available.
count not available. • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
power.
to reach desired • Excessive load on the fuser. on page 2-134.
temperature after
increasing interpage • Fuser not receiving sufficient AC
gap. Fuser page count power.
not available. • Poor supply line voltage.
923 .01 Fuser over temperature. • Short in the thermistor circuit. Go to “923.xx—Hot fuser service
Fuser page count • Noisy thermistor signal check” on page 2-135.
• Fuser is actually overheating
due to hardware faults.
between 100,000 and
199,999. • Fuser is actually overheating
between 200,000 and
between 300,000 and
between 400,000 and

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
stopped at 500,000 to
preserve data. • Fuser is actually overheating
Fuser page count not • Noisy thermistor signal check” on page 2-135.
available.
• Fuser is actually overheating
924 .01 Open thermistor check • Noisy thermistor signal. Go to “924.xx—Hot fuser service
failure. Fuser page • Intermittent connection. check” on page 2-136.
count between 0 and
99,999. • Thermistor cable not connected
or thermistor actually open.
and 199,999. • Thermistor cable not connected
count over 500,000.
• Thermistor cable not connected
count not available.
• Thermistor cable not connected
925 .01 Lamp detection • 115 V lamp in 220 V printer. Go to “925.xx—Hot fuser service
performed and found • Lamp has excessive wattage. check” on page 2-137.
error. Fuser page count
925 .02 Too hot to do lamp Attempting to POR machine after Go to “925.xx—Hot fuser service
detection and NVRAM receiving a 925.01. check” on page 2-137.
bit indicates previous
wrong lamp detected.
Fuser page count
2-28 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
between 100,000 and
199,999.
Fuser page count
between 100,000 and
199,999.
between 200,000 and
299,999.
Fuser page count
between 200,000 and
299,999.
between 300,000 and
399,999.
Fuser page count
between 300,000 and
399,999.
between 400,000 and
499,999.
Fuser page count
between 400,000 and
499,999.
preserve data.

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
Fuser page count
preserve data.
error. Writes to the fuser
information chip have
been disabled due to a
previous write failure.
Writes to the fuser
information chip have
been disabled due to a
previous write failure.
927 .00 Service fan error. • Loose connector. Go to “Main fan service check” on
• External blockage of the fan, page 2-119.
preventing it from turning.
• Bad fan.
927 .01 Main fan stalled. • External blockage of fan Go to “Main fan service check” on
• Fan may not turn due to internal page 2-119.
fan problem.
927 .02 Cartridge fan stalled. • Loose connector. Go to “Cartridge fan service
• External blockage of the fan, check” on page 2-119.
• Bad fan.
927 .03 Main fan took too long to • Loose connector. Go to “Main fan service check” on
ramp up. • External blockage of the fan, page 2-119.
• Bad fan.
927 .04 Main fan underspeed or • Corrupted feedback signal. Go to “Main fan service check” on
stalled during speed • Fan input voltage may be too page 2-119.
adjustment state. low.
927 .05 Main fan overspeed • Corrupted feedback signal. Go to “Main fan service check” on
during speed • Fan input voltage may be too page 2-119.
adjustment state. low.
927 .06 Main fan capture data is Corrupted or non-existent feedback Go to “Main fan service check” on
invalid and speed signal. page 2-119.
control is at maximum in
fan control idle state.
2-30 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
927 .07 Main fan capture data is Corrupted feedback signal. Go to “Main fan service check” on
invalid and speed page 2-119.
control is at maximum in
fan control adjustment
state.
929 .00 Toner sensor error—a • Check the toner sensor Go to “Toner sensor service
problem has been • Check cable check” on page 2-171.
detected with the toner
sensor. • Check system board
929 .66 An error has been • Check toner cartridge. Go to “Toner sensor service
detected. No home • Check toner sensor check” on page 2-171.
windows has been
detected.
929 .67 No toner sensor • Check toner sensor Go to “Toner sensor service
transition. • Check toner cartridge check” on page 2-171.
930 .00 An incorrect printhead Check the printhead Go to “Printhead service check”
has been detected on page 2-165.
932 .00 Printhead lost HSYNC. • Check printhead Go to “Printhead service check”
• Check cables and connections on page 2-165.
• Check system board
933 .00 Mirror motor locked, no • Check printhead Go to “Printhead service check”
first HSYNC received. • Check cables and connectors on page 2-165.
• Check system board.
934 .00 Mirror motor lost lock • Check printhead Go to “Printhead service check”
• Check cables and connections on page 2-165.
• Check system board
936 .00 Mirror moor not up to • Check printhead Go to “Printhead service check”
speed • Check system board on page 2-165.
936 .10 No hall effect detected • Check cable connections Go to “Main drive service check”
at motor start. Motor is • Defective motor on page 2-153.
type 0.
• Severe gear blinds in gearbox
assembly
• System board
936 .11 No hall effect detected • Check cable connections Go to “Main drive service check”
at motor start. Motor is • Defective motor on page 2-153.
type 1.
• Severe gear binds in gearbox
assembly.
• System board
936 .20 Failed to stop within • Defective motor Go to “Main drive service check”
timeout, motor is type 0. • Defective system board on page 2-153.
936 .21 Failed to stop within • Defective motor Go to “Main drive service check”
timeout, motor is type 1. • Defective system board on page 2-153.

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
936 .30 No lock detected at • Check for paper jams Go to “Main drive service check”
motor start for motor ID. • Gear binds on page 2-153.
Motor is type 0.
• Defective motor
• Check motor cable and
connections
motor start for motor ID. • Gear binds on page 2-153.
Motor is type 1.
• Defective motor
connections
normal motor start. • Gear binds on page 2-153.
Motor is type 0.
• Defective motor
connections
normal motor start. • Gear binds on page 2-153.
Motor is type 1.
• Defective motor.
• Defective motor cable
• Cable connections
936 .9 Stall detected during • Defective cable Go to “Main drive service check”
speed control. Motor is • Check cable connections on page 2-153.
type 0.
• Defective motor
• Paper jams
936 .91 Stall detected during • Defective cable Go to “Main drive service check”
speed control. Motor is • Check cable connections on page 2-153.
type 1.
• Defective motor
• Paper jams
937 .4 Overspeed detected • Faulty motor sensor Go to “Main drive service check”
during speed control. • Faulty system board on page 2-153.
Motor is type 0.
during speed control. • Faulty system board on page 2-153.
Motor is type 1.
during position control. • Faulty system board on page 2-153.
Motor is type 0.
during position control. • Faulty system board on page 2-153.
Motor is type 1.
937 .7 Loss of lock detected by • Defective motor cable Go to “Main drive service check”
higher level code. Motor • Defective main drive motor on page 2-153.
is type 0.
• Paper jams
2-32 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
937 .71 Loss of lock detected by • Defective motor cable Go to “Main drive service check”
higher level code. Motor • Defective main drive motor on page 2-153.
is type 1.
• Paper jams
937 .80 Driver over temperature • Excessive gear loading in Go to “Main drive service check”
detection. Motor is gearbox assembly on page 2-153.
type 0.
939 .00 RIP–engine System board POR the printer several times, if the
communications lost. error code continues to be
displayed, replace the system
board. See “System board and
inner shield removal —models
X644e/X646e” on page 4-131.
940 .00 LVPS zero-crossing test • Incorrect LVPS installed Check to make sure the correct
failed. • Noisy AC power source LVPS assembly has been installed.
If the correct supply is installed,
• LVPS to system board cable check to make sure the LVPS to
loose system board cable is installed
correctly. If correct, replace the
LVPS assembly. See “Low voltage
power supply removal” on
page 4-109.
947 .00 PQET RAM test PQET failed to pass RAM tests on Replace the system board. See
incomplete, the system board “System board and inner shield
PQET RAM test did not removal —models X644e/X646e”
complete, on page 4-131.
PQET RAM test failed
MARCH0
PQET RAM test failed
MARCH1
PQET RAM test busy
failure
948 .00 Pel clock check failed System board Replace the system board. See
“System board and inner shield
removal —models X644e/X646e”
on page 4-131.
949 .00 Delay line calibration System board Replace the system board. See
failure “System board and inner shield
on page 4-131.
950 .00 NVRAM mismatch Go to “950.00 through 950.29

EPROM mismatch failure” on
page 2-120. or go to “950.30
through 950.60 EPROM mismatch
failure” on page 2-121.

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
951 .00 Replace the system board. See

“System board and inner shield
on page 4-131.
Warning: When replacing any one
of the following components:
• Flatbed interconnect card
• System board assembly
• Interface card assembly
Only replace one component at a
time. Replace the required
component, and perform a POR
before replacing a second
component listed above. If this
procedure is not followed, the printer
will be rendered inoperable. Never
replace two or more of the
components listed above without a
POR after installing each one, or the
printer will be rendered inoperable.
Warning: Never install and remove
components listed above as a
method of troubleshooting
components. Once a component
has been installed in a printer, it
cannot be used in another printer. It
must be returned to the
manufacturer.
2-34 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
950 .30— Service NVRAM EPROM mismatch failure This error code indicates a
.60 mismatch mismatch between the System
Board assembly and the interface
card assembly.
Warning: In the event of
replacement of any one of the
following components:


has been installed in a machine, it
cannot be used in another machine.
It must be returned to the
manufacturer.
Go to“950.30 through 950.60
EPROM mismatch failure” on
page 2-121.
952 .00 NV failure:n CRC error has occurred. This is Perform POR to clear the error.
recoverable.
953 .00 Replace the operator panel right

cover assembly. See “Operator
panel right cover assembly

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
954 .00 Replace the interface card. See

“Interface card assembly
Warning: When replacing any one
of the following components:
has been installed in a printer, it
cannot be used in another printer. It
must be returned to the
manufacturer.
955 .00 Code CRC CRC failure or ECC code failure on Replace the system board. See
the system board. “System board and inner shield
on page 4-131.
956 .00 System board This error indicates a system board Replace the system board. See
processor failure. “System board and inner shield
on page 4-131.
957 .00 System board This error indicates a system board Replace the system board. See
processor failure. “System board and inner shield
on page 4-131.
958 .00 Nand failure Printer has performed more than Replace the system board. See
100 “shift and replace” operations as “System board and inner shield
a result of EC bit corrections. removal —models X644e/X646e”
on page 4-131.
2-36 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Error Sub
code codes
980 .00 Unreliable The engine is experiencing Service errors 980 thru 984
communications to unreliable communications to the <device> can be one of the
Paperport device specified device. following: system board, duplex, tray
x (1, 2, 3, 4, or 5), envelope feeder
981 .00 Interface protocol The engine protocol violation or output bin.
violation by engine detected by the specified device.
982 .xx Paperport Communications error detected by

communication error the specified device.
983 .00 Invalid command Invalid command received by the

received by device specified device.
984 .00 Invalid command Invalid command parameter

parameter received by received by the specified device.
device
990 .00 General device Indicates an equipment check Service errors 980 thru 984
equipment check condition has occurred in the <device> can be one of the
specified device, but the device is following: system board, duplex, tray
unable to identify the exact x (1, 2, 3, 4, or 5), envelope feeder
component failure. or output bin.
991 .00 Device system card The specified device has detected
failed basic assurance an equipment check in its system
test card.

7002-xxx
User status displays.
User status displays
Sub
Display text Description/action
Code code
Bin [x] Full x represents the number of the output bin that is full when the MFP bins are
linked.
Remove print media from the bins. The message clears once the output
level of the linked bins is no longer full.
Busy The MFP is busy receiving, processing, or printing data.

Press Stop to access the job queue.
Deleting selected The Delete button is touched after jobs have been selected.
job(s)
Flushing Buffer The MFP flushes corrupted data and discards the current print job.
Hex Trace The MFP is in Hex Trace mode.

Hex Trace isolates the source of a print job problem. When Hex Trace is
active, all data sent to the MFP prints in hexadecimal and character
representation.
Exit Hex Trace to print jobs normally. To exit Hex Trace, unplug the MFP.
Insufficient There are not enough system resources at this time.

resources. Try Try again after the current job is complete.
again when the
system is idle.
Invalid or An incorrect password is entered.

incorrect Touch Continue to return to the screen to enter a correct password.
password.
Invalid PIN. An incorrect Personal Identification Number (PIN) is entered.

Touch Continue to return to the screen to enter a correct PIN.
Job cannot be A job in the job list is touched, but it cannot be canceled.
deleted
Maintenance The MFP maintenance counter has exceeded its limit, so the MFP requires
maintenance.
Replace the maintenance items. If necessary, reset the MFP maintenance
counter.
Network A network interface is the active communication link.

Network [x] Wait for the message to clear.
Network [x], [y]
Notes:
• The current interface appears on the Menu Settings Page. Interfaces
shown without an x or y means the active host interface is a standard
interface.
• x indicates the active interface is connected to the MFP through PCI
connector x.
• x, y indicates the active interface is connected to the MFP through
channel y on PCI connector x, or that x equals 0 on the standard
network interface.
No jobs selected The Delete button is touched when no jobs are selected.
2-38 Service Manual

7002-xxx
User status displays (continued)
Sub
Code code
Parallel A parallel interface is the active communication link.

Parallel [x] Notes:
interface.
connector x.
network interface.
Serial [x] A serial interface is the active communication link.

Notes:
interface.
connector x.
network interface.
USB The MFP is processing data through the specified USB port.
USB [x]
[PJL RDYMSG] This is the Printer Job Language (PJL) Ready message.
Power Saver The MFP is ready to receive and process data. It is reducing its electricity
consumption while idle. If the MFP remains inactive for the period of time
specified in the Power Saver menu item (60 minutes is the factory default),
the Power Saver message replaces the Ready message.
Send a job to print.
Press any operator panel button.
Printing The MFP is printing a job.
Printing page [x] A sheet of print media moves through the MFP to be printed.
x represents the number of the sheet being printed. Even though a duplex
(two-sided) sheet has two sides, called pages, it only counts as one sheet.
Printing page [x], A sheet of print media moves through the MFP to be printed.
copy [a] / [b] x represents the number of the sheet being printed. Even though a duplex
sheet has two sides, called pages, it only counts as one sheet. So, pages
are not counted, only sheets passing through the MFP.
The total number of sheets in a set is not known, but the number of sets is
known. For example, a user may have requested that three copies print, so
there are three sets of sheets, but the number of sheets is unknown.
Printing page [x]/ A sheet of print media moves through the MFP to be printed.
[y], copy [a]/[b] x represents the number of the sheet being printed. A sheet is considered a
front and back page of one piece of print media. A group of sheets is called
a set. y represents the total number of sheets in a set.
a is the number of the current set printing. b is the total number of sets to be
printed. For example, a user may send a 6-page duplex print job and select
three copies to print. So, there are three sheets to print for each job. This
makes one set. Three sets must print before the user has the complete job.

7002-xxx
Sub
Code code
Ready The MFP is ready to receive and process jobs.

Print, fax, scan, e-mail, copy, or use FTP.
Scanner automatic The automatic document feeder (ADF) cover is open.

document feeder Close the cover.
cover open
Standard Bin Ful The standard bin is full.

Bin [x] Full x represents the number of the bin that is full.
[bin name] Full [bin name] specifies a previously defined name for the bin, such as Mary’s
bin, and it is full.
Remove the stack of print media from the standard output bin or from the
specified bin to clear the message.
System busy, Not all resources needed for the job are available.
preparing Wait for the message to clear.
resources for job.
System busy, Not all resources needed for the job are available. Some held jobs are
preparing deleted to free system memory.
resources for job. Wait for the message to clear.
Deleting held
job(s).
Toner Low The toner cartridge is low on toner.

The Menu Settings Page shows the level. It takes an unspecified amount of
time for the MFP to read the level of toner. Until the level is read, the MFP
does not show the message.
• The message clears automatically when the cover or door over the toner
cartridge is opened or if the MFP power is turned off and then on.
• Replace the toner cartridge. If it is not replaced, the MFP issues the
message again when the door or cover is closed.
Tray [x] Empty x represents the number of the tray. The tray has no print media installed.
1. Remove the tray. The message clears.
2. Install print media in the tray according to the User’s Guide.
3. Insert the tray.
Tray [x] Low x specifies the number of the tray that is low.
Load print media into the specified tray to clear the message.
Tray [x] Missing x represents the number of the tray missing from the MFP.
The message is on the Menu Settings Page also.
Insert the tray to clear the message.
If the Tray 1 Missing message does not clear when tray 1 is inserted, go to
“Parallel port service check” on page 2-159. If Tray 2 through 5 Missing
message does not clear by inserting the tray, go to “Input tray(s) service
Waiting The MFP receives a page of data to print but waits for an End of Job
command, a Form Feed command, or additional data.
Press Stop. Touch Continue to print the contents of the buffer.
Cancel the current job.
Wait for the message to clear.
Fax status displays
2-40 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
Code code
Answering The MFP is answering a fax call.
Call complete A fax call is completed.
Connect <x>bps The fax is connected. <x> is the baud rate per second.
Dialing A fax number is dialed. If the number is too long to fit on the screen only the
word Dialing appears.
Fax failed The fax failed to send.
Job stored for The scanning completes for a delayed send fax job.
delayed
transmission.
Line busy A fax number is dialed, but the fax line is busy.
No answer A fax number is dialed, but no connection is made.
No dial tone The MFP does not have a dial tone.
Queued for sending The scanning process of a fax job completed, but it is not sent yet because
another fax job is being sent or received. As this one job waits for its turn,
this message appears for three seconds.
Receive complete The MFP has received an entire fax job.
Receiving page [n] The MFP receives page [n] of the fax job, where n is the number of the page
received.
Sending page [n] The MFP sends page [n] of the fax job, where n is the number of the page
sent.
Set clock The Real Time Clock is not set. This message appears if no other fax status
message appears. It remains until the clock is set.
Set the clock.
Waiting for redial The MFP is waiting to redial the fax number.

7002-xxx
User attendance messages
User attendance messages
Sub
Code Primary message Description/action
code
Change Cartridge Select one of the following actions:

Invalid Refill Remove the toner cartridge and install a new cartridge.
Change [src] to Lets the user override the current print media source for the remainder of
[Custom String] the print job. The formatted page prints as is on the print media installed in
the tray. This may cause clipping of text or images.
Touch Use current [src] to ignore the message and print on the print media
loaded in the tray.
Touch Continue:
• which continues the job if the correct size and type are loaded in the tray,
and this size and type are specified in the Paper Menu using the
operator panel.
• which is ignored if there is no print media in the tray.
Touch Cancel job to cancel the current job if needed.
Change <src> to New print media is required to finish a print job.

<Custom Type Name> Load the indicated source with the requested size and type of print media.
Touch Continue to print with print media currently in the tray.
[size] the print job. The formatted page prints as is on the print media installed in
loaded in the tray.
Touch Continue:
operator panel.
[size] [type] the print job. The formatted page prints as is on the print media installed in
loaded in the tray.
Touch Continue:
operator panel.
2-42 Service Manual

7002-xxx
User attendance messages (continued)
Sub
code
Check Duplex This messages displays for the following conditions:

Connection • The duplex option may have been removed from the printer, possibly to
clear a paper jam or to remove the option.
• The duplex option may be attached to the printer but a communications
problem may prevent the printer from detection. For example, there may
be a poor connection or a hardware failure.
The following actions may be taken:
• If the option was temporarily removed or not connected properly,
reattach or reconnect it.
• Accept the configuration change which notifies the printer the option has
been hot unplugged (removed with the power on).
Note: This action is not available if the printer is in Diagnostics Mode or
running diagnostics.
• If the device is experiencing a hardware problem, turn the printer off and
on. If the message continues to be displayed, go to “Duplex option
service check” on page 2-127.
Check Tray x Tray x=Tray 2, Tray 3, Tray 4, or Tray 5

Connection This messages displays for the following conditions:
• The specified device may have been removed from the printer, possibly
to clear a paper jam or to uninstall the option.
• The option may be attached to the printer but a communications problem
may prevent the printer from detecting the option. For example, there
may be a poor connection or a hardware failure.
on. If the message continues to be displayed, go to “Input tray(s)
Clean scanner During a scanner calibration, the firmware detects that the scanner backing
backing strip strip for the backside of scan jobs may be dirty.
Touch Cancel Job if a scan job is processing when the attendance
message appears. This cancels the job and clears the message.
Touch Scan from Automatic Document Feeder if the page jam recovery is
active. Scanning resumes from the ADF immediately after the last
successfully scanned page.
Touch Scan from flatbed if page jam recovery is active. Scanning resumes
from the flatbed immediately after the last successfully scanned page.
Touch Finish job without further scanning if page jam recovery is active.
The job ends at the last successfully scanned page, but the job is not
canceled. Successfully scanned pages go to their destination: copy, fax, e-
mail, or FTP.
Touch Restart job if job recovery is active and the job can be restarted. The
message clears. A new scan job containing the same parameters as the
previous job starts.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
Clean scanner During a scanner calibration, the firmware detects that the scanner ADF or
glass flatbed glass may be dirty.
Touch Cancel Job if a scan job is processing when the attendance
mail, or FTP.
Disk corrupted Model X646e only. Occurs when the MFP attempts a hard disk recovery on
a corrupted hard disk, and the hard disk cannot be repaired. The hard disk
must be reformatted.
Touch Reformat disk to reformat the hard disk and clear the message.
Warning: All files stored on the hard disk are deleted.
Disk Full – Scan Model X646e only. The scan job cancels or stops due to insufficient hard
Job Canceled disk space.
Note: The scanner finishes scanning currently committed pages in the ADF,
but data is lost when the job cancels itself.
Touch Continue to clear the message.
Insert Cartridge This message displays when the printer front door is open or the print
or Close Door cartridge is missing.
If this message cannot be cleared, go to “Cover closed switch/cable
service check—printer” on page 2-125.
Insert tray [x] Occurs when the MFP detects a missing tray. x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
Insert the specified tray to clear the message.
Touch Cancel Job to cancel the current job if needed.
Touch Reset Active Bin to change to another linked bin.
If the message cannot be cleared, go to “Paper size sensing service
check” on page 2-158 or “Input tray(s) service check” on page 2-147.
Install Bin x Bin x=Bin 1, Bin 2, or Bin 3.

or Cancel Job This message is displayed when a paper handling option has been hot
unplugged. The printer requires the reinstallation of the option to print a
page which has been formatted by the interpreter before the option was
removed.
• Install the option.
• Select one of the following:
- Cancel Job
- Reset Printer
- Reset Active Bin
If the message cannot be cleared, go to “Input tray(s) service check” on
page 2-147.
2-44 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
Install Duplex This message is displayed when a duplex option has been hot unplugged.
or Cancel Job The printer requires the reinstallation of the option to print a page which has
been formatted by the interpreter before the option was removed.
• Install the duplex option.
• Select one of the following:
- Cancel Job
- Reset Printer
- Reset Active Bin
If the message cannot be cleared, go to “Duplex option service check”
on page 2-127.
Install envelope The MFP detects that the optional envelope feeder is missing between the
feeder time the job processes, but before the job prints. Sometime during
processing, the optional envelope feeder is removed.
Install the optional envelope feeder. The message clears.
Touch Cancel Job if needed.
Touch Reset Active Bin to reset the active bin for a linked set of bins.
If the message cannot be cleared, go to “Envelope feeder service check”
on page 2-129.
Install tray [x] The MFP detects that optional Tray [x], where x is the number of the tray, is
missing while the job processes, but before the job prints. Sometime during
processing, the optional tray is removed.
Install the optional tray specified by x. The message clears.
Touch Cancel Job if needed.
If the message cannot be cleared, go to “Input tray(s) service check” on
page 2-147.
Load manual feeder Occurs when the MFP receives a manual feed request that a specific print
with [Custom media be loaded into the multipurpose feeder. The print media is previously
String] defined as a custom string which appears on the operator panel.
Touch Continue.
• If print media is in the multipurpose feeder, the job continues to print.
• If there is no print media in the multipurpose feeder, all requests for
additional pages are automatically overridden, and print media is
selected from an automatic source.
Touch Automatically select media to override manual requests for Manual
Paper and Manual Env for the rest of the print job. All requests for
additional pages are automatically overridden, and print media is selected
from an automatic source.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
Load manual feeder Occurs when the MFP receives a manual feed request that specific print
with [Custom Type media be loaded into the multipurpose feeder. The print media is previously
Name] defined as a custom type from Custom 1 through Custom 6. The custom
type name appears on the operator panel.
Touch Continue.
• If print media is in the multipurpose feeder, the job continues to print.
• If there is no print media in the multipurpose feeder, all requests for
additional pages are automatically overridden, and print media is
selected from an automatic source.
Load manual feeder Occurs when the MFP receives a manual feed request for a specific size of
with [size] print media when none is loaded into the multipurpose feeder.
Feed a sheet of print media into the multipurpose feeder to clear the
message and continue the job.
Touch Continue if print media is in the multipurpose feeder. The job
continues.
Touch Continue if there is no print media in the multipurpose feeder. All
requests for additional pages are automatically overridden, and print media
is selected from an automatic source.
Load manual feeder Occurs when the MFP receives a manual feed request for a specific size
with [type] [size] and type of print media when none is loaded into the multipurpose feeder.
Touch Continue if print media is in the multipurpose feeder. The job
continues.
Touch Continue if there is no print media in the multipurpose feeder. All
requests for additional pages are automatically overridden, and print media
is selected from an automatic source.
additional pages are automatically overridden and print media is selected
Load [src] with Occurs when a source is loaded with an incorrect print media size and type
[Custom String] as specified in the Paper Menu.
Touch Continue. Load the specified source that is set for the requested size
and type.
Load [src] with Occurs when a source is loaded with an incorrect print media size and type
[Custom Type Name] as specified in the Paper Menu.
and type.
2-46 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
Load [src] with Occurs when a source is loaded with an incorrect print media size as
[size] specified in the Paper Menu.
Touch Continue. Load the specified source that is set for the requested
size.
additional pages are automatically overridden, and print media is selected
Load [src] with Occurs when the MFP requests that a specific media source be loaded with
[type] [size] a specific type and size as specified in the Paper Menu, but the current
source contains an incorrect media size and type.
and type.
Reattach envelope The MFP detects that the optional envelope feeder is missing between the
feeder time the job processes, and when it prints. Sometime during processing, the
optional envelope feeder is removed.
Touch Cancel Job to clear the message and continue without using the
optional envelope feeder.
Install the optional envelope feeder.
Reattach Bins x–y=Bins 1 to 5, Bins 2 to 6, or Bins 6 to 10

Bins x–y This messages displays for the following conditions:
• The specified output bins may have been removed from the printer,
possibly to clear a paper jam or to remove the option.
• The option(s) may be attached to the printer but a communications
problem may prevent the printer from detecting the option. For example,
there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure.
on. If the message continues to be displayed, go to “Input tray(s)

7002-xxx
Sub
code
Reattach This messages displays for the following conditions:

Envelope Feeder • The feeder may have been removed from the printer, possibly to clear a
paper jam or to remove the option.
• The feeder may be attached to the printer but a communications
problem may prevent the printer from detecting the option. For example,
there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure.
on. If the message continues to be displayed, go to “Envelope feeder
Reattach Bin x=Bin 1, Bin 2, or Bin 3

Output Bin x This messages displays for the following conditions:
• The specified output bin may have been removed from the printer,
possibly to clear a paper jam or to remove the option.
• The option may be attached to the printer but a communications problem
may prevent the printer from detecting the option. For example, there
may be a poor connection or a hardware failure.
on.
Remove paper from The standard output bin is full of print media.
standard output Remove the stack of print media from the bin to clear the message and
bin resume printing.
Touch Continue to make the MFP recheck the output level in the standard
output bin.
2-48 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
Replace all One or more messages which interrupted a scan job are now cleared.
originals if Replace the original documents in the scanner to restart the scan job.
restarting job. Touch Cancel Job if a scan job is processing when the attendance
mail or FTP.
Replace wiper The MFP detects that the fuser wiper needs replacing.
1. Replace the fuser wiper.
2. Touch Continue to clear the message.
Touch Ignore to clear the message, but at the next power-on, the message
appears again.
Restore held jobs? Model X646e only. Held jobs are found on the hard disk after a power-on
reset of the MFP.
Touch Yes to restore the held jobs to the hard disk and make them available.
The jobs data remains on the hard disk; however, the job control information
is stored in the MFP memory. Touch Quit to stop restoring held jobs before
all jobs are restored. Unrestored jobs remain on the hard disk and are
retrievable again only at the next power-on reset.
Note: A pop-up screen appears to indicate Restoring held jobs(s) xxx/yyy,
where xxx indicates the number of the current job being restored, and yyy is
the total number of jobs to be restored.
Touch Do not restore to have the held jobs remain on the hard disk until
they are deleted.
Scan Document Too The scan job exceeds the maximum number of pages.
Long Note: The scanner finishes scanning current pages in the ADF, but data is
lost when the job cancels itself after reaching the maximum number of
pages.
Touch Cancel Job to clear the message if the job can be restarted.
Touch Restart job if the job can be restarted. The message clears, and a
new scan job containing the same parameters as the previous job starts.
Scanner ADF Cover The scanner automatic document feed cover is open.
Open The message clears when the cover is closed.
Scanner Jam Access The scanner jam access cover is open.

Cover Open Close the cover to clear the message.
Scanner Scanner registration is successful.

registration Touch Continue to clear the message.
successfully
completed

7002-xxx
Sub
code
Some held jobs Model X646e only. Occurs when the MFP tries to restore all jobs on a hard
were lost disk regardless of the number of held jobs not restored. The message
appears once.
Some held jobs are not restored. They stay on the hard disk and are
inaccessible.
30 .xx Invalid refill, The MFP detects a refilled Lexmark Cartridge Return Program print
change cartridge cartridge.
Install a new print cartridge to clear the message.
31 .00 Defective • Smart chip cabling loose on controller card. Reseat smart chip cabling
cartridge inside printer.
• Replace cartridge.
31 .xx Defective Print Error code 31 displays when the top front cover is closed and a defective
Cartridge print cartridge is detected. It may take the printer 10-20 seconds to
determine if the print cartridge is defective. Depending on the setting of the
Machine Class ID the printer may be allowed to print pages during this 10-
20 second interval. If pages are allowed to print, they are not reprinted once
a good print cartridge is inserted.
Note: This error indicates the printer was able to read the cartridge ID, but
the ID did not pass the verification test. To pass the verification test, the ID
read from the print cartridge must match the ID from the last “good” print
cartridge or the same ID must be read from the print cartridge twice. The
last “good” print cartridge ID is stored in NVRAM.
32 .00 Unsupported Unsupported cartridge installed. Replace cartridge.

cartridge
32 .xx Unsupported Print Error 32 displays when the top cover is closed and an unsupported print
Cartridge cartridge is detected. It may take the printer 10-20 seconds to determine if
the print cartridge is supported. Depending on the setting of the Machine
Class ID the printer may be allowed to print pages during this 10-20 second
interval. If pages are allowed to print, then they are not reprinted once a
good print cartridge is inserted. If this does not fix the problem, go to
“Signature button assembly service check” on page 2-170.
34 .xx Short paper The length of the print media is too short to print the formatted data.
Touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing. The MFP does
not automatically reprint the page that prompted the message.
Make sure the Paper Size setting in the Paper Menu is correct for the size of
print media used. If MP Feeder Size is set to Universal, make sure the print
media is large enough for the formatted data.
35 .xx Insufficient The MFP lacks the memory needed to enable Resource Save. This
memory to support message usually indicates too much memory is allocated for one or more of
Resource Save the MFP link buffers.
feature Touch Continue to disable Resource Save and continue printing.
Install additional memory.
36 .xx Resolution Reduced The resolution of the page has been reduced from 600 dpi to 300 dpi to
prevent a Memory Full error. This message can only occur if the Resolution
Reduction setting is turned on.
Note: 1200 dpi pages are not resolution reduced. If a 1200 dpi job runs out
of memory, a Memory Full error displays.
2-50 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
37 .xx Insufficient The MFP cannot defragment flash memory because the memory used to
memory for Flash store undeleted flash resources is full.
Memory Defragment Touch Continue to clear the message.
operation
To perform the defragment operation, install additional memory, or delete
fonts, macros, and other data to free some memory space.
37 .xx Insufficient The MFP cannot collate the job because the memory is full.
memory to collate Touch Continue to print the pages processed before the memory became
job full. Some memory frees up, so collating begins for the remainder of the
print job.
For example, if a 50-page print job is sent, and 10 copies are requested, and
the MFP runs out of memory at page 30, pages 1–30 would collate and print
10 copies. The MFP would then print and collate pages 31–50 and print 10
copies of these pages.
37 .xx Insufficient Model X646e only. The MFP depletes its memory while it attempts to
memory, some held restore held jobs. The message appears once.
jobs were lost Some held jobs are not restored. They stay on the hard disk and are
inaccessible.
37 .xx Insufficient Held jobs are deleted in order to process the current job.
memory, some Held The message appears once per job.
Jobs were lost
Touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing.
To avoid this error in the future for other jobs, install more memory.
38 .xx Memory full The MFP is processing data, but the memory used to store pages is full.
To avoid this error in the future:
Simplify the print job by reducing the amount of text or graphics on a page
and deleting unnecessary downloaded fonts or macros.
39 .xx Page is too The page may not print correctly because the print information on the page
complex to print is too complex.
To avoid this error in the future:
Reduce the complexity of the page by reducing the amount of text or
graphics on the page and deleting unnecessary downloaded fonts or
macros.
Set Page Protect to On in the Setup Menu in the Settings menu.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
42 .xy Printer/cartridge Cartridge region code does not match MFP region code.
mismatch x=printer region and y=cartridge region. The following regions may be listed:
Code Region
0 Worldwide
1 USA and Canada
2 Europe, Middle East, and Africa
3 Asia
4 Latin America
9 Undefined region
50 .xx PPDS font error The MFP has received a request for a font that is not installed when
formatting PPDS print data.
Touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing the current job.
51 .xx Defective flash The MFP detects a defective flash memory during power-on or during flash
detected format and write operations.
Touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing the current job.
At power-on reset, touch Continue to clear the message and the MFP
continues with normal operations except for flash operations.
Install different flash memory to be able to download any resources to flash.
52 .xx Not enough free There is not enough space in the flash memory to store the data currently
space in flash being downloaded.
memory for Touch Continue to clear the message and continue the print job.
resources
Install flash memory with more storage capacity.
Download the data.
53 .xx Unformatted flash The MFP detects unformatted flash memory.

detected Touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing. The MFP
continues with normal operations except for flash operations.
Reformat the flash to allow flash operations.
If the error message reappears, the flash memory may be defective and
require replacing.
54 .xx Network [x] The MFP cannot establish communications with a specified installed
software error network port. x indicates the number of the specified port.
• Touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing. The job
may not print correctly.
• The MFP disables attempts to communicate through the network
interface. No data may be sent or received.
• Reset the MFP.
• Program new firmware for the network interface.
2-52 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
54 .xx Serial option [x] The MFP detects a serial error, such as framing, parity, or overrun on the
error specified optional serial port. x is the number of the optional serial port.
• Make sure the serial link is set up correctly, and the appropriate cable is
in use.
• Make sure the serial interface parameters (protocol, baud, parity, and
data bits) are set correctly on the printer and host computer.
• Touch Continue to clear the message and continue processing the print
job; however the print job may not print correctly.
• Turn the MFP off and then on to reset it.
54 .xx Standard network The MFP firmware detects an installed network port, but cannot establish
software error communication with it.
• Touch Continue to clear the message and continue printing. The job
may not print correctly.
• The MFP disables attempts to communicate through the network
interface. No data may be sent or received.
• Reset the MFP.
• Program new firmware for the network interface.
55 .xx Unsupported option The MFP detects an unsupported option in the specified slot. x indicates the
in slot [x] number of the specified slot.
1. Turn the MFP off.
2. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
3. Remove the unsupported option.
4. Connect the power cord to a properly grounded outlet.
5. Turn the MFP on.
56 .xx Parallel port [x] A status request occurs over the parallel port, but the parallel port is
disabled disabled.
Touch Continue. The MFP discards any data received on the parallel port.
56 .xx Serial port [x] The MFP receives data across a serial port, but the port is disabled.
disabled Touch Continue. The MFP discards any data received on the serial port.
56 .xx Standard USB port The MFP receives data through a USB port, but the USB port is disabled.
disabled Touch Continue. The printer discards any data received through the USB
port.
Make sure the USB Buffer menu item is not set to Disabled.
56 .xx USB port [x] The MFP receives data through a specified USB port, but this USB port is
disabled disabled. x is the number of the USB port.
Touch Continue. The MFP discards any data received through the specified
USB port.
Make sure the USB Buffer menu item is not set to Disabled.
57 .xx Configuration Model X646e only. The MFP fails to restore held jobs due to configuration
change, some held changes. The message appears once.
jobs were lost Some held jobs are not restored. They stay on the hard disk and are
inaccessible.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
58 Too many disks Model X646e only. The MFP detects an excess of hard disks installed.
installed 1. Turn the MFP off.
3. Remove the excess hard disks.
5. Turn the MFP on.
58 Too many flash The MFP detects an excess of optional flash memory cards installed.
options installed Touch Continue to clear the message and ignore the extra optional flash
memory cards.
The message occurs again unless the excess optional flash memory cards
are removed.
3. Remove the excess flash memory.
5. Turn the MFP on.
58 .xx Too many trays The MFP detects that too many optional drawers and their matching trays
attached are installed.
3. Remove the additional drawers.
5. Turn the MFP on.
59 .xx Incompatible An unsupported optional duplex unit is attached to the MFP.

duplex Remove the optional duplex unit.
The MFP ceases normal functions until the optional duplex unit is removed.
Touch Continue to clear the message once the optional duplex unit is
removed.
59 .xx Incompatible An unsupported optional envelope feeder is attached to the MFP.

envelope feeder Remove the optional envelope feeder.
The MFP ceases normal functions until the optional envelope feeder is
removed.
Touch Continue to clear the message once the optional envelope feeder is
removed.
59 .xx Incompatible tray An unsupported optional drawer and its matching tray are attached to the
[x] MFP.
Remove the optional drawer.
The MFP ceases normal functions until the optional drawer is removed.
Touch Continue to clear the message once the optional drawer is removed.
61 .xx Remove defective Model X646e only. The MFP detects a defective hard disk.
disk 1. Turn the MFP off.
3. Remove the defective hard disk.
4. Install a new hard disk.
6. Turn the MFP on.
2-54 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
62 .xx Disk full Model X646e only. The MFP detects that there is not enough memory or
space on the hard disk to store the data of the print job.
Touch Continue to clear the message and continue processing the current
print job. Any information not previously stored on the hard disk is deleted.
• Delete fonts, macros, and other data stored on the hard disk.
• Install a hard disk with a larger memory capacity.
63 .xx Unformatted disk Model X646e only. The hard disk is not formatted.
Format the hard disk prior to performing operations that require the hard
disk.
If the message remains, the hard disk may be defective and require
replacing.
64 .xx Unsupported disk Model X646e. The hard disk format is not supported.
format Format the hard disk prior to performing operations that require the hard
disk.
If the message remains, the hard disk may be defective and require
replacing.
80 .xx Scheduled Service is required to maintain printer performance.

maintenance Replace the maintenance items and if necessary, reset the printer
advised maintenance counter. For more information, go to “Scheduled
maintenance” on page 6-1.
81 .xx Engine Code CRC This error displays when the microcode to be programmed in the engine
Failure flash code module has failed a CRC check. POR the MFP to clear the
message. The microcode data is discarded and must be re-transmitted from
the host computer.
88 .xx Toner is low The toner cartridge is running low on toner.

Replace the toner cartridge if the toner low alarm sounds.
Touch Continue to clear the message if the toner low alarm does not
sound.
1565 1565 Emul error, load The download emulator contained in the firmware card does not function
emulation option with the MFP firmware.
Note: The MFP automatically clears the message in 30 seconds and then
disables the download emulator on the firmware card.
For help downloading the correct download emulator version, contact the
place where you bought your printer.

7002-xxx
User line 2 link messages
If the printer is locked on a particular link, the link indication displays. If the printer is ready to process any link, no
messages display. Link messages are listed in the following table.
User message Explanation

Parallel Standard Parallel Port, if available.
Serial Standard Serial Port, if available.
Serial x Serial Port is attached to PCI connector x, where x=1, 2, or 3.
Network x Network card x is attached to PCI connector x, where x=1, 2, or 3.
LocalTalk x LocalTalk Card x is attached to PCI connector x, where x=1, 2, or 3.
Infrared Standard Infrared port, if available.
Infrared x Infrared Port x is attached to PCI connector x, x=1, 2, or 3.
Check device connection messages
The messages in the following table display when the printer loses communications with one of the following
devices.
User status message Explanation

Check Env Feeder Check envelope feeder connection.
Connection
Check Tray x Connection Check tray x, where x=1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
Check Duplex Check duplex option connection.
Connection
The messages in the following table can occur in two ways. The specified device could have been removed from
the printer, for instance to clear a paper jam. Otherwise, the device can still be attached to the printer, but is
experiencing a communications problem, not fully connected, or having a hardware failure.
If the device is temporarily removed or not connected properly, then the user is advised to reattach it. When the
option is recognized, the printer automatically clears the error and continues. If the option is experiencing a
hardware problem, turn the printer off and back on. If the error occurs again, the user is advised to turn the
printer off, remove the option, and call for service.
User status message Explanation

Turn Printer OFF to A printer option, Input Tray, or Envelope Feeder has been attached while the printer
Enable Option is powered on. To use the option, the printer must first be powered off and back on
again. Data loss results if print jobs are active when the printer is power cycled. If a
print job is active, then remove the option and finish the job. The printer
automatically clears the message once the option is removed. Once the job is
complete, turn off the printer and attach the option again.
Insert Duplex Front The duplex front access cover is not installed.
Cover
Close Duplex Rear Door The duplex rear door is open.
2-56 Service Manual

7002-xxx
User attendance messages—paper jams and paper handling errors (2xx.xx)
When the printer jams, the appropriate jam message will be displayed on the printer operator panel. If you select
Show Areas on the operator panel, you can view one or more images to help you clear the jam.
Sub
Code Description Possible causes Action
code
200 .00 Paper jam around input • Multi-sheet feed that is shingled. • Fan media and stack flat in
sensor. • Tray size sensing wrong size tray or multipurpose feeder.
• Paper jam leaving page over sensor • Check for anything in the
paper path that might cause
the paper to jam.
• If clearing a paper jam does
not fix the problem, go to
“Input sensor service
200 .01 Input sensor covered too • Multi-sheet feed that is shingled. • Fan media and stack flat in
long. • Tray size sensing wrong size. tray or MPF.
• Paper jam leaving page over sensor. • Check for anything in the
the paper to jam.
• Check cartridge for
obstructions.
200 .02 Input sensor covered too • Multi-sheet feed that is shingled. • Fan media and stack flat in
long. • Tray size sensing wrong size. tray or MPF.
• Paper jam leaving page over sensor. • Check for anything in the
the paper to jam.
• Check cartridge for
obstructions.
200 .04 Input sensor covered too • Paper pre-staged in paper path. • Check MPF and friction pad.
quickly • Wrong configuration ID causes • Fan media and stack flat in
engine to assume 500-sheet paper tray or MPF.
path on 250-sheet model. • Use different media.
• Bouncy input sensor. • Check config ID.
200 .06 Imaged page not Bouncy pass thru sensor. Perform a sensor test to check
expected page. the sensor for the tray. See
“Sensor Test (input tray)” on
page 3-14.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
200 .07 Option tray never picked Fail to feed from option. Possible causes • Fan media and stack flat in
a page. may include media edge locking, worn or tray or MPF.
contaminated pick tires, stacking tray • Turn media over.
beyond recommended fill line.
• Reduce amount of media
loaded to fill line.
• Replace pick tires.
Go to “Input sensor service
200 .08 Input sensor covered too • Paper pre-staged in path. • Check MPF and friction pad.
quickly • Bouncy input sensor. • Fan media and stack flat in
tray or MPF.
• Use different media.
200 .09 Did not receive proper Motor connections Check the main drive motor
motor feedback to start cable connections.
laser servo. If no problem is found with
motor connections, go to “Main
drive service check” on
page 2-153.
200 .10 Printhead motor not • Printhead lock signal not working. • Check printhead to system
locked when page • Printhead control not working. card connections.
crosses input sensor • Check printhead motor
system.
Go to “Printhead service
200 .11 Printhead motor fell out • Paper pre-staged in path. • Check printhead to system
of lock after page arrives • Lock signal went away. card connections.
at input sensor • Check printhead motor
system.
Go to “Printhead service
200 .12 Timeout while waiting for

laser power adjustment.
200 .13 Input sensor covered Page still covering input sensor. Remove cartridge and make
during warm-up sure input sensor is not covered
sequence. and is in upright position.
Go to “Input sensor service
200 .14 Gap too small • Paper pre-staged in path. • Check MFP mechanism and
• Bouncy input sensor. friction pad.
• Fan media and stack flat in
tray or MPF.
• Use different media.
200 .15 Laser power did not

settle
2-58 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
200 .16 Main drive motor error Main drive motor not working. • Make sure paper path is
possibly due to High mechanical load due to paper jam clear
mechanical load. or bind. • Check motor to system card
connections.
• Replace transport motor.
Go to “Main drive service
200 .32 Detected cover switch • Upper cover not fully closed. Check cover switch for proper
bounce. • Cover switch not functioning function.
correctly. Go to “Cover closed switch/
cable service check—printer”
on page 2-125.
201 .00 Page did not reach exit • Page jammed on fuser input guide. • Check fuser entry guide for
sensor. Fuser page • Page did not enter or exit fuser nip toner build up.
count between 0 and cleanly. • Check fuser for wear or
99,999. contamination. If problem is
• Exit sensor not functioning correctly.
found, replace the fuser
assembly. See “Fuser
assembly removal” on
page 4-79.
• The fuser exit sensor may
not be functioning properly.
Go to “Fuser exit sensor
service check” on
page 2-138.
201 .01 Main motor identification Main motor not working. Check motor connections to
failed. motor and system board. If no
Main drive motor problem is found, go to “Main
identification failed. drive service check” on
Fuser page count page 2-153.
count between 0 and cleanly. • Check the fuser for wear or
99,999. contamination. If a problem
is found, replace the fuser
page 4-79.
• If no problem with wear or
contamination is found, go
to “Fuser exit sensor
service check” on
page 2-138
201 .03 Video never started with

page two inches past
the input sensor. Fuser
page count between 0
and 99,999.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
201 .04 Expected wide page not • Page did not enter or exit fuser nip • If label media, ensure front
detected by narrow cleanly. edge meets 1/16 inch
media sensor, possible • Narrow media sensor not functioning requirement.
accordion jam. Fuser correctly. • Check the fuser for wear or
page count between 0 contamination. If found,
and 99,999. • Actual page is narrow when wide
page was expected. replace the fuser assembly.
See “Fuser assembly
• If media is narrow, then turn
off first sheet detection (In
Diagnostics Menu,
PRINTER SETUP, Engine
Settings 3. Select 16 and
touch Submit).
• The fuser narrow media
sensor may not be
operating properly. Go to
“Fuser narrow media
sensor service check” on
page 2-139.
count between 100,000 cleanly. • Check fuser for wear or
and 199,999. contamination. If a problem
page 4-79.
service check” on
page 2-138.
201 .11 Main drive motor Main drive motor not working. • Check motor to system
identification failed. board connections.
Fuser page count • Replace the main drive
between 100,000 and motor. “Main drive
199,999. assembly removal” on
page 4-113.
and 199,999. contamination. if a problem
page 4-79.
not be functioning correctly.
service check” on
page 2-138.

page count between
100,000 and 199,999.
2-60 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
accordion jam. Fuser correctly. • Check fuser for wear or
page count between contamination. If a problem
100,000 and 199,999. • Actual page is narrow when wide
page was expected. is found, replace the fuser
page 4-79.
Diagnostics Menu,
touch Submit).
sensor may not be
operating properly. Go to
page 2-139.
page 4-79.
service check” on
page 2-138.
201 .21 Main drive motor Main drive motor not working. Check motor connections to
identification failed. motor and system board. If no
Fuser page count problem is found, go to “Main
between 200,000 and drive service check” on
299,999. page 2-153.
page 4-79.
service check” on
page 2-138.

page count between
200,000 and 299,999.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
accordion jam. Fuser correctly. • Check fuser for wear or
page count between contamination. If problem is
200,000 and 299,999 • Actual page is narrow when wide
page was expected. found, replace the fuser
page 4-79.
Diagnostics Menu,
touch Submit).
sensor may not be
functioning properly. Go to
page 2-139.
201 .30 Page did not reach exit • Page jammed on fuser input guide. • Check the fuser entry guide
sensor. Fuser page • Page did not enter or exit fuser nip for toner build up.
and 399,999 contamination. If a problem
page 4-79.
service check” on
page 2-138.
201 .31 Main drive motor Main drive motor not working. Check the motor connections to
399,999. page 2-153.
count between 300,000 cleanly. • Check the fuser for wear or
page 4-79.
service check” on
page 2-138.

page count betwee
300,000 and 399,999.
2-62 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
page 4-79.
Diagnostics Menu,
touch Submit).
sensor may not be
page 2-139.
page 4-79.
service check” on
page 2-138.
201 .41 Main drive motor Main drive motor not working. Check the motor connections to
499,999. page 2-153.
page 4-79.
service check” on
page 2-138.

page count between
400,000 and 499,999.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
page 4-79.
Diagnostics Menu,
touch Submit).
sensor may not be
page 2-139.
count more than cleanly. • Check the fuser for wear or
page 4-79.
service check” on
page 2-138.
201 .51 Main drive motor Main drive motor not working. Check the connections to the
identification failed. motor and system board. If not
Fuser page count more problem is found, go to “Main
than 500,000. drive service check” on
page 2-153.
count more than cleanly. • Check the fuser for wear or
• Exit sensor is not functioning
correctly. is found, replace the fuser
page 4-79.
service check” on
page 2-138.
201 .53 Video never started two

inches past the input
sensor. Fuser pager
count more than
500,000.
2-64 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
page count stopped at contamination. If a problem
500,000 to preserve • Actual page is narrow when wide
data. assembly. See “Fuser
page 4-79.
Diagnostics Menu,
touch Submit).
sensor may not be
page 2-139.
count is not available. cleanly. • Check the fuser for wear or
• Exit sensor not functioning correctly. contamination. If a problem
page 4-79.
service check” on
page 2-138.
201 .91 Main drive motor Main drive motor not working. Check the connections to the
identification failed. motor and system board. If not
Fuser page count is not problem is found, go to “Main
available. drive service check” on
page 2-153.
count is not available. cleanly. • Check the fuser for wear or
• Exit sensor not functioning correctly. contamination. If a problem
page 4-79.
service check” on
page 2-138.
201 .93 Video never started two

inches past the input
sensor. Fuser page
count is not available.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
page count is not contamination. If a problem
available. • Actual page is narrow when wide
page 4-79.
Diagnostics Menu,
touch Submit).
sensor may not be
page 2-139.
202 .00 Paper jam at fuser exit Page may be jammed in fuser exit or • Make sure the redrive door
or redrive area. Fuser redrive area. is complete closed.
page count between 0 • Check the fuser for any
and 99,999. signs of wear or
contamination. If any are
page 4-79.
• Turn media over to reduce
+W curl.
• Check upper redrive
diverter and diverter spring
for any signs of damage, a
loose spring, or binding
parts. Repair the redrive as
necessary.
• Check any installed output
option(s) that may be
installed for correct
installation and alignment.
service check” on
page 2-138.
2-66 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
202 .01 Page did not cleanly exit Page may be jammed in fuser exit or • Make sure the redrive door
fuser or redrive area. redrive area. is complete closed.
Fuser page count • Check the fuser for any
between 0 and 99,999. signs of wear or
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
202 .02 Exit sensor covered too Page may be jammed in fuser exit or • Make sure the redrive door
long. Fuser page count redrive area. is complete closed.
between 0 and 99,999. • Check the fuser for any
signs of wear or
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
202 .03 Page is covering narrow If page is not visible from front or rear of Check the fuser for any signs of
media sensor during machine, partial piece of page may be a piece of media stuck in the
warm up. Fuser page torn off in fuser covering narrow media fuser.
count between 0 and sensor. Narrow media sensor or flag may If the problem recurs, go to
99,999. be dislodged/damaged. “202.03 Error code service

7002-xxx
Sub
code
202 .04 Exit sensor bounced. Exit sensor assembly. Go to “Fuser exit sensor
Fuser page count service check” on
between 0 and 99,999. page 2-138.
202 .05 Never sent the divert

command to the stacker.
Fuser page count
202 .06 Page is covering exit Something is keeping the exit sensor in a Check the fuser and area
sensor during warm up. covered position. A page may not have around the fuser assembly for
Fuser page count been cleared from a prior jam. any signs of debris or pieces of
between 0 and 99,999. paper or media.
If the problem recurs, go to
“202.06 Error code service
202 .07 Timeout waiting for the

page ahead. Fuser page
count between 0 and
99,999.
202 .08 Divert media command

issued too soon. Fuser
page count between 0
and 99,999.
202 .09 Virtual page timed out

waiting for last page of
job to be safe in the
stapler accumulator.
Fuser page count
between
202 .10 Paper jam around fuser Page may be jammed in fuser exit or • Make sure the redrive door
or redrive area. Fuser redrive area. is complete closed.
page count between • Check the fuser for any
100,000 and 199,999. signs of wear or
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
options(s) that may be
service check” on
page 2-138.
2-68 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
between 100,000 and signs of wear or
199,999. contamination. If any are
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
between 100,000 and • Check the fuser for any
199,999. signs of wear or
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
202 .13 Page is covering narrow • If page is not visible from front or rear Check the fuser and area
media sensor during of the machine, partial piece may be around the fuser assembly for
warm up. Fuser page torn off in the fuser covering the any signs of debris or pieces of
count between 100,000 narrow media sensor. paper or media.
and 199,999. • The narrow media sensor or flag may
be dislodged or damaged.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
202 .14 Exit sensor bounced. Exit sensor assembly. Go to “Fuser exit sensor
Fuser page count service check” on
between 100,000 and page 2-138.
199,999.

Fuser page count
between 100,000 and
199,999.
202 .16 Page is covering exit Something is keeping the exit sensor in a Check the fuser and area
between 100,000 and paper or media.
199,999.

and 199,999.

page count between
100,000 and 199,999.

waiting for the last page
of the job to be safe in
the stapler accumulator.
Fuser page count
between 100,000 and
199,999.
202 .20 Paper jam around fuser Paper may be jammed in fuser exit or • Make sure the redrive door
exit or redrive area. redrive area. is complete closed.
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
2-70 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
media sensor during of the printer, a partial piece of page around the fuser assembly for
warm up. Fuser page may be torn off in the fuser covering any signs of debris or pieces of
count between 200,000 the narrow media sensor. paper or media.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
202 .24 Exit sensor may have Exit sensor assembly Go to “Fuser exit sensor
bounced. Fuser page service check” on
count between 200,000 page 2-138.
and 299,999.

Fuser page count
between 200,000 and
299,999.
202 .26 Page is covering the exit Something is keeping the exit sensor Check the fuser and area
sensor during warm up. covered. A page may not have been around the fuser assembly for
Fuser page count cleared from a prior jam. any signs of debris or pieces of
299,999.

counter between
200,000 and 299,999.

page count between
200,000 and 299,999.

Fuser page count
between 200,000 and
299,999.
202 .30 Paper jam around the Page may be jammed in fuser exit or • Make sure the redrive door
fuser exit or redrive redrive area. is complete closed.
area. Fuser page count • Check the fuser for any
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
2-72 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
202 .33 Page is covering the • If page is not visible from front or rear Check the fuser and area
narrow media sensor of the printer, a partial piece of a around the fuser assembly for
during warm up. Fuser page may be torn off in the fuser any signs of debris or pieces of
page count between covering the narrow media sensor. paper or media.
300,000 and 399,999. • The narrow media sensor or flag may

7002-xxx
Sub
code
202 .34 Exit sensor may have Exit sensor assembly. Go to “Fuser exit sensor
and 399,999.

Fuser page count
between 300,000 and
399,999.
202 .36 Page is covering the exit Something is keeping the exit sensor Check the fuser and area
sensor during warm up. covered. A page may not have been around the fuser assembly for
Fuser page count cleared from a prior jam. any signs of debris or pieces of
399,999.

and 399,999.

page count between
300,000 and 399,999.

Fuser page count
between 300,000 and
399,999.
fuser exit or redrive redrive. is complete closed.
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
2-74 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
media sensor during of the printer, a partial piece of a around the fuser assembly for
warm up. Fuser page page may be torn off in the fuser any signs of debris or pieces of
count between 400,000 covering the narrow media sensor. paper or media.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
202 .44 Exit sensor may have Exit sensor assembly Go to “Fuser exit sensor
and 499,999.

Fuser page count
between 400,000 and
499,999.
202 .46 Page is covering the exit Something is keeping the exit sensor in a Check the fuser and area
499,999.

and 499,999.

page count between
400,000 and 499,999.

Fuser page count
between 400,000 and
499,999.
202 .50 Paper jam around the Page may be jammed in the fuser exit or • Make sure the redrive door
fuser exit or redrive redrive area. is complete closed.
stopped at 500,000 to signs of wear or
preserve data contamination. If any are
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
2-76 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
stopped at 500,000 to signs of wear or
preserve data. contamination. If any are
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
stopped at 500,000 to • Check the fuser for any
preserve data. signs of wear or
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
warm up. Fuser page page may be torn off in the fuser any signs of debris or pieces of
count stopped at covering the narrow media sensor. paper or media.
500,000 to preserve • The narrow media sensor or flag may
data. be dislodged or damaged.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
count stopped at page 2-138.
500,000 to preserve
data.

Fuser page count more
than 500,000.
sensor during warm covered position. A page may not have around the fuser assembly for
up.Fuser page count been cleared from a prior jam. any signs of debris or pieces of
stopped at 500,000 to paper or media.
preserve data.

count more than
500,000.

page count more than
500,000.

Fuser page count more
than 500,000.
exit or redrive area. redrive area. is complete closed.
Fuser page count is not • Check the fuser for any
available. signs of wear or
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
2-78 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
202 .91 Page did not cleanly exit Page may be jammed in the fuser exit or • Make sure the redrive door
Fuser page count is not • Check the fuser for any
available. signs of wear or
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
202 .92 Exit sensor covered too Page may be jammed in the fuser exit or • Make sure the redrive door
is not available. • Check the fuser for any
signs of wear or
page 4-79.
+W curl.
necessary.
service check” on
page 2-138.
warm up. Fuser count is page may be torn off in the fuser any signs of debris or pieces of
not available. covering the narrow media sensor. paper or media.
• The narrow media sensor or flag may

7002-xxx
Sub
code
count is not available. page 2-138.

Fuser page count is not
available.
Fuser page count is not been cleared from a prior jam. any signs of debris or pieces of
available. paper or media.

count is not available.

page count is not
available.

Fuser page count is not
available.
231 .00 Paper did not arrive at • Duplex rear door not fully latched. • Make sure the duplex
the duplex input sensor • Printer diverter not functioning assembly rear door is
but did leave the printer correctly. properly latched.
exit sensor. • Check upper redrive
• Duplex feed system not working
correctly. diverter and diverter spring
• Printer and duplex not aligned. loose spring, or binding
necessary.
• Check duplex unit for
correct installation and
alignment to the printer.
• If available, try another
duplex unit. If none is
available, go to “231.xx
Jam displays” on
page 2-128.
2-80 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
232 .00 Paper did not clear the • Duplex rear door not fully latched. • Make sure the duplex
duplex input sensor but • Printer diverter not functioning assembly rear door is
did leave the printer exit correctly. properly latched.
sensor. • Check upper redrive
• Duplex feed system not working
correctly. diverter and diverter spring
• Printer and duplex not aligned. loose spring, or binding
necessary.
• Check duplex unit for
correct installation and
alignment to the printer.
• If available, try another
duplex option. If none is
Jam displays” on
page 2-128.
233 .00 Paper failed to make • Duplex rear door not fully latched. • Make sure the duplex
duplex doublefeed • Duplex feed system not working assembly rear door is
sensor during correctly. properly latched.
turnaround. • If available, try another
duplex option. If none is
Jam displays” on
page 2-128.
234 .00 Paper did not arrive at • Duplex rear door not fully latched. Check the media coming from
duplex exit sensor. • Duplex feed system not working the printer to the duplex option
correctly. is not damaged or skewed. If
the media is not damaged or
• Severely skewed media coming from skewed, try another duplex
the printer. option, if available. If not
available, replace the duplex
option.
235 .00 Paper reached the Double feed separated in duplex. • Remove the two sheets
duplex exit sensor but from the duplex option and
another sheet is still see if the duplex fails again.
detected over the Remove the sheets if it fails
doublefeed sensor. again.
• Run the duplex Feed 1 and
Feed 2 Tests to see if they
pass. See “Duplex Feed 1
and “Duplex Feed 2” on
page 3-13. If the tests fail
after several attempts,
replace the duplex option. If
the tests pass, retry to feed
from the printer through the
duplex option. If the problem
is still present, replace the
duplex option.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
236 00 Paper did not leave the • Duplex jam access tray is not fully • Make sure the duplex jam
duplex exit sensor. latched. access tray is installed
• Printer PTO not driving duplex feed correctly
rolls. • Make sure the power takeoff
• Duplex feed system not working shaft and spring are
correctly. correctly installed and
operating properly.
• Try the duplex option again.
If it fails try another duplex
option, if available. If
another one is not available,
replace the duplex option.
237 .00 Paper did not reach the • Duplex jam access tray is not fully • Make sure the duplex jam
printer input sensor from latched. access tray is installed
the duplex unit. • Printer PTO not driving the duplex correctly
feed folls.Duplex feed system not • Make sure the power takeoff
working correctly. shaft and spring are
correctly installed and
operating properly.
237 .07 Duplex paper jam. There • Duplex jam access tray is not fully • Make sure the duplex jam
may be other jams in the latched. access tray is installed
paper path. • Printer PTO not driving duplex feed correctly
rolls. • Make sure the power takeoff
• Duplex feed system not working shaft and spring are
correctly. correctly installed and
operating properly.
238 .00 Paper is covering one of • Media left in the duplex and • Remove any sheets from
the duplex sensors Continue selected. the duplex option.
during a reset. • Sensor is having mechanical or • Try the duplex option again.
electrical problems. If it fails, try another duplex
option, if available. If one is
not available, replace the
duplex option.
238 .01 Duplex input sensor • Media left in the duplex and • Remove any sheets from
covered. Continue selected. the duplex option.
• Sensor is having mechanical or • Try the duplex option again.
duplex option.
2-82 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
238 .02 Duplex exit sensor • Media left in the duplex and • Remove any sheets from
covered. Continue selected. the duplex option.
duplex option.
238 .03 Duplex input and exit • Media left in the duplex and • Remove any sheets from
sensors covered. Continue selected. the duplex option.
duplex option.
238 .04 Duplex doublefeed • Media left in the duplex and • Remove any sheets from
sensor covered. Continue selected. the duplex option.
duplex option.
238 .05 Duplex doublefeed • Media left in the duplex and • Remove any sheets from
sensor covered. Continue selected. the duplex option.
duplex option.
238 .06 Duplex doublefeed and • Media left in the duplex and • Remove any sheets from
exit sensors covered. Continue selected. the duplex option.
duplex option.
238 .07 Duplex doublefeed, • Media left in the duplex and • Remove any sheets from
input, and exit sensors Continue selected. the duplex option.
are covered. • Sensor is having mechanical or • Try the duplex option again.
duplex option.
239 .00 Feed error in duplex • Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option.
unit. slipping.
• Timing error due to feed system.
239 .01 Jam declared by a smart • Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option.
device. Immediate stop. slipping.
239 .02 Jam declared by a smart • Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option.
device. Homing allowed slipping.
stop. • Timing error due to feed system.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
239 .03 Duplex did not send • Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option.
Device Controls slipping.
response. • Timing error due to feed system.
Input Device Ready slipping.
Page In Output Device slipping.
239 .06 Failed the last page of a • Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace duplex option.
staple job. slipping.
239 .07 Engine never sent • Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option.
Select OUtput Device to slipping.
the duplex unit because • Timing error due to feed system.
the page leaving the
duplex never sent Select
Input Device.
239 .08 Engine never saw Input • Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option.
Source Read on a page slipping.
to be picked from the • Timing error due to feed system.
duplex unit that is
waiting on a page to
pass the input sensor.
239 .11 Sheet picked from • Mechanical feed error due to belt Check duplex sensor cables for
duplex never made it to slipping. correct installation. If no
the input sensor. Slow or • Timing error due to feed system. problem is found with the
delayed feed from the cables, replace the duplex
duplex unit. • Input sensor not working correctly. option.
241 .00 Paper jam near tray 1
241 .04 Not applicable to tray 1
241 .06 Failed to pick from tray 1 Paper jam around autocompensator, • Check for jam in tray.
faulty motor cable, faulty motor, • Check for overloaded tray.
autocompensator gear bind, failed
controller card. • Check pick assembly and
controller card.
241 .07 DC feed Paper jam around autocompensator, • Check for jam in tray.
autocompensator stalled faulty motor cable, faulty motor, • Check pick assembly and
on a pick autocompensator gear bind, or failed controller card.
controller card.
241 .08 Received lots of dc feed Paper jam around autocompensator, • Check for jam in tray.
interrupts before losing faulty motor cable, faulty motor, • Check pick assembly and
them. autocompensator gear bind, or failed controller card.
controller card.
2-84 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
241 .09 Page did not reach input If source is tray 1, possible causes • Fan media.
sensor. include: • Turn media over.
• Edge locking • Reduce amount of media
• Worn or contaminated pick tires loaded in tray 1.
• Overfilling of tray past fill line • Replace pick tires. See
• Failed sensor. “Integrated tray
autocompensator pick roll
page A-105.
241 .10 Page was not properly Failure to feed possible causes include: • Fan media.
picked from tray 1. • Edge locking • Turn media over.
• Worn or contaminated pick tires • Reduce amount of media
• Overfilling of tray past the fill line. loaded in tray 1.
• Replace pick tires. See
“Integrated tray
page 4-105.
“Integrated tray
page 4-105.
“Integrated tray
page 4-105.
241 .14 Page was not properly Failure to feed. Possible causes include: • Fan media.
picked from MPT, tray 1, • Edge locking • Turn media over.
or feeder
• Overfilling of tray past fill line loaded in tray 1.
• Failed sensor • Replace the pick tires. See
“Integrated tray
page 4-105.
241 .15 Late feed from a tray Staging of paper in tray 1. • Clear any paper jams.
interfered with the pick • Fan media.
retry

7002-xxx
Sub
code
241 .16 Failed to feed from • Paper jam

tray 1. Pages in the • Worn pick tires.
paper path have been
flushed to the output bin.
241 .17 Not applicable to tray 1.
242 .00 Paper jam near tray 2. • Paper jam. • Clear paper jam.
• Failed pass thru sensor. • Check sensor.
242 .02 Jam declared by a smart Fault reported by options tray 2: • Clear all jams.
device. Immediate stop. • Paper jam • Check motor cables.
• Motor or motor cable failure • Check and/or replace tray
• Sensor failure motor.
• Check and/or replace
sensor(s).
• Replace entire option.
242 .03 Jam declared by a smart Fault reported by options tray 2: • Clear all jams.
device. Homing allowed • Paper jam • Check motor cables.
stop.
• Motor failure • Check/replace tray motor.
• Sensor failure • Check and/or replace
sensor(s).
242 .04 Option tray pass thru Failure to feed. Possible causes include: • Clear all jams.
sensor never became • Edge locking • Replace pick tires. See
covered. “Integrated tray
• Worn or contaminated pick tires
• Overfilling of tray past fill line assembly removal” on
• Failed sensor page 4-105.
If source is tray 3, possible cause • Check and/or replace input
include: sensor.
• Paper path bind when feeding from
tray 2 though tray 1
• Damaged PTO shaft
242 .05 Option tray pass thru Paper jam or failed sensor. • Clear all jams.
sensor never became • Check/replace pass thru
uncovered. sensor.
242 .06 Failed to pick from tray 2 • Paper jam around autocompensator • Check for jam in tray.
• Faulty motor cable • Check pick assembly and
• Faulty motor controller card.
• Autocompensator gear bind
• Failed controller card.
242 .10 Failed to feed from tray 2 Failed to feed. Possible causes include: • Clear media jams.
• Edge locking • Replace pick tires. See
• Worn or contaminated pick tires “Integrated tray
• Check/replace input sensor.
2-86 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
242 .13 Paper over tray 2 pass • Paper left in path • Clear media jams.
thru sensor on warm-up. • Failed pass thru sensor • Check/replace pass thru
sensor.
242 .16 Failed to feed from Failure to feed. Possible causes include: • Clear media jams.
tray 2. Pages in the • Edge locking • Replace pick tires.
paper path have been
flushed to the output bin. • Worn or contaminated pick tires • Check/replace input sensor.
• Overfilling of tray past the fill line
• Failed pass thru sensor
242 .17 One or more trays • Tray removed • Reinstall tray.

located above the • Sensors faulty • Check sensors.
source tray as been
removed.
243 .00 Paper jam near tray 3 • Paper jam • Clear media jam.
• Failed pass thru sensor • Check sensor.
243 .02 Jam declared by smart Fault reported by options tray 3: • Clear all media jams.
• Motor or motor cable failure • Check/replace tray motor.
• Sensor failure • Check/replace sensor(s).
243 .03 Jam declared by smart Fault reported by options tray 3: • Clear all media jams.
device. Homing allowed • Paper jam • Check/replace tray motor.
to stop
• Motor failure • Check/replace sensor(s).
• Sensor failure • Replace entire option.
243 .04 Option tray pass thru Failure to feed. Possible causes include: • Clear media jams.
• Check PTO shaft.
243 .05 Option tray pass thru • Paper jam • Check all media jams.
sensor never became • Failed sensor • Check/replace pass thru
uncovered. sensor.
• Failed controller card

7002-xxx
Sub
code
243 .10 Fail to feed from tray 3 Failure to feed. Possible causes include: • Clear media jams.
• Edge locking • Replace pick tires. See
243 .13 Paper over tray 3 pass • Paper left in path • Clear media jams.
sensor.
243 .15 Late feed from a tray

interfered with the pick
retry.
243 .16 Failed to feed from tray Failure to feed. Possible causes include: • Clear media jams.
3. Pages in the paper • Edge locking • Replace pick tires. See
path have been flushed “Integrated tray
to the output bin. • Worn or contaminated pick tires
• Failed pass thru sensor page 4-105.
243 .17 One or more trays • Tray removed • Reinstall tray.

located above the • Sensors faulty • Check sensors.
source tray have been
removed.
244 .00 Paper jam near tray 4. • Tray removed • Clear media jams.
• Sensors faulty • Check sensor.
244 .02 Jam declared by a smart Fault reported by options tray 4: • Clear all media jams.
to stop.
If source is tray 5, possible causes • Check/replace input sensor.
include: • Check PTO shaft.
• Paper path bind when feeding from
tray 2 through tray 1
• Damaged PTO shaft.
2-88 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
244 .05 Option tray pass thru Paper jam • Clear all jams.
sensor never became Failed sensor • Check/replace pass thru
uncovered. sensor.
244 .10 Failure to feed from Failure to feed. Possible causes include: • Clear media jams.
tray 4. • Edge locking • Replace pick tires. See
244 .13 Paper over tray 4 pass • Paper left in path. • Clear media jams.
sensor.
244 .15 Late feed from a tray • •

retry.
244 .16 Failed to feed from Failure to feed. Possible causes include: • Clear media jams.
tray 4. Pages in the • Edge locking • Replace pick tires. See
paper path have been “Integrated tray
flushed to the output bin. • Worn or contaminated pick tires
• Could also be a failed pass thru page 4-105.
sensor • Check/replace input sensor.
244 .17 One or more trays • Tray removed • Reinstall the tray.
location above the • Sensors faulty • Check sensors.
removed.
245 .00 Paper jam near tray 5. • Paper jam • Clear media jam.
• Failed pass thru sensor • Check sensor.
to stop.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
245 .05 Option tray pass thru Paper jam • Clear all jams.
sensor never became Failed sensor • Check/replace pass thru
uncovered. sensor.
245 .10 Failure to feed from Failure to feed. Possible causes include: • Clear media jams.
tray 5. • Edge locking • Replace pick tires. See
245 .13 Paper over tray 5 pass • Paper left in path. • Clear media jams.
sensor.
245 .15 Late feed from a tray

retry.
245.1 .16 Failed to feed from Failure to feed. Possible causes include: • Clear media jams.
6 tray 5. Pages in the • Edge locking • Replace pick tires. See
paper path have been “Integrated tray
flushed to the output bin. • Worn or contaminated pick tires
• Could also be a failed pass thru page 4-105.
sensor • Check/replace input sensor.
245 .17 One or more trays • Tray removed • Reinstall the tray.
location above the • Sensors faulty • Check sensors.
removed.
250 .00 Paper jam near the

multipurpose feeder.
250 .01 Option tray pass thru

sensor never became
covered.
250 .02 Option tray pass thru

sensor never became
uncovered.
2-90 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
250 .06 Page did not reach input Paper jam around the multipurpose tray. • Check for jam in tray.
sensor. • Check pick assembly and
controller card.
250 .07 Page was not properly Paper jam around the multipurpose • Check for jam in tray.
picked from feeder. • Check pick assembly and
multipurpose feeder. controller card.
picked from feeder. • Check the pick assembly
multipurpose feeder. and controller card.
250 .11 Failed to feed from Paper jam around the multipurpose • Check for jam in tray.
multipurpose feeder. feeder. • Check the pick assembly
Pages in the paper path and controller card.
have been flushed to the
output bin.
260 .00 Paper jam near the

envelope feeder.
260 .01 Jam declared by a smart

device. Immediate stop.
260 .02 Jam declared by a smart

device. Homing allowed
stop.
260 .05 Envelope feeder pass

thru sensor never
became uncovered.
260 .06 Envelope feeder pass

thru sensor never
became covered.
260 .07 Failed to pick from the Paper jam around the envelope feeder. • Remove feeder and clear
envelope feeder. jam.
• Replace feeder.
260 .10 Page did not reach input Paper jam around envelope feeder • Remove feeder and clear
sensor from envelope jam.
feeder. • Replace feeder.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
260 .13 Paper in envelope

feeder on warm-up.
260 .14 Page was not properly Paper jam around envelope feeder. • Remove feeder and clear
picked from envelope jam.
260 .15 Page was not properly Paper jam around envelope feeder. • Remove feeder and clear
picked from envelope jam.
260 .16 Failed to feed from Paper jam around envelope feeder. • Remove feeder and clear
envelope feeder. Pages jam.
in the paper path have • Replace feeder.
been flushed to the
output bin.
290 .00 Static jam—ADF Interval • The paper may be stuck in the ADF Go to “290.00 Error code
Sensor at or over the interval sensor. service check” on page 2-96.
• Interval sensor may be malfunction.
290 .01 ADF Pickup Jam. The ADF attempted to stage a page but Go to “290.01 Error code
the leading edge of the page did not service check” on page 2-98.
reach the interval sensor.
290 .02 ADF Feed Jam. The leading edge of the page reached Check for proper operation of
the interval sensor but did not reach the the first scan sensor. If the
first scan sensor. sensor is opening properly and
no other problem is found, go to
290 .10 Static jam—First Scan Paper may be stuck in the ADF at the Check for any media or
Sensor. first scan sensor or the first scan sensor obstruction over the first scan
may be malfunctioning. sensor. If no problem is found,
go to “290.10 Error code
service check” on
page 2-102.
291 .00 Static Jam—Second Paper may be stuck in the ADF at the Check for any media or
Scan Sensor. second scan sensor or the second scan obstruction over the second
sensor is not operating properly. scan sensor. If no problem is
found, go to “291.00 Error
code service check” on
page 2-104.
291 .01 First ADF Scan Sensor The second sensor detected the leading Go to “291.01 Error code
Jam. edge of the paper but never detected the service check” on
training edge. The first scan sensor page 2-105.
detected the trailing edge of the paper.
291 .02 Second ADF Scan The first scan sensor has detected the Clear any media from the ADF
Sensor trailing edge of the page, but the second and close the cover. If this does
scan sensor did not detect the leading not fix the problem, then go to
edge of the page. “291.02 Error code service
292 .00 ADF Cover Open Jam The ADF cover was opened while the Clear any paper from the ADF
ADF was scanning. and close the cover. If this does
not fix the problem, then go to
2-92 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Sub
code
293 .00 Paper Missing Jam An attempt was made to force an ADF Make sure the media is loaded
scan, by a custom job, page level jam in the ADF when starting an
recovery, or so on, with no paper in the ADF scan. If no problem is
ADF input tray or the paper was removed found, go to “293 Error code
from the ADF input tray just as it was service check” on
being staged. The paper present sensor page 2-108.
may be malfunctioning.
294 .00 Static Jam—ADF Exit The page is stuck in the ADF at the exit Check for any jammed pages in
Sensor sensor or the exit sensor is the ADF and remove. If the
malfunctioning. problem persists, go to “294.00
page 2-109.
294 .01 ADF Eject Jam The exit sensor may not be operating Verify that the exit sensor is
properly or malfunctioning. operating properly. If the
problem persists and the exit
sensor seems to be operating
properly, go to “294.01 Error
page 2-110.
294 .02 ADF Exit Jam Sensor The exit sensor may not be operating Verify the exit sensor is
Off properly or malfunctioning. operating properly. If the
page 2-112.
295 .03 ADF Exit Jam Sensor The exit sensor may not be operating Verify that the exit sensor is
On properly or malfunctioning. operating properly. If the
page 2-113.
287 .13 Clean Scanner Backing The flatbed white cushion inside the ADF Clean the flatbed white cushion.
Strip is dirty. See “Cleaning the scanner
glass, cushions, and strips”
on page 6-2.
297 .14 Clean Scanner Glass The scanner document glass is dirty. Clean the scanner glass for
both the flatbed and ADF. See
“Cleaning the scanner glass,
cushions, and strips” on
page 6-2.
298 .01 Scanner Missing—Front One of the cables on the rear of the Check the cables on the rear of
Side Cable Unplugged scanner is unplugged or loose. the scanner to make sure they
are plugged in and fastened
securely. If no problem is found
with the cables, go to “298.01
Error code service check—
models X644e/X646e” on
page 2-115.

7002-xxx
Sub
code
298 .02 Scanner Missing—Rear One of the cables on the rear of the Check the cables on the rear of
Side Cable Unplugged scanner is unplugged or loose. the scanner to make sure they
are plugged in and fastened
securely. If no problem is found
with the cables, go to “298.02
page 2-115.
2-94 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Service checks
Anytime the system board is replaced, the Configuration ID must be reset in NVRAM. Go to “Configuration ID”
on page 3-19.
Review the following information before performing any service checks.
• Paper feed problems (especially paper jams): Go to “Display Log” on page 3-21 and check the printer
event log for indications of repetitive entries that help to isolate a problem to a particular area of the printer
or option.
• Paper feed problems with error message: Use the “Sub error codes for 8xx, 9xx, and 2xx error codes”
on page 2-13 to help diagnose the problem.
• Print quality problems: Go to “Printing Quality Pages” on page 3-7 and print a test page to help
diagnose problems before changing any settings or working on the printer.
• Use the resident diagnostics test provided to help isolate a problem before taking the machine apart or
removing any options.
202.03 Error code service check
The spring on the narrow media sensor flag may not be working correctly. When the sensor flag is made, it does
not return to the correct position.
FRU Action
1 Fuser narrow media sensor Remove the fuser narrow media sensor. See “Fuser narrow media
flag and spring sensor removal” on page 4-88. Inspect the flag and spring. If there
is damage or the flag and spring do not operator correctly, replace
the fuser narrow media sensor flag and spring. See “Fuser narrow
media flag and spring removal” on page 4-90.
If this does not correct the problem, go to step 2.
2 Fuser assembly Replace the fuser assembly. See “Fuser assembly removal” on
page 4-79.
The spring on the fuser exit sensor flag may not be working correctly. When the sensor flag is made, it does not
return to the correct position.
FRU Action
1 Fuser exit sensor flag and Remove the fuser exit sensor . See ). Inspect the flag and spring. If
spring there is damage or the flag and spring do not operator correctly,
replace the fuser exit sensor flag and spring. See “Fuser exit
sensor flag and spring removal” on page 4-83.
If this does not correct the problem, go to step 2.
2 Fuser assembly Replace the fuser assembly. See “Fuser assembly removal” on
page 4-79.

7002-xxx
Static jam—ADF interval sensor (A).
A
Note: Before starting this service check, make sure the interval sensor cable is correctly installed.
FRU Action
1 ADF Check for any signs of paper or other debris that might be present in
the ADF assembly over the interval sensor.
If nothing found, go to step 2.
2 Interval sensor Enter the Diagnostic Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
select SCANNER TESTS and then select Sensor Tests. Check the
interval sensor for correct operation.
Note: You can check the interval sensor by putting a sheet of paper
over the sensor. This is easier to perform by first removing the pick
arm assembly.
If the sensor fails the test, go to step 3.
3 Interval sensor cable Check to make sure the interval sensor cable is correctly installed at
(interval sensor to CN10 on the sensor and atCN10 on the motor driver card. If the cable is not
the MDC card) installed correctly, reinstall the cable. If installed correctly, go to
step 4.
4 Motor driver card Turn the power off and disconnect CN10 on the motor driver card.
Measure the voltages at the board:
Interval sensor—reflective type
(normally closed)
Connector CN10 (motor driver card)
CN10—Pin 7 0 V dc
CN10—Pin 8 +5.0 V dc
Note: All voltages are approximate values.
If incorrect, replace the motor driver card. If correct go to step 5.
2-96 Service Manual

7002-xxx
FRU Action
5 Interval sensor—electrical Turn the power off and reconnect CN10 to the motor driver card.
checks Measure the voltages in the table below with the sensor in normal
operation (sensor closed) and with the sensor open (paper over the
sensor).
Interval sensor—reflective type (normally closed)
Pin number Sensor closed (uncovered Sensor open (covered)
CN10—Pin 7 0 V dc 0 V dc
CN10—Pin 8 +0.03 V dc +5.0 V dc
CN10—Pin 9 +5.0 V dc +5.0 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect replace the interval sensor. If this does
not fix the problem, replace the complete ADF assembly.
Note: Whenever the complete ADF assembly is replaced, it is
necessary to perform scanner registration. See “Scanner
registration” on page 4-4.

7002-xxx
ADF pickup jam.
Note: Before starting this service check, make sure the interval sensor (A) cable is correctly installed.
FRU Action
1 Pickup arm assembly Check to make sure the pickup arm is correctly installed. If not
installed correctly, reinstall properly.
If installed correctly, check the pickup arm assembly for any signs of
damage or broken parts. If a problem is found, replace the pickup
arm assembly.
2 Pickup arm solenoid Check the pickup arm solenoid springs to make sure they are
springs correctly attached to the jam removal knob pulley. If not installed
correctly, reinstall.
If installed correctly, go to step 3.
3 Pickup arm solenoid Check for any signs of broken or damaged pickup arm solenoid
springs assembly springs. If either spring is broken or damaged, replace the
solenoid assembly which contains both springs. See “ADF pick
assembly removal” on page 4-7.
If no problem is found, go to step 4.
4 Pickup arm solenoid Turn the power off, disconnect CN5 on the motor driver card.
Measure the resistance between C5-1 and CN5-2. The resistance
should measure approximately 41.0 ohms. If correct, go to step 5.
If incorrect, disconnect the solenoid from the solenoid cable on the
front side of the ADF near the solenoid, and measure the resistance
between pins 1 and 2 on the cable attached to the solenoid. The
resistance should measure approximately 41.0 ohms. If incorrect,
replace the solenoid assembly. If correct, replace the ADF assembly.
5 Motor driver card Reconnect CN5 to the motor driver card, and measure the voltage at
CN5-1 and CN5-2. The voltage should measure approximately
+25.0 V dc. If incorrect, replace the motor driver card.
If correct, go to step 6.
2-98 Service Manual

7002-xxx
FRU Action
6 ADF feed motor Check the ADF feed motor for proper operation.
Turn the power off, disconnect CN2 on the motor driver card, and
measure the voltages on CN2.
ADF feed motor
Pin number Static Operating
CN2—Pin 1 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
CN2—Pin 2 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
CN2—Pin 3 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
CN2—Pin 4 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
CN2—Pin 5 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
CN2—Pin 6 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect, replace the motor driver card. If

incorrect, turn the power off, reconnect the motor cable to CN2, and
measure the voltages on the scan motor connector. If incorrect,
replace the scan motor.
If correct, go to step 7.
7 Scan motor belt Check the scan motor drive belt for any signs of wear or damage or
the belt off the gear. If the belt is off the gear, reinstall. If the belt is
worn or damaged, replace the belt. If no problem is found replace the
complete ADF assembly. See “ADF complete assembly removal”
on page 4-15.
8 Interval sensor—electrical Turn the power off and reconnect CN10 to the motor driver card.
sensor).
Pin number Sensor closed (uncovered Sensor open (covered)
CN10—Pin 8 +0.03 V dc +5.0 V dc
CN10—Pin 9 +5.0 V dc +5.0 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect replace the interval sensor. If this does
not fix the problem, replace the complete ADF assembly.

7002-xxx
ADF feed jam.
Note: Before starting this service check, make sure the first scan sensor (A) cable is correctly installed.
FRU Action
the ADF assembly over the interval sensor but short of the first scan
sensor. Remove any media found in the ADF, and retry by running
the scanner feed tests. Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP
while holding 3 and 6), select SCANNER TESTS, and select Feed
Tests. If the paper fails to reach the first scan sensor, go to step 2.
2 First scan sensor Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
select SCANNER TESTS, and select Sensor Tests. Check the first
scan sensor for correct operation.
Note: Check the first scan sensor by manually feeding a sheet of
paper through the ADF and checking the sensor for correct
operation.
3 First scan sensor cable Check to make sure the interval sensor cable is correctly installed at
(first scan sensor to CN10 the sensor CN10 on the motor drive card. If the cable is not installed
on the MDC card) correctly, reinstall the cable. If installed correctly, go to step 4.
4 Motor driver card Turn the power off, and disconnect CN10 on the motor driver card.
Measure the voltages in the table below:
First scan sensor—reflective type
(normally closed)
CN10—Pin 10 0 V dc
CN10—Pin 11 +5 V dc
If incorrect, replace the motor driver card. If correct, go to step 5.
2-100 Service Manual

7002-xxx
FRU Action
5 First scan sensor— Turn the power off and reconnect CN10 to the motor driver card.
electrical checks Measure the voltages in the table below with the sensor in normal
sensor).
First scan sensor
Pin number Sensor closed (uncovered) Sensor open (covered)
CN10—Pin 11 +5.0 V dc +5.0 V dc
CN10—Pin 12 +0.03 V dc +5.0 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect, replace the first scan sensor. If the
voltages are correct, go to step 6.
6 ADF scan motor Check the ADF scan motor for proper operation. Turn the power off,
disconnect CN3 on the motor driver card, and measure the voltages
on CN3 on the card.
ADF scan motor
Pin number Static Operating
CN3—Pin 1 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
CN3—Pin 2 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
CN3—Pin 3 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
CN3—Pin 4 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
CN3—Pin 5 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
CN3—Pin 6 +1.5 V dc +24 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect, replace the motor driver card. If correct,
turn the power off, reconnect the motor cable to CN3, and measure
the voltages on the scan motor connector (see the table above). If
correct, go to step 7.
7 Scan motor belt Check the scan motor drive belt for any signs of wear or damage or
the belt is off the gear. If the belt is off the gear, reinstall. If the belt is
worn or damaged, replace the belt. If no problem is found, Replace
the complete ADF assembly. See “ADF complete assembly
Note: Whenever the complete ADF assembly is replaced, is
necessary to perform the scanner registration. See “Scanner

7002-xxx
Static jam—first scan sensor (A)
Note: Before starting this service check, make sure the first scan sensor cable is correctly installed.
FRU Action
the ADF assembly over the first scan sensor. Remove any media
found over the sensor, and retry by running the scanner feed tests.
Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
select SCANNER TESTS, and select Feed Tests. If the media jams
over the first scan sensor, go to step 2.
2 First scan sensor Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
select SCANNER TESTS, and select Sensor Tests. Check the first
scan sensor for correct operation.
Note: Check the first scan sensor by manually feeding a sheet of
paper through the ADF and checking the sensor for correct
operation.
3 First scan sensor cable Check to make sure the first scan cable is correctly installed at the
(first scan sensor to CN10 sensor CN10 on the motor drive card. If the cable is not installed
on the MDC card) correctly, reinstall the cable. If installed correctly, go to step 4.
(normally closed)
CN10—Pin 10 0 V dc

7002-xxx
FRU Action
5 First scan sensor— Turn the power off, and reconnect CN10 to the motor driver card.
sensor).
First scan sensor
Pin number Sensor closed (uncovered) Sensor open (covered)
CN10—Pin 7 +0 V dc 0 V dc
CN10—Pin 8 +0.03 V dc +5.0 V dc
CN10—Pin 9 +5.0 V dc +5.0 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect, replace the first scan sensor. If this does
not fix the problem, replace the complete ADF assembly. See “ADF
complete assembly removal” on page 4-15.

7002-xxx
Static jam—second scan sensor (A).
Note: Before starting this service check, make sure the second scan sensor cable is correctly installed.
FRU Action
1 ADF The media is jammed or stuck in the ADF at the second scan sensor.
Check for any signs of paper or other debris that might be present or
jammed in the ADF assembly around the second scan sensor.
2 Second scan sensor Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
select SCANNER TESTS, and select Sensor Tests. Check the
second scan sensor for correct operation.
Note: To manually activate the sensor, you can either open the jam
removal tray (it is necessary to defeat the jam tray sensor by placing
a piece of paper in the sensor to turn off the jam tray message on the
display), or you can manually feed a piece of paper through the ADF.
3 Second scan sensor cable Check to make sure the first scan cable is correctly installed at the
(second scan sensor to sensor CN9 on the SCC (scanner control card in the ADF). If the
CN9 on the MDC card) cable is not installed correctly, reinstall the cable. If installed correctly,
go to step 4.
(normally closed)
CN9—Pin 4 0 V dc
CN9—Pin 5 +5 V dc
CN9—Pin 6 +5 V dc

7002-xxx
FRU Action
5 Second scan sensor— Turn the power off, and reconnect CN9 to the motor driver card.
operation (sensor closed) and with the sensor open (sensor flag
activated).
Second scan sensor
Pin number Sensor closed Sensor open
CN9—Pin 4 +0 V dc 0 V dc
CN9—Pin 5 +1.16 V dc +1.16 V dc
CN9—Pin 6 +5.0 V dc +0.15 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect, replace the second scan sensor. If this
does not fix the problem, replace the complete ADF assembly. See
“ADF complete assembly removal” on page 4-15.
First ADF scan sensor (A) jam.
Note: Before starting this service check, make sure the first scan sensor cable is correctly installed.
FRU Action
1 ADF The leading edge of the media was detected by the first scan sensor,
but never detected by the trailing edge.
Clear any media that may be in the ADF. Enter Diagnostics Menu
(turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6), select SCANNER TESTS, load
some sheets of paper in the ADF paper tray, and select Feed Tests.
If the error continues at or near the same point, go to step 2.
2 Area around the first scan Check the area around the first scan sensor for anything that might
sensor cause the stop or jam prior to exiting the first scan sensor. If the
problem continues and you cannot find anything causing this jam,
replace the complete ADF assembly.

7002-xxx
Second ADF scan sensor (A) jam.
Note: Before starting this service check, make sure the sensor cable is correctly installed.
FRU Action
1 ADF The second scan sensor has detected the leading edge of the sheet
but did not detect the training edge. The first scan sensor detected
the leading edge. Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while
holding 3 and 6), select SCANNER TESTS, and select Feed Tests.
Load several sheets through the ADF to check for any jams prior to
the second scan sensor. If the jam is persistent, go to Step 2.
2 ADF feed gears and Check the ADF feed gears, pulleys, and hardware for any signs of
hardware binding, broken, or damaged parts. If any problems are found,
replace the complete ADF assembly. See “ADF complete assembly
Note: To help isolate a problem with the ADF feed system you can
run the Feed Test from the SCANNER TESTS in the Diagnostics
Menu. Put several sheets of media in the ADF tray, and observe the
gears, motor, belts, and other hardware for any signs of a malfunction
that might cause the media not to reach the second scan sensor.
3 Second scan sensor cable Check to make sure the second scan sensor cable is correctly
(second scan sensor to installed at the sensor at CN9 on the MDC (motor driver card in the
CN9 on the MDC card) ADF). If the cable is not installed correctly, reinstall the cable. If
installed correctly, go to step 4.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
Second scan sensor—reflective type
(normally closed)
CN9—Pin 4 0 V dc
CN9—Pin 5 +5 V dc
CN9—Pin 6 +5 V dc
5 Second scan sensor— Turn the power off and reconnect CN9 to the motor driver card.
operations (sensor closed) and with the sensor open (sensor flag
activated).
Second scan sensor—interrupter type (normally closed)
CN9—Pin 5 +1.16 V dc +1.16 V dc
CN9—Pin 6 +5.0 V dc +0.15 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect, replace the second scan sensor. If this
does not fix the problem, replace the complete ADF assembly. See
ADF cover open jam.
FRU Action
1 ADF upper top cover Check the ADF upper top cover to make sure it closes properly and
does not come loose or pop up while the ADF is scanning.

7002-xxx
293 Error code service check
Paper missing jam.
Note: Before starting this service check, make sure the sensor cable is correctly installed.
FRU Action
1 ADF Check the ADF for any media that might be jammed in the ADF. Turn
the MFP off and then back on. Feed several sheets of media through
the ADF. If the error still occurs, go to step 2.
2 Paper present sensor Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
select SCANNER TESTS, and select Sensor Tests. Check the
paper present sensor for correct operation by inserting a sheet of
paper into the ADF paper tray to activate the paper present sensor. If
the sensor does not operate properly, go to step 3.
3 Paper present cable Measure the voltages shown in the table below:
Motor driver card Paper present sensor—interrupter type (normally closed)
CN10—Pin 5 +4.3 V dc +0.25 V dc
CN10—Pin 6 +1.6 V dc +1.6 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect, turn the power off, disconnect the cable
attached to CN10 on the motor driver card, and measure the voltages
in the table below:
Paper present sensor—interrupter type
(normally closed)
CN10—Pin 4 0 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect, replace the motor driver card. If the
voltages are correct, replace the complete ADF assembly. See “ADF

7002-xxx
Static jam—ADF exit sensor (A).
Before starting this service check, Check the ADF exit sensor cable for correct installation.
FRU Action
1 ADF—jammed media Check for any signs of media or other debris that might be present in
the ADF assembly around the exit sensor flag. Remove any media or
debris. If nothing is found, go to step 2.
2 ADF exit sensor flag Check the exit sensor flag to make sure it operates freely and does
not hang or bind. If the flag does not operate correctly and cannot be
made to operate correctly, replace the complete ADF assembly. See
If the flag operates correctly, go to step 3.
3 ADF exit sensor Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
select SCANNER TESTS, and select Sensor Tests. Check the ADF
exit sensor for correct operation.
Note: You can check the ADF exit sensor by moving the exit sensor
flag or by manually feeding a sheet of paper through the ADF.
Interval sensor—interrupter type
(normally closed)
CN9—Pin 1 0 V dc
CN9—Pin 2 +5 V dc
CN9—Pin 3 +5 V dc

7002-xxx
FRU Action
5 ADF exit sensor—electrical Turn the power off, and reconnect CN9 to the motor driver card.
operation (sensor closed) and the sensor open (sensor flag
activated).
ADF exit sensor—interrupter type (normally closed)
CN9—Pin 2 +1.16 V dc +1.16 V dc
CN9—Pin 3 +5.0 V dc +0.15 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect, replace the ADF exit sensor. If this does
ADF eject jam.
Note: Before starting this service check, make sure the ADF exit sensor (A) cable is installed correctly.
FRU Action

7002-xxx
FRU Action
Exit sensor—interrupter type
(normally closed)
CN9—Pin 1 0 V dc
CN9—Pin 2 +5 V dc
CN9—Pin 3 +5 V dc
If incorrect, replace the motor driver card.

If the error persists, replace the complete ADF assembly. See “ADF

7002-xxx
ADF exit jam sensor (A) off.
Note: Before starting this service check, make sure the sensor cable is installed correctly.
FRU Action
(normally closed)
CN9—Pin 1 0 V dc
CN9—Pin 2 +5 V dc
CN9—Pin 3 +5 V dc

If the voltage is correct, go to step 5.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
5 ADF exit sensor—electrical Turn the power off, and reconnect CN9 to the motor driver card.
activated).
CN9—Pin 2 +1.16 V dc +1.16 V dc
CN9—Pin 3 +5.0 V dc +0.15 V dc
ADF exit jam sensor on. This error generally indicates that the ADF exit sensor (A) is defective, exit sensor cable
is open, or the voltages on the motor driver card at pins 1, 2, or 3 are incorrect.
Note: Before starting this service check, make sure the sensor cable is installed correctly.
FRU Action

7002-xxx
FRU Action
(normally closed)
CN9—Pin 1 0 V dc
CN9—Pin 2 +5 V dc
CN9—Pin 3 +5 V dc

If the voltage is correct, go to step 5.
5 ADF exit sensor—electrical Turn the power off and reconnect CN9 to the motor driver card.
activated).
CN9—Pin 2 +1.16 V dc +1.16 V dc
CN9—Pin 3 +5.0 V dc +0.15 V dc

7002-xxx
298.01 Error code service check—models X644e/X646e
Scanner missing—front side cable unplugged.This is the ADF CCD 36 pin ICC cable connected to the ADF
CCD.
FRU Action
1 ADF CCD cable Check the cable for correct connections to the flatbed interface
connector on the rear of the flatbed scanner assembly and to the
ADF CCD assembly. If incorrect, install the cable correctly. If correct,
replace the following FRUs in the order shown:
• ADF CCD cable.
• Flatbed interconnect card. See “Flatbed interconnect card
removal” on page 4-33
• ADF CCD assembly.
• If ADF CCD assembly is replaced, it is necessary to perform
scanner registration. See “Scanner registration” on page 4-4.
Scanner missing—rear side cable unplugged. This is the MDC 36 pin ICC cable connected to the motor driver
card.
FRU Action
1 MDC cable Check the cable for correct connections to the flatbed interface
connector on the rear of the flatbed scanner assembly and to the
motor driver card. If incorrect, install the cable correctly. If correct,
• MDC cable.
• Flatbed interconnect card. See “Flatbed interconnect card
• Motor driver card.
842.xx Error code service check
Service Scanner—scanner communications failure.
FRU Action
1 Scanner control card to Check for correct installation of the scan control to flatbed
flatbed inteconnect card interconnect card cable.
cable
2 Motor drive card to flatbed Check for correct installation of the motor driver card to flatbed
interconnect card cable interconnect card cable.
3 Motor driver card If the cables are good and are properly connected, replace the
Flatbed interconnect card following FRUs in the order shown:
• Flatbed interconnect card assembly
• Motor driver card assembly

7002-xxx
Service Scanner—flatbed mechanical failure
Other symptoms may include a loud noise from between the flatbed and the printer unit, or a blue screen on the
display.
Note: Check for correct installation of the home sensor cable before proceeding with this service check.
FRU Action
1 Flatbed scanner CCD drive Check to make sure that both of the CCD drive shafts are correctly
shafts installed. If correct, go to step 2.
2 Flatbed CCD module Check to make sure that the flatbed CCD module assembly is
assembly ribbon cable connected correctly to both the CCD module and J2 on the scanner
control card. If correct, go to step 3.
3 Flatbed CCD module Check the flatbed CCD assembly for any signs of damage and for
assembly proper mechanical operation. If any problems are found, replace the
flatbed CCD assembly.
If the flatbed CCD assembly is replaced, it is necessary to perform
scanner registration. See “Scanner registration” on page 4-4.
4 Flatbed CCD scan motor/ Check for correct installation of the CCD scan motor cable to both the
cable motor and to the flatbed interface card at CN2.
Flatbed interface card Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
select SCANNER TESTS, and select Feed Tests.If the motor does
not turn during the scanner Feed Test, check for any signs of binds or
mechanical problems. Repair as necessary. If no problem is found,
go to step 5.
5 Flatbed home sensor cable Check to make sure that the home sensor cable is correctly installed
Flatbed home sensor to both the home sensor and to CN4 on the flatbed interface card.
Check for correct operation of the home sensor. If it does not operate
Flatbed interface card correctly, replace the FRUs in the following order:
• Flatbed interface card. See “Flatbed interconnect card
• Flatbed home sensor. See “Home sensor removal” on
page 4-46.
If the problem persists, go to step 6.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
6 Mechanical interference Check for mechanical interference with the flatbed CCD assembly
with the flatbed CCD and the metal locating bracket. Remove the glass slit. See “Scanner
assembly flatbed glass holder assembly removal” on page 4-50. The
bracket is located near the home position, to the left side of the
flatbed.
1. Move the flatbed CCD assembly a few inches to the right of
home.
2. Bend the bracket upwards 1–2 mm.
3. Move the flatbed CCD assembly back to the home position and
check for clearnace between the bracket and the edge of the
flatbed CCD assembly.
If this does not fix the problem, got to step 7.
7 Flatbed scanner assembly If the 843.00 error code continues to be displayed, replace the
complete flatbed scanner assembly. See “Flatbed scan assembly
Note: If the flatbed scanner assembly is replaced, it is necessary to
perform scanner registration. See “Scanner registration” on
page 4-4.
Service Scanner—this error indicates a failure of the image processing ASIC on the scanner control card.
FRU Action
1 Scanner control card Replace the scanner control card. See “Scanner control card

7002-xxx
Service scanner—Modem/Config ID mismatch
This error indicates that no modem is installed on a modem MFP.
FRU Action
1 Modem Install a modem.
Service scanner—Modem/Config ID mismatch. This error indicates that a mode is present on an MFP not
configured to support a modem.
FRU Action
1 Modem Remove the modem installed in the printer.
FRU Action
1 Printer POR Turn the printer off and on several times. If Error Code 900 continues
to display, go to step 2.
2 System board Turn the machine off and on several times, waiting a few minutes
between power on and power off.
If Error Code 900 continues to display, go to step 3.
3 Factory defaults Restore factory defaults. See “EP Defaults” on page 3-20. This
resets the non-critical areas of the user NVRAM. If Error Code 900
continues to display, go to step 4.
4 Sub error codes With Error Code 900 displayed, press and 2. Record the
complete list of Sub Error Codes on the display, then call your next
level of support or call Lexmark.
Service scanner—This error indicates defective modem hardware.
FRU Action
1 Modem Replace the modem.

7002-xxx
927.xx Fan service check
927.xx can be used for the main fan or the cartridge fan.
• Main fan—927.00, 927.01, and 927.03 through 927.07.

• Cartridge fan—927.02
Main fan service check
Service tip: The main fan runs at full speed at the end of POR or when the printer is printing. It will only run half
speed when the printer is in the Ready state and not printing.
FRU Action
1 Main fan Check the main fan to make sure it is plugged into J4 on the system
board. If the fan cable id correctly connected to J4, check the cable
and the cable connector for any signs of damage. If damaged,
replace the main fan assembly. See “Main fan removal” on
page 4-111. If undamaged, go to step 2.
2 Main fan Turn the printer off and check the main fan for any signs of blockage
of the fan blades. If there is any sign of blockage, remove the
blockage.
3 Main fan blades turn during Measure the voltage at J4-1 on the system board. The voltage should
POR, then stop. Fan will not measure approximately +2.5 V dc. If incorrect, replace the main fan.
run when trying to print. See “Main fan removal” on page 4-111.
Main fan If that does not fix the problem, replace the system board. See
System board “System board and inner shield removal —models X644e/
X646e” on page 4-131.
4 Main fan blades do not turn Measure the voltage at J4-3. The voltage should measure +14.4 V dc
with the fan running full and approximately 7.0 V dc when running
half speed. If incorrect, replace the main fan. See “Main fan
removal” on page 4-111. If this does not fix the problem, replace the
system board. See “System board and inner shield removal —
models X644e/X646e” on page 4-131.
Cartridge fan service check
Error code 927.02 indicates a problem with the cartridge fan.
FRU Action
1 Cartridge fan Check to make sure the cartridge is plugged into J5 on the system
board. If properly plugged in, go to step 2.
2 Cartridge fan Check for any signs of blockage in the fan. If any is found, remove
and retry the printer. If no problem is found, go to step 3.
3 Cartridge fan Replace the following FRUs in the order shown:

System board • Cartridge fan
• System board. See “System board and inner shield removal
—models X644e/X646e” on page 4-131.

7002-xxx
950.00 through 950.29 EPROM mismatch failure
Warning: When replacing any one of the following components:

• Flatbed interconnect card (ICC)
Only replace one component at a time. Replace the required component, and perform a POR before replacing a
second component listed above. If this procedure is not followed, the printer will be rendered inoperable. Never
replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one, or the printer will be
rendered inoperable.
Warning: Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components.
Once a component has been installed in a printer, it cannot be used in another printer. It must be
returned to the manufacturer.
This error code indicates a mismatch between the operator panel board and the interface card.
FRU Action
1 Interface card If the interface card been recently replaced, go to step 3. If the card
has not been replaced go to step 2.
2 Operator panel board If the operator panel board has been recently replaced, go to step 4.
If the operator panel board has not been replaced, contact your next
level of support.
3 Interface card Replace the current interface card assembly with the original
interface card assembly. See “Interface card assembly removal”
on page 4-107.
If the error remains, go to step 5.
4 Operator panel board Replace the current operator panel board with the original operator
panel board. See “Operator panel right cover assembly removal”
on page 4-64.
If the error persists, go to step 6.
5 Interface card Replace the original interface card assembly with a new and not
previously installed interface card assembly. If the error remains,
contact your next level of support.
6 Operator panel Replace the original operator panel board with a new and not
previously installed interface card assembly. If the error remains,
contact your next level of support.

7002-xxx
950.30 through 950.60 EPROM mismatch failure

Note: Before proceeding with this service check, make sure you have the correct system board installed in the
printer. The system board has a label with an board ID and barcode. Use the first eight numbers to identify the
board with the part number in the table below:
Model Board bar code Corresponds to P/N…

Lexmark X642e (003, 004, 005, 006) M010 6030 40X3310
Lexmark X644e/X646e (001, 002, 011, 012, 101, 102, 111, 112) M010 6000 40X2722
This error code indicates a mismatch between the system board and the interface card.
FRU Action
1 Interface card assembly If the interface card assembly has been recently replaced, go to step
3. If the interface card assembly has not been recently replaced,
contact the next level of support.
2 System board If the system board has been recently replaced, go to step 4. If the
system board has not been replaced, contact the next level of
support.
3 Interface card assembly Replace the current interface card assembly with the original
interface card assembly. See “Interface card assembly removal”
on page 4-107. If the error remains, go to step 5.
4 System board Replace the current system board with the original system board.
See “System board and inner shield removal —models X644e/
X646e” on page 4-131.
If the error remains, go to step 6.
5 Interface card assembly Replace the original interface card assembly with a new and not
previously installed interface card assembly. If the problem remains,
contact the next level of support.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
6 System board Replace the original system board with a new and not previously
installed system board. If the problem remains, contact the next level
of support.
ADF paper length sensor service check—models X644e/X646e
Note: There are two cables between the motor driver card and the paper length sensor. Check to make sure
both cables are installed correctly.
FRU Action
1 ADF paper length sensor Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
(in ADF paper tray) select SCANNER TESTS, and select Sensor Tests. Check the ADF
paper length sensor for correct operation by putting a sheet of paper
in the tray over the sensor. If the sensor does not operate properly, go
to step 2.
2 ADF paper length sensor Turn the power off, and disconnect the cable to CN8, and measure
Motor control card the voltages at CN8 on the card. Measure the voltages shown in the
table below:
Paper length sensor—reflective type
(normally closed)
CN8—Pin 4 0 V dc
CN8—Pin 5 +5 V dc
CN8—Pin 6 +5 V dc
3 ADF paper length sensor Turn the power off and reconnect CN8 to the motor driver card.
CN8—Pin 5 +0.03 V dc +5.0 V dc
CN8—Pin 6 +5.0 V dc +5.0 V dc
If the voltages are incorrect, replace the paper length sensor. If this
does not fix the problem, replace the ADF paper tray assembly.
If the problem persists, replace the complete ADF assembly. See

7002-xxx
ADF paper width sensor service check—models X644e/X646e
Note: There are two cables between the motor driver card and the paper width sensor. Check to make sure
both cables are installed correctly.
FRU Action
1 ADF paper tray Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
paper width sensor for correct operation by moving the paper width
guides on the paper tray in and out. If only one or two of the sensor
widths does not operate properly, replace the ADF paper tray
assembly. If none of the sensors operate correctly, replace the ADF
paper tray. If this does not fix the problem, replace the motor driver
card.
Charge roll service check

Service tip: Close and evenly spaced repetitive marks 47.19 mm (1.86 in.) apart, or spots on the page can be
caused by a damaged or contaminated dual charge roll.
Service tip: Make sure the right charge roll arm bushing is correctly installed and operates correctly.
To remove the charge roll:
1. Wrap a piece of plain white paper around the charge roll to prevent contamination or damage.
2. Carefully remove the roll by pressing outward and to the right on the charge roll link arm, and remove the
charge roll from the right side charge roll bearing.
3. Remove the charge roll from the left side charge roll bearing, and remove the roll from the printer. Leave
the paper wrapped around the charge roll until it is reinstalled.
FRU Action
1 Charge roll assembly Check the charge roll for correct installation, toner buildup, marks,
cuts, or other signs of contamination or damage. Replace as
necessary.
2 Left side charge roll link Check the left side charge roll link assembly for correct assembly
operation. Check for damage to the arm or bearing assembly.
3 Right side charge roll link Check the right side charge roll link assembly for correct assembly
Right charge roll bushing operation. If incorrect, replace the charge roll link assembly with the
charge roll link assembly kit. If correct, check the right charge roll link
assembly bearing for signs of wear or contamination. Excessive
contamination could cause intermittent charging of the charge roll. If
incorrect, replace the link assembly. Check for continuity of the right
link assembly from the bearing to the charge roll high voltage contact
on the right side frame. If incorrect, replace the link assembly.
Make sure the charge roll bushing is installed and operating correctly.
Note: The screw that attaches the charge roll lead to the contact
must be secure.

7002-xxx
Cover closed sensors service check—flatbed
Note: Check for correct installation of the sensor cable before proceeding with this service check.
Note: Both the cover closing sensor (A) and the cover closed (B) sensor are located in the ADF assembly.
A B
FRU Action
1 Flatbed cover closing and Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
flatbed cover closed select SCANNER TESTS, and select Sensor Tests. Check for
sensors correct operation of the senors by opening and closing the ADF
scanner assembly. If incorrect, go to step 2.
2 Flatbed closed and flatbed Check the flatbed actuators for any signs of a broken, damaged, or
closing actuators missing part. Replace either actuator if damaged or missing.
3 Flatbed cover closed and Turn the power off, disconnect the cable to CN7, and measure the
closing sensors voltages at CN7 on the card. The voltages should measure as shown
in the table below:
Paper length sensor—reflective type
(normally closed)
CN7—Pin 1 0 V dc
CN7—Pin 2 +5 V dc
CN7—Pin 3 +5 V dc
CN7—Pin 4 0 V dc
CN7—Pin 5 +5 V dc
CN7—Pin 6 +5 V dc
If any of the voltages are incorrect, replace the motor driver card. If
the voltages are correct, go to step 4.
4 Flatbed cover closing/ Check continuity of the flatbed cover closing/closed sensor cable. If
closed sensors cable incorrect, replace the complete ADF assembly. “ADF complete
assembly removal” on page 4-15.
If correct, replace the failing sensor.

7002-xxx
Cover closed switch/cable service check—printer
FRU Action
1 Toner cartridge Make sure the toner cartridge is correctly installed and that the right
and left cartridge tracks are not loose or broken. Make sure the cover
closed switch activation tab on the toner cartridge is not broken and
that the tab correctly activates the cover closed switch spring.
2 Cover closed switch/cable Check the cover closed switch for proper mechanical operation. If
assembly incorrect, repair as necessary. Disconnect the cover closed switch
cable from J8 at the system board and measure the voltage at J8-3. It
measures approximately +5 V dc. If the voltage is incorrect, replace
the system board. If the voltage is correct, check the voltage at J8-1.
If the voltage measures greater than +1.0 V dc, replace the system
board. If the voltage is correct, check the continuity between J8-1 and
J8-3 on the cable. If no change in continuity occurs as the switch is
activated, replace the hinge assembly. If the continuity changes as
the switch is activated, replace the system board.
Cover closed switch table
J8 Switch status
Pin number Cover open Cover closed

Pin 1-3 Open Closed
Pin 1-2 Closed Open
Dead machine service check
A dead machine is a condition where the LCD touchscreen is blank, the LED on the operator panel right cover is
off, no fans turn, no motors turn, and the fuser lamp does not come on.
If a high-capacity input tray is installed, remove the option and check the printer for correct operation. If the
printer operates correctly, go to “High-capacity feeder input tray service check” on page 2-141. If the printer
continues to not operate correctly, remove any other attached paper handling options.
Warning: Observe all necessary ESD precautions when removing and handling the system board or any
installed option cards or assemblies. See “Handling ESD-sensitive parts” on page 4-1.
CAUTION
When you see this symbol, there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the product
where you are working. Unplug the product before you begin, or use caution if the product
Remove any input and output paper handling options from the printer.
FRU Action
1 Line voltage Check the AC line voltage. If the line voltage is incorrect, inform the
customer.
2 AC line cord Unplug the line cord from the wall outlet and check the line cord for
damage, such as, a damaged plug, or cut or damaged cord. If
incorrect, replace the cord. If incorrect, check the continuity of the line
cord and replace if necessary. If the cord is correct, go to step 3.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
3 +5 V dc test point on the Check for approximately +5 V dc at the +5 V test point on the system
system board board.
Note: Use care not to short adjacent voltage test points.
If the voltage is correct, Go to step 9. If the voltage is incorrect, go to

step 4.
4 System board Check to make sure the LVPS cable is correctly installed at J27 on
the system board. If not, reseat and recheck the voltage at the
+5 V dc test point on the system board.
If test point does not measure +5 V dc, go to step 5.
5 LVPS Unplug the AC line cord from the LVPS and disconnect the LVPS
cable to the system board. Reconnect the AC line cord and measure
the voltage on CN2-1 on the LVPS. The voltage should measure
approximately +5 V dc.
If the voltage is correct, go to step 6. If the voltage is incorrect,

replace the LVPS assembly. See “Low voltage power supply
6 Features or option installed Warning: Observe all the ESD precautions and turn the printer off
on the interface card before any feature or option cards are removed or replaced.
assembly Remove one option/feature at a time to help isolate the failing part.
Replace the faulty part.
7 LVPS fuse F1 (primary Unplug the AC line cord, remove the LVPS from the printer, and
power) check the continuity of fuse F1. See “Low voltage power supply
If continuity is correct, replace the LVPS assembly.
8 Loads connected to the Turn the printer off and disconnect each cable connected to the
system board system board and each option installed on the system board until the
problem is located.
Warning: When removing any card installed on the system board
observe all ESD precautions when handling these options.
9 Interface card Check for the correct installation of the interface card to the printer
Scanner control card system board and to the scanner control card. If correct, go to step
10.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
10 System board Replace the following FRUs in the order shown one at a time in until
Scanner control card the problem is fixed:
Interface card • Scanner control card. See “Scanner control card removal” on
page 4-48.
• Interface card. See “Interface card assembly removal” on
page 4-107.
Duplex option service check
Duplex paper jams
23x.xx jam code Jam location

231.xx Media did not arrive at the duplex input sensor, but did leave the fuser exit
sensor.
232.xx Media did not clear the duplex input sensor, but did leave the printer fuser exit
sensor.
233.xx Media failed to make the duplex double feed sensor during turnaround.
234.xx Media did not arrive at the duplex exit sensor.
235.xx A piece of media is over the duplex double feed sensor.
236.xx Media did not leave the duplex exit sensor.
237.xx A duplexed sheet did not reach the printer input sensor.
238.xx r A piece of media is over the duplex sensors during a reset.
Duplex does not recognize that the option is installed, or other options below the
duplex are installed
FRU Action
1 Autoconnect cables/ Check the top and bottom autoconnect connectors for signs of
connections damage. If damaged, replace the duplex option. If not damaged,
check the cables are correctly connected to the duplex system board
at J9, J10, J11, and J12. If no problem is found, replace the duplex
option.
Note: Before proceeding with the following service checks, verify the media used in the duplex option meets
specification and is not dog-eared or damaged in any way. See “Media specifications” on page 1-9.

7002-xxx
231.xx Jam displays
FRU Action
1 Fuser exit sensor Check the sheet of media is leaving the exit sensor in the fuser and
feeding properly into the duplex option. Check the duplex link for
correct operation and any signs of damage. If the problem is prior to
the duplex input sensor and in the base machine, repair as
necessary. If the jam occurs in the duplex option prior to the duplex
input sensor, go to step 2.
2 Duplex input sensor If the paper does not reach the duplex input sensor, make sure the
sensor is connected to the duplex system board. If correct, check for
any paper or other objects that might cause a paper jam. If none are
found, replace the duplex option assembly.
232.xx Jam displays
FRU Action
1 Duplex input sensor If the paper reaches the duplex input sensor, but does not clear the
sensor, make sure the sensor is connected to the duplex system
board. If connected correctly, check for correct operation of the
sensor. If a problem is found and cannot be corrected, replace the
duplex option assembly. If no problem is found, check for a piece of
paper or other object in the paper path that might cause a paper jam
over the input sensor. If no problem is found, replace the duplex
option assembly.
233.xx Jam displays
FRU Action
1 Duplex double feed sensor If a sheet of paper fails to reach the double feed sensor during
turnaround, check for any signs of paper or other objects that might
cause the paper to jam. If no problem is found, replace the duplex
option assembly.

7002-xxx
Envelope feeder service check
Service tip: Check the envelope feeder paper path for any debris, pieces of envelope and so on. If any other
options are installed make sure they are operating normally. If only the envelope feeder is failing to operate
correctly, continue with this service check, otherwise verify the interconnect card is functioning properly.
Service tip: The envelope feeder receives its +5 V dc operating voltage from the +24 V dc bulk at J1-7. If
+24 V dc is not present at J1-7, tray 1 is the only tray that is recognized.
Printer does not recognize the envelope feeder as an attached input option
FRU Action
1 Envelope feeder Make sure the envelope feeder is correctly installed and mated to the
autoconnect at the front of the printer.
2 Front autoconnect on Check the connector for signs of damage to the connector or
printer contacts. If you find damage, replace the damaged cable/connector
assembly. Remove the envelope feeder and check the voltages at the
autoconnect on the front of the printer. If incorrect, check the system
board. If correct, reinstall the envelope feeder and continue with
step 3.
3 Autoconnect on the Check for damage to the connector or contacts. If you find damage,
envelope feeder replace the damaged cable/connector assembly. Disconnect the
autoconnect cable at J1 on the envelope system board and measure
the following voltages:
• J1-3 measures +5 V dc
If any of the voltages are incorrect, replace the autoconnect cable/
connector. If the voltages are correct, replace the envelope system
board.
Touchscreen displays 260.xx Paper Jam immediately when envelope feed is

requested—POST incomplete
FRU Action
1 Pass thru sensor Check for any debris or pieces of envelope over the pass thru sensor.
Check for correct installation of the pass thru sensor flag. Make sure
the sensor cable is attached to the envelope system board. Perform
an envelope feeder sensor test to check both the sensor and sensor
flag.
Note: It may be necessary to use a small tool to actuate the sensor
flag because it is located under the front cover. Be careful not to
damage the flag.
If the test fails, check the flag for damage or binds. If incorrect,
replace the flag. If the flag is operating correctly, check the voltage at
J3-3. The voltage measures approximately +5 V dc. If incorrect,
replace the envelope system board. If correct, check the voltage at
J3-2. The voltage changes from 0 to +5 V dc when the flag is moved
in and out of the sensor. If incorrect, replace the sensor assembly. If
this does not fix the problem, replace the envelope system board.

7002-xxx
Touchscreen displays 260.xx Paper Jam after attempted feed but before envelopes are
put in the hopper OR the touchscreen continues to display Load Envelopes after
envelopes are placed in the hopper
Service tip: The kick rolls rotate during the attempted feed cycles.
FRU Action
1 Envelope out hopper Check the envelope out sensor flag for damage, correct installation
sensor flag and operation.
If incorrect, repair or replace the envelope feeder option.
990.xx Service Error, envelopes fail to feed from the hopper
FRU Action
1 DC feed motor assembly Check the motor and motor cable for loose wires or poor
connections. Make sure the motor cable is connected to the envelope
system board.
If correct, replace the envelope feeder option.
260.xx Paper Jam displays, unable to clear and envelopes fail to feed from the
hopper—Kick rolls are not rotating
FRU Action
1 Clutch latch assembly Check the clutch latch assembly to make sure it moves freely.
If correct, replace the envelope feeder option.
260.xx Paper Jam displays, unable to clear and envelopes fail to feed from the hopper
Kick rolls are rotating.
Check the deflector gap adjustment before continuing this service check.
FRU Action
1 Deflector gap adjustment Check the deflector gap adjustment. The adjustment may be too
narrow.
2 Weight assembly Check the weight assembly to make sure it moves up and down
freely without any binds. Make sure the weight assembly rests on all
the rear kick rollers when the hopper is empty. If the weight assembly
is damaged or does not operate properly, replace the envelope
feeder assembly.
3 Envelope edge guide Check the envelope edge guide to make sure it is not warped or set
too close to the envelopes in the hopper. If the edge guide is
damaged or does not operate properly, replace the envelope feeder
option.

7002-xxx
260.xx Paper Jam displays, envelope stops in feeder paper path
FRU Action
1 Kick rolls/feed rolls/drive Check all the rolls for oil, grease, or other contamination. If you find a
rolls problem, clean the rolls. If this does not correct the problem, replace
the envelope feeder.
2 Deflector gap adjustment Check the deflector gap adjustment. The adjustment may be too
narrow. If the adjustment is correct, replace the envelope feeder
option.
Envelope feeder multifeeds or may not display a 260.xx Paper Jam message
FRU Action
1 Envelopes Check the envelopes being used in the feeder. Check for signs of the
envelopes being stuck together or signs of glue. Make sure the flaps
are not interleaved.
If the envelopes meet the guidelines and are properly loaded, go to
step 2.
2 Deflector Check the deflector gap adjustment. The adjustment may be too
wide.
If the deflector gap adjustment is correct, go to step 3. If not, replace
the envelope feeder option.
3 Restraint roll bias spring Check for a missing, broken or incorrectly installed restraint roll bias
spring. If incorrect, replace the envelope feeder option.
260.xx Paper Jam displays, an envelope stopped in the paper path of the feeder
and an envelope also stopped in the printer paper path
FRU Action
1 Latch lever Make sure the tip of the latch lever is centered in the opening in the
floor of the paper path. The latch lever may not be detented on the
latch. If no problem is found and the problem persists, replace the
envelope feeder option.
Flatbed size sensor service check

Check for correct installation of the sensor cable before proceeding with this service check.
Note: All three sensors and their cables come attached together as a unit.
FRU Action
1 Flatbed paper size sensor Enter the Diagnostics Menu (turn on MFP while holding 3 and 6),
assembly select SCANNER TESTS, and select Sensor Tests. Check for
Flatbed interface card correct operation of the sensors by placing a piece of paper on the
assembly contact glass over the sensor assembly. If any sensor fails the sensor
test, replace the sensor assembly. If this does not fix the problem,
replace the flatbed interface card. See “Flatbed interconnect card

7002-xxx
Fuser service checks
920.xx—Cold fuser service check
Error codes 920.x and 922.xx may display for a cold fuser failure.
Some 920.xx error codes may be cleared by turning the printer on and off and allowing it to complete POR.
CAUTION
There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the product where you are working.
Unplug the product before you begin, or use caution if the product must receive power in order
to perform the task.
Service tip: Some 920.xx errors can be caused by multiple sheets of paper being fed up to the fuser.
Service tip: Set the Fuser Temperature to NORMAL before starting this service check. In Diagnostics mode,
select EP SETUP, and Fuser Temp.
Service tip: It may take several minutes for the error codes 920.xx and 922.xx to be displayed after the printer is
turned on.
FRU Action
1 Fuser lamp Observe the lamp through the left near side of the printer. It may be
Fuser lamp AC cable necessary to remove the redrive assembly to observe the lamp
turning on and off. If the lamp does not come on do the following:
• If not previously removed, remove the redrive assembly. See
“Redrive assembly removal” on page 4-128.
• Remove the fuser assembly. See “Fuser assembly removal” on
page 4-79.
• Make sure the correct type of lamp is installed (voltage and
wattage).
• Verify that the fuser to fuser lamp cable is installed correctly to the
fuser top cover assembly. If incorrect, install correctly; if correct,
go to step 2.
2 AC line voltage CAUTION: When taking measurements for AC power, observe all
safety precautions.
Check the AC line voltage to make sure it is within operating
specification. If incorrect, inform the customer; if correct, go to step 3.
3 LVPS CAUTION: When taking measurements for AC power, observe all

safety precautions.
Unplug the AC line cord from the printer and pull the LVPS out far
enough to access CN1 on the LVPS board (see “Low voltage power
supply removal” on page 4-109). Disconnect the LVPS to fuser AC
cable, plug in the line cord, turn the printer on and measure the
voltage between CN1-1 and CN1-3 on the connector (see the
connector locations at “Low voltage power supply” on page 5-11).
If incorrect, replace the LVPS assembly (see “Low voltage power
supply removal” on page 4-109); if correct, go to step 4.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
4 Fuser lamp Check continuity of the fuser to fuser AC cable, fuser top cover
Fuser top cover assembly assembly, and fuser lamp by checking the continuity between the two
pins on the fuser lamp AC cable connector:
Fuser connect cable (fuser
to fuser lamp cable) • If there is continuity, go to step 5.
• If there is no continuity, check the continuity of the fuser to fuser
lamp AC cable. If incorrect, replace the lamp, if incorrect, replace
the fuser top cover assembly.
Note: If the fuser lamp is replaced, allow the fuser assembly to cool
or a 925.xx error may be displayed.

LVPS to fuser AC cable safety precautions.
Check the AC line voltage between the pins on the fuser end of the
LPVS to fuser AC cable. If the voltage is correct, unplug the AC
power cord from the LVPS cable. If the voltage is correct, unplug the
AC power cord from the LVPS, pull the LVPS out far enough to be
able to check the voltage between CN-1 and CN1-3 on the LVPS
board. Plug in the power cord, turn the printer on and check the
voltage. If correct, replace the LVPS to fuser AC cable; if incorrect,
replace the LVPS assembly.
Note: If the fuses in the LVPS are blown, the LVPS assembly must be
replaced.
6 Fuser top cover assembly Check to make sure that the thermistor is installed correctly to J5 on
(thermistor, thermistor the fuser control card. If installed correctly check the cable for any
cable) signs of damage. If any problems are found, replace the fuser top
Fuser to system board DC cover assembly. If no problem is found, check the fuser to system
cable board DC cable for correct installation at J1 on the fuser control card.
If no problem is found, check the fuser to system board cable for
correct installation at J10 on the system board.
7 Error code 920.06 Carefully check the installation of the LVPS to system board cable to
displayed J27 on the system board and to CN2 on the LVPS. If the cable is not
LVPS seated or installed properly, reseat the cable and retry the printer. If
the cable is installed correctly, replace the following FRUs in the order
System board shown:
System board to LVPS • LVPS assembly. See “Low voltage power supply removal” on
cable page 4-109.
• System board assembly. See “System board and inner shield
removal —models X644e/X646e” on page 4-131.
• LVPS to system board cable.
8 Fuser assembly If no problem is found up to this point, then replace the following in
the order shown:
• Fuser assembly. See “Fuser assembly removal” on page 4-79.
• LVPS. See “Low voltage power supply removal” on
page 4-109.

7002-xxx
922.xx—Cold fuser check
Error codes 920.xx and 922.xx may display for a cold fuser failure.
Some 920.xx error codes may be cleared by turning the printer on and off and allowing it to complete POR.
CAUTION
Service tip: Set the Fuser Temperature to NORMAL before starting this service check. In Diagnostics mode,
select EP SETUP, and Fuser Temp.
FRU Action
1 Fuser lamp Remove the fuser assembly and check to make sure the correct fuser
lamp has been installed. If the correct lamp has been installed, go to
step 2.
Note: If the fuser lamp is replaced, allow the fuser assembly to cool
or a 925.xx error code could be displayed.
2 AC line voltage CAUTION: When taking measurements for AC power, observe all
safety precautions.
Check the AC line voltage to make sure it is within operating
specification. If incorrect, inform the customer; if correct, go to step 3.

safety precautions.
Unplug the AC line cord from the printer and pull the LVPS out far
enough to access CN1 on the LVPS board (see “Low voltage power
supply removal” on page 4-109). Disconnect the LVPS to fuser AC
cable, plug in the line cord, turn the printer on and measure the
voltage between CN1-1 and CN1-3 on the connector (see the
connector locations at “Low voltage power supply” on page 5-11).
If incorrect, replace the LVPS assembly (see “Low voltage power
supply removal” on page 4-109); if correct, go to step 4.

LVPS fuser AC cable safety precautions.
Disconnect the AC line cord from the printer. Disconnect the LVPS to
fuser cable from the fuser to fuser lamp cable. Plug the AC line cord
into the printer and check the AC line voltage between the pins on the
fuser end of the LVPS to fuser AC cable. If the voltage is correct,
unplug the AC power cord from the LVPS cable and pull the LVPS out
far enough to be able to check the voltage between CN-1 and CN-3
on the LVPS board. Plug in the power cord, turn the printer on and
check the voltage. If correct, replace the LVPS to fuser AC cable; if
incorrect, replace the LVPS assembly. See “Low voltage power
supply removal” on page 4-109.
Note: If the fuses in the LVPS are blown, the LVPS assembly must be
replaced.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
5 Fuser top cover assembly Check to make sure that the thermistor is installed correctly to J5 on
(thermistor, thermistor the fuser control card. If installed correctly check the cable for any
cable) signs of damage. If any problems are found, replace the fuser top
Fuser to system board DC cover assembly.“Fuser narrow media sensor removal” on
cable page 4-88.
If no problem is found, check the fuser to system board DC cable for
correct installation at J1 on the fuser control card. If no problem is
found, check the fuser to system board cable for correct installation at
J10 on the system board. If no problem is found, go to step 6.
6 Fuser assembly If no problem is found up to this point, then replace the following in
the order shown:
• LVPS. See “Low voltage power supply removal” on
page 4-109.
923.xx—Hot fuser service check
Error Code 923.xx, 924.xx, and 925.xx may display for a hot fuser failure.
CAUTION
The fuser may be hot, use caution before removing or servicing.
CAUTION
Service tip: Set the Fuser Temperature to NORMAL before starting this service check. In Diagnostics mode, In
Diagnostics mode, select EP SETUP, and Fuser Temp.
FRU Action
1 Fuser assembly Check for any signs of overheating in the fuser assembly. Check the
hot roll, hot roll bearings, and the area around the thermistor for any
signs of excessive heat. If a problem is found, replace the thermistor.
2 Fuser top cover assembly Turn the printer off and disconnect the fuser to system board cable
(thermistor) from J10 on the system board. Check the resistance between pins
J10-3 and J10-4. The resistance should be greater than 100K ohms.
If correct, go to step 3; if incorrect, disconnect the thermistor cable
from J5 on the fuser board and measure the resistance between the
two pins on the thermistor cable. If incorrect, replace the fuser top
cover assembly (see “Fuser narrow media sensor removal” on
page 4-88); if correct, replace the fuser to system board cable.
3 System board Check the voltage on J10-3 ground on the system board. The voltage
Fuser top cover assembly should measure approximately +3.3 V dc. If the voltage is correct,
replace the fuser top cover assembly. See “Fuser narrow media
sensor removal” on page 4-88. If incorrect, replace the system
board. See “System board and inner shield removal —models
X644e/X646e” on page 4-131.

7002-xxx
CAUTION
CAUTION
FRU Action
1 Fuser assembly Check the thermistor cable for correct installation to J5 on the fuser
Fuser to system board card. If installed correctly, check for correct installation of J10 on the
cable system board. If all cables are installed correctly, go to step 2.
2 Fuser top cover assembly Turn the printer off and disconnect the thermistor cable from J5 on
(thermistor/thermistor cable the fuser board. Measure the resistance between the two pins on the
assembly) thermistor cable, if the resistance measures infinity (open circuit),
replace the fuser top cover assembly.
3 Fuser to system board Reconnect the thermistor cable to J5 on the fuser board. Disconnect
cable. the fuser to system board cable from J10 on the system board and
System board measure the resistance between J10-3 and J10-4 on the cable. If the
resistance measures infinity (open circuit) check the continuity of pins
Fuser assembly 3 and 4 of the cable. If correct, replace the fuser assembly. See
“Fuser assembly removal” on page 4-79. If incorrect, replace the
fuser to system board cable.
Note: If the error code still displays, replace the system board. See
“System board and inner shield removal —models X644e/
X646e” on page 4-131.

7002-xxx
CAUTION
CAUTION
FRU Action
1 Fuser lamp If the fuser is 220 V machine a 115 V fuser may be installed.
If the printer is not a 115 V model, then go to step 2.
If the printer is a 220 V model, then check to make sure that the
correct lamp is installed.
Note: If the fuser lamp is replaced, allow the fuser to cool or a 925.xx
error could be displayed.
2 AC power source Check the AC power source to make sure it meets specifications. If
the AC power source does not meet specifications, inform the
customer. If it meets specifications, go to step 3.
3 Fuser lamp Turn the printer off and allow the fuser assembly to cool. After the
fuser assembly cools down, turn the printer on. If you receive the
same error code, replace the fuser lamp. See “Fuser lamp removal”
on page 4-86.
Note: If the fuser lamp is replaced, allow the fuser to cool or a 925.xx
error could be displayed.

7002-xxx
Fuser exit sensor service check
If any of the following codes are displayed, there is a potential problem in the area of the exit sensor: 201.00,
201.02, 201.10, 201.12, 201.22, 201.30, 201.32, 201.40, 201.41, 201.42, 201.50, 201.52, 201.92, 202.00,
202.02, 202.04, 202.10, 202.11, 202.12, 202.14, 202.20, 202.21, 202,22, 202.24. 202.30, 202.31, 202.32,
202.34, 202.40, 202.41, 202.42, 202.44, 202,50, 202.51, 202.52, 202.54, 202.90, 202.91, 202.92, and 202.94.
Fuser exit and fuser narrow media sensor status chart
Printer printing—media over

Printer not printing— no media Printer printing—narrow media
sensor(s), non-narrow media fed
over sensors fed through the printer
through the printer
Exit sensor open Exit sensor closed Exit sensor closed
Narrow media sensor open Narrow media sensor closed Narrow media sensor open
FRU Action
1 Fuser exit sensor (exit Enter the Diagnostic mode, select BASE SENSOR TEST, select the
sensor test) Exit Sensor to test for proper operation. If the exit sensor fails the
test, go to step 2. If the exit sensor passes, go to step 5.
2 Fuser exit sensor cable Check the fuser exit sensor cable for correct installation or for any
signs of damage to the cable or connectors. If no problem is found,
go to step 3. If a problem with the installation is found, install the
cable correctly. If damage to the cable or connectors is found, replace
the cable.
3 Fuser exit sensor flag Make sure the sensor flag is not binding and is operating properly. If
the sensor is operating properly, go to step 4. If it is not operating
properly, repair or replace the sensor assembly. See “Fuser exit
sensor removal” on page 4-82.
4 Fuser assembly Check the continuity of the fuser exit sensor cable. If incorrect,
Fuser exit sensor cable replace the cable; if correct check the continuity of the fuser to
system board cable. If incorrect, replace the cable; in correct, replace
Fuser board the following FRUs in the order shown:
Fuser to system board • Fuser board.
cable
System board
5 With the redrive assembly removed from the printer, enter the
Diagnostics mode and run the print test from tray 1 (for example,
select PRINT TESTS, Tray 1, and Continuous) and observe the
media as it passes over the exit and narrow media sensors. Check
that the sensor flags are operating correctly. If the sensor flags and
hardware are operating incorrectly, repair or replace the failing
sensor assembly. If no problem is found, check the fuser for any signs
of media in the fuser or any signs of toner or other contamination. If a
problem is found, clean or remove the debris or contamination.

7002-xxx
Fuser narrow media sensor service check
If any of the following error codes are displayed, a problem may exist in the area of the narrow media sensor
assembly: 201.04, 201.14, 201.24, 201.34, 201.44, 201.54, and 201.94.
Fuser exit and fuser narrow media sensor status check
Printer printing—media over

Printer not printing— no media Printer printing—narrow media
sensor(s), non-narrow media fed
over sensors fed through the printer
through the printer
Exit sensor open Exit sensor closed Exit sensor closed
Narrow media sensor open Narrow media sensor closed Narrow media sensor open
FRU Action
1 Fuser narrow media sensor Enter the Diagnostics mode, select BASE SENSOR TEST, and
(sensor test) select the NM Sensor to test it for proper operation. If the narrow
media sensor fails the test, go to step 2; if the narrow media sensor
does not pass the test, go to step 5.
2 Fuser narrow media sensor Check the fuser narrow media sensor cable for correct installation or
cable any signs of damage to the cable or to the connectors. If no problem
is found, go to step 3;. If a problem with the installation is found,
install the cable correctly. If damage to the cable or the connectors is
found, replace the cable.
3 Fuser narrow media sensor Make sure the sensor flag is not binding and is operating properly. If
flag the sensor is operating properly, go to step 4. If the sensor is not
operation properly, repair or replace the sensor assembly. See
“Fuser narrow media sensor removal” on page 4-88.
4 Fuser assembly Check the continuity of the fuser narrow media sensor cable. If
Fuser narrow media sensor incorrect, replace the cable; if correct, check the continuity of the
cable fuser to system board cable. If incorrect, replace the cable; if correct,
Fuser board
• Fuser board
Fuser to system board
cable • Fuser assembly. See “Fuser assembly removal” on page 4-79.
System board • System board. See “System board and inner shield removal
5 With the redrive assembly removed from the printer, enter

Diagnostics mode and run the printer test from tray 1 and observe
the media as it passes over the exit sensor. Check to see that the
sensor flag is operating correctly. If the sensor flag and hardware are
operating incorrectly, repair or replace the failing sensor assembly. If
no problem is found, check the fuser for any signs of media in the
fuser or any signs of toner or other contamination. If a problem is
found, clean or remove the debris or contamination.

7002-xxx
Fuser solenoid service check

CAUTION
Service tip: Try changing the envelope enhance level setting. A different setting may correct the problem.
Note: Check the fuser envelope conditioner solenoid adjustment as described in the adjustment section “Fuser
solenoid adjustment” on page 4-2.
FRU Action
1 Fuser envelope conditioner Observe the operation of the fuser solenoid by removing the redrive
solenoid assembly. Check for proper mechanical operation of the solenoid and
associated hardware, link, and so on. If correct, check the resistance
of the solenoid between J4-1 and J4-2 on the fuser control board.
The resistance measures between 5 ohms and 10 ohms. If incorrect,

replace the fuser assembly. If correct, go to step 2.
2 System board Measure the voltage at the +50 V dc test point on the system board.
The voltage should measure approximately +50 V dc. If incorrect, go
to step 3. If incorrect, go to step 4.
3 LVPS Measure the voltage at CN2-18 on the LVPS. The voltage should
measure approximately +50 V dc. If incorrect, replace the LVPS
assembly. See “Low voltage power supply removal” on
page 4-109. If correct, replace the system board. See “System
board and inner shield removal—model X642e” on page 4-130 or
“System board and inner shield removal —models X644e/
X646e” on page 4-131.
4 Fuser board to system Make sure the cable is connected properly to the system board and
board cable fuser control board. Reconnect the cable, if necessary. If the cable is
connected correctly, go to step 5.
5 Fuser assembly If no problems were found in steps 1 through 4, replace the fuser
assembly. See “Fuser assembly removal” on page 4-79.

7002-xxx
High-capacity feeder input tray service check
Note: Voltage measurements in the high-capacity feeder input tray service checks must be made with the high-
capacity feeder attached to the printer to obtain accurate results.
Service tip: Be sure the paper size switch is set to the correct paper size setting and the rear paper guides are in
the correct locations for the size of paper installed in the high-capacity feeder tray.
Service tip: Check the other paper sources to be sure they are operating correctly.
The printer indicates a dead machine condition when the high-capacity input tray is
installed
FRU Action
1 AC line cord If the printer works normally using the AC line cord from the AC wall
AC jumper (HCIT to printer) outlet and does not work when using the AC jumper from the HCIT,
AC input and output check the AC jumper cord. If defective, replace the cord. If not
receptacles defective, check the AC input and output receptacles and wiring
AC wiring harness harness in the HCIT. Repair or replace the receptacles or AC wiring
harness as required.
Note: Make sure the ground wire is installed correctly from the AC
wiring harness to the frame of the HCIT and the nut and lock washer
are tightened.
The MFP does not recognize that the high-capacity input tray is installed
FRU Action
1 high-capacity feeder Check the high-capacity feeder input tray to make sure it is mounted
autoconnect mechanical correctly and is not pushed down into the frame assembly or
check damaged. Be sure the high-capacity feeder input tray autoconnect is
properly connected to the high-capacity feeder tray option board
assembly.
2 Printer or option mounted Check the option or printer autoconnect for signs of damage. Repair
above the high-capacity option autoconnect as necessary.
3 LVPS Check the voltages at J11-2 and J11-4. The voltage measures
Option system board +24 V dc, If the voltage is correct, replace the high-capacity system
board assembly. If the voltage is incorrect, check the continuity of the
AC input cable to the LVPS. If correct, replace the LVPS assembly. If
incorrect, replace the AC cable to the input of the LVPS.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
4 High-capacity feeder option Check the voltage on J8-1 (green). The voltage measures +24 V dc.
control board If incorrect, check the autoconnect system for any problems.
+24 V dc must come from the printer through the autoconnect
system to the high-capacity input for the high-capacity feeder to be
recognized. If the voltage is correct, check the voltages at J11-3(red)
and J11-4(red). The voltages measure +24 V dc. If correct, replace
the high-capacity feeder option system board. If incorrect, disconnect
J8 from the system board and measure the voltages again. If
incorrect, check the LVPS cable and the AC internal wiring from the
input appliance receptacle. If incorrect, replace as necessary. If
correct, replace the LVPS. If the voltages are correct, check the
stepper motor for shorts from the motor housing to each pin on the
motor connector. If you find a short between any pin and the motor
housing, replace the motor assembly. If no shorts are found, replace
the high-capacity feeder option control board.
Check the voltage at J9-1 (light blue). The voltage measures
approximately +24 V dc. If incorrect, disconnect the cable at J9 and
check the voltage again. If the voltage continues to be incorrect,
replace the high-capacity feeder option system board. If the voltage
measures correctly, check the cable. If the cable is damaged, replace
as necessary. If no problem is found with the cable, replace the high-
capacity feeder option control board.
24x.xx Paper Jam displays, paper jammed over the pass thru sensor
Where x=the printer displays the value of x for the paper tray where the error occurs. For example: 242.xx is a
Paper Jam Tray 2
FRU Action
1 Pass thru sensor and flag The tray x option system board did not detect a piece of paper
assembly actuating the pass thru sensor. Remove any jammed sheets of paper
from the printer and check the pass thru sensor and flag for proper
operation by running the appropriate Tray Sensor Test from the
diagnostics menu. If the test fails, check the sensor for correct
installation and the flag for proper operation. Also check the sensor
cable to make sure it is correctly connected to the option system
board. If incorrect, replace the tray x option pass thru sensor
assembly.
2 Power takeoff shaft and Check these parts for signs of broken or damaged parts,
spring, bevel gear, feed roll contamination on the drive rollers or wear plate and wear or damage
gear, drive roll assembly, to the drive shaft bearings. Check the drive roll assembly and skewed
wear plate, drive shaft backup roller for wear, slick spots, material buildup, and oil or grease
bearings, and skewed on the rollers. Also check for proper operation of the paper aligning
backup roller assembly. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
Tray x Paper Low displays when tray x is full or has adequate paper in the tray
FRU Action
1 Paper low switch Run the sensor diagnostics for tray x (x=the number that represents
Paper low switch cable the high-capacity input tray). If the test fails, disconnect the paper low
High-capacity feeder Input switch cable from J3 on the high-capacity system board. Short pins 1
system board and 2 together while observing the sensor test on the display. If the
display does not change, replace the high-capacity feeder system
board. If the display changes check the continuity of the switch. If
incorrect, replace the switch. If correct, replace the switch cable.

7002-xxx
Tray x Empty displays when there is paper in the high-capacity feeder input tray
FRU Action
1 Paper out sensor flag Check the paper out sensor flag for correct operation and installation.
If correct, replace the high-capacity feeder system board. (The paper
2 Paper out sensor out sensor is mounted on the high-capacity feeder system board.)
(on option system board)
The elevator tray fails to stop at the correct position and continues to drive into the
bottom frame
FRU Action
1 Lower limit switch Check continuity of the lower limit switch. If incorrect, replace the
Lower limit switch cable switch. If correct, check the switch cable. If incorrect, replace the
cable. If correct, replace the high-capacity feeder option control
board.
2 High-capacity feeder Disconnect the lower limit switch cable and check the voltage at J2-1
control board (orange). The voltage measures approximately +5 V dc. If incorrect,
replace the high-capacity feeder option control board.
The elevator tray down button does not operate. The tray moves to the upper position
Service tip: Open the high-capacity feeder front door and check the black rubber bumper attached to the door
switch spring. Be sure the rubber button is centered and not touching the sides of the hole or the switch will not
function properly.
FRU Action
1 Lower limit switch Check the lower limit switch to make sure it is not closed (normally
Lower limit switch cable open). If incorrect, replace the switch. Check the lower limit switch
High-capacity feeder cable for a short between pins 1 and 2. If incorrect, replace the cable.
control board If correct, replace the high-capacity feeder control board.
Paper from the high-capacity feeder input tray does not reach the pass thru sensor
Service tip: Be sure the paper in tray is within specifications.
FRU Action
1 Autocompensator Check the autocompensator pick arm rollers for sign of glazing, toner
assembly or other buildup. Replace as necessary.
2 Wear strips Check the wear strips for glazing or contamination. Replace as
required. It is advisable to replace all four wear strips at the same
time.

7002-xxx
The elevator tray does not move up or down; the printer recognizes that the option is
installed
FRU Action
1 DC drive motor high- Be sure the motor cable is correctly installed at J1 on the board.
capacity feeder option Check the cables, damaged or loose wires. Disconnect the motor.
system board Check for a short between each pin and the motor housing. If a
problem is found, replace the motor assembly. If no problem is found,
measure the resistance between the following pins on the motor
cable connector:
Pins 1 (brown) and pin 2 (Yellow)
The resistance measures between approximately 7.5 and 10.5 ohms.
If incorrect, replace the motor assembly. If correct, replace the high-
capacity feeder option system board.
The elevator moves in one direction only
FRU Action
1 DC drive motor assembly Check the voltages at J1 on the high-capacity system board. The
high-capacity feeder voltages measure approximately as follows:
system board
Pin Color Voltage
Static (motor not running)
J1-1 Brown 0 V dc
J1-2 Yellow 0 V dc
Motor running forward
J1-1 Brown 0 V dc
J1-2 Yellow +24 V dc
Motor running in reverse
J1-1 Brown +24 V dc
J1-2 Yellow 0 V dc
If any of the voltages are incorrect, disconnect the motor and

measure the resistance between J-1 and J-2. The resistance
measures between 7.5 and 10.5 ohms. If incorrect, replace the
motor. If correct, replace the system board.

7002-xxx
Paper size switch not selecting paper size that is selected
FRU Action
1 Paper size switch Check for continuity between the common pin (J5-1) and the pin of
High-capacity feeder option the paper size selected.
control board
Pin Color Paper size
J5-1 Black Common lead
J5-2 Blue B5
J5-3 Green Executive
J5-4 Yellow A4
J5-5 Orange Letter
J5-6 Red Legal
J5-7 Brown A5
If any position does not measure continuity when selected, replace

the paper size switch assembly. If the switch assembly is operating
correctly, replace the high-capacity feeder option control board.
24x.xx Paper Jam Check Tray x displays when tray x is empty; tray x does not display
FRU Action
1 High-capacity feeder option Check the voltages on the board at J4-1(red) and J4-3 (blue). The
control board voltages measure approximately +5 V dc. If incorrect, disconnect J4
from the board and measure the voltages again. If incorrect, replace
the high-capacity feeder option control board.
2 Elevator top optical sensor Check the continuity of the sensor cable. If incorrect, replace the
cable cable. If correct, replace the top optical sensor assembly.
Elevator top optical sensor
Tray x Empty displays; tray does not respond to loading paper; no response from the
front door switch
FRU Action
1 High-capacity feeder option Check the voltage on the board at J4-2 (green). The voltage
control board measures approximately +5 V dc. If incorrect, disconnect the cable at
J4 and check the voltage again. If incorrect, replace the high-capacity
feeder option control board.
2 Elevator top optical sensor Check the continuity of the sensor cable. If incorrect, replace the
cable cable. If correct, replace the top optical sensor assembly.
Elevator top optical sensor

7002-xxx
Tray x Paper Lowdisplays when the high-capacity feeder input tray is full or has
adequate paper in the tray
FRU Action
1 Paper low switch Run the sensor diagnostics for tray x (x=the number that represents
Paper low switch cable the high-capacity input tray).
High-capacity feeder option If the test fails, check the voltage at J3-1 (gray). The voltage
control board measures approximately +24 V dc. If incorrect, disconnect the paper
low switch cable from J3 and measure the voltage again on J3-1. If
incorrect, replace the high-capacity feeder option control board. If
correct, check the cable for a short between pins 1 and 2 on the
cable. If incorrect, replace the cable. If correct, check the switch for a
bent or deformed actuator lever or defective switch. If incorrect,
replace the switch.
Excessive noise or vibration
FRU Action
1 DC motor assembly Make sure all the motor plate mounting screws are tight.
2 Idler pulley Make sure the idler pulley is not binding on the pulley shaft. Check
DC motor assembly the pulley for wear. Check the idler pulley shaft on the motor
mounting plate for damage or contamination.
3 Drive pulley Check the drive pulley for wear, binds or damage to the pulley or
pulley shaft. Make sure the pulley turns freely on the pulley shaft.
4 Motor drive belt Check the DC motor drive belt for damage. Make sure the belt is
tray drive belt tracking correctly on the drive pulley, idler pulley, and motor pulley.
Check the tray drive belt for damage. Make sure the belt is tracking
correctly on the lower section of the drive pulley and lead screw
pulleys.
Input sensor service check
Service tip: Run the Base Sensor Test. Check the input sensor for proper operation. The display changes from
open to closed as the sensor flag is manually moved in and out of the sensor.
FRU Action
1 Input sensor flag Check the input sensor flag for damage and proper operation. If a
problem is found, repair as necessary.
2 System board Check for approximately +5 V dc at J15-10 on the system board. If

incorrect, replace the system board.
3 Input sensor cable Check the continuity of the input sensor cable section of the front
wiring harness. If incorrect, replace the harness. If correct, replace
the input sensor assembly.

7002-xxx
Input tray(s) service check
Optional 250-sheet and 500-sheet trays
Service tip: Try all the other input paper sources to make sure they are properly feeding paper.
For 990 Error Code- Service Tray x, x= displays the number of the tray that has a problem or needs service.
FRU Action
1 Tray x Option system board Check the autoconnect cables and connectors for damage. If the
or compensator assembly cables, connectors, and connections are good, replace the FRUs in
or autoconnect cable the following order:
• Autocompensator assembly option
• Replace the option.
24x.xx Paper Jam displays, paper jammed over the pass thru sensor
(The printer displays the value of x for the paper tray where the error occurs. Example: 241 is a Paper Jam
Tray 1)
FRU Action
1 Pass thru sensor and flag The tray x option system board did not detect a piece of paper
assembly actuating the pass thru sensor. Remove any jammed sheets of paper
from the printer and check the pass thru sensor and flag for proper
operation by running the appropriate Tray Sensor Test from the
diagnostics menu. If the test fails, check the sensor for correct
installation and the flag for proper operation. Also check the sensor
cable to make sure it is correctly connected to the option system
board. If incorrect, replace the tray x option pass thru sensor
assembly.
2 Power takeoff shaft and Check these parts for broken or damaged parts, contamination on
spring, bevel gear, feed roll the drive rollers or wear plate, and wear or damage to the drive shaft
gear, drive roll assembly, bearings. Check the drive roll assembly and skewed backup roller for
wear plate, drive shaft signs of wear, slick spots, material buildup, and oil or grease on the
bearings, and skewed rollers. Also check for proper operation of the paper aligning
backup roller assembly. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
Tray x Low displays when tray x is full or has adequate paper in the tray
FRU Action
1 Paper low sensor assembly Run the Tray x Sensor Test and check the sensor for proper
Paper low sensor flag tray x operation. If incorrect, check the following:
option system board • Paper low sensor flag for smooth and correct operation.
• Paper low sensor for correct installation on the autocompensator
housing.
• Paper low sensor cable for signs of cuts, pinched wiring, or other
damage especially at connector J26 on the system board.
If no problem is found, replace the paper low sensor assembly. If this
does not correct the problem, replace the option system board.

7002-xxx
Tray x Empty displays when tray x has paper in the tray
FRU Action
1 Paper out sensor flag Check the paper out sensor flag for correct operation and installation.
If correct, replace the option system board. (The paper out sensor is
2 Paper out sensor (on option mounted on the system board).
system board)
Printer does not recognize Tray x is installed
FRU Action
1 Autoconnect cables Check the autoconnect from the printer or option above tray x. Check
Tray x system board for cuts, pinched wiring, or damage to the contacts in the connector.
Check the autoconnect cable(s) for correct installation at the tray x
system board. If correct, replace the tray option.
Paper from Tray x does not reach the pass thru sensor
Service tip: Check the media in tray x to make sure it is within specifications. Some types of labels, foil material,
and slick papers can cause misfeeds and slippage of the rollers.
FRU Action
1 Autocompensator Check the autocompensator pick arm rollers for any sign of glazing,
assembly toner or other buildup. Clean or replace as necessary.
Interface card service check

Check the interface card for correct installation and for any signs of damage. If the card is damaged, replace the
interface card. See “Interface card assembly removal” on page 4-107.

7002-xxx
LCD touchscreen contrast control service check—model X642e
Note: If the contrast control only works over part of its travel, replace the left operator panel cover assembly.
See “Operator panel left cover assembly removal” on page 4-61.
FRU Action
1 UICC card #1 to UICC Check the cable for correct installation to J1 on UICC card #3 and to
card #3 cable (UICC 8-pin J14 on UICC card #1 (operator panel card).
cable)
2 UICC card #1 to UICC Check continuity of the UICC 8-pin cable. If correct, go to step 3. If
card #3 cable (UICC 8-pin incorrect, replace the cable.
cable)
3 Operator panel left cover Replace the operator panel left cover assembly. See “Operator
assembly panel left cover assembly removal” on page 4-61. If this does not
fix the problem, replace the operator panel right cover assembly. See
“Operator panel right cover assembly removal” on page 4-64.
LCD touchscreen display service check—models X644e/X646e
LCD touchscreen display complete dark operator panel LED on

CAUTION
Note: The LCD touchscreen display can be checked by entering the Diagnostics Menu, selecting HARDWARE
TESTS, and running the Panel Test.
FRU Action
1 LCD inverter 8-pin cable Check the inverter 8-pin cable for correct installation to the operator
panel card (J13) and to the LCD inverter card (CN1) assemblies. If no
problem is found, go to step 2.
2 LCD inverter 8-pin cable Check continuity of the inverter 8-pin cable. If incorrect, replace the
cable. If correct, go to step 3.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
3 LCD inverter card Check the voltages at CN1-1 and CN1-2.
LCD Touchscreen display

Connector CN1 (LCD inverter card)
Operator panel right cover
Display dark Display lit
assembly
CN1–1 Power +12 V dc +12 V dc
LCD touchscreen display
CN1–2 Power +12 V dc +12 V dc
CN1–3 Ground 0 V dc 0 V dc
CN1–5 Lamp Off 0 V dc +4 V dc
CN1–6 Vbright adj 0 V dc +4 V dc*
*approximate, depending on brightness.
If the voltages at CN1-1 and CN-2 are incorrect, replace the LCD
inverter card. See “LCD inverter card assembly removal” on
page 4-108.
If this does not fix the problem, replace the operator panel right side
cover assembly. See “Operator panel right cover assembly
removal” on page 4-64. If the voltages at CN1-1 and CN1-2 are
correct, replace the inverter card. If this does not fix the problem
replace the touchscreen display. See “LCD touchscreen removal—
models X644e and X646e” on page 4-67.

7002-xxx
LCD touchscreen backlight—models X644e/X646e
Unable to change LCD touchscreen backlight.
FRU Action
1 Inverter card 8-pin cable Check to make sure the cable is installed correctly to the inverter
card and to the operator panel card.
2 Inverter card 8-pin cable Check continuity of the 8-pin inverter card cable. If correct, go to step
3. If incorrect, replace the cable.
3 Inverter card Check the voltages on CN1-1 and CN1-2. They should measure
Inverter card
Connector Cn1 (to operator panel card)
Pin number Voltage
CN1—Pin 3 0 V dc
CN1—Pin 4 0 V dc
CN1—Pin 5 0 V dc (screen light Z) +4–5 V dc (screen dark)
CN1—Pin 6 0–+5 V dc BRIGHTNESS ADJUST
CN1—Pin 7 0 V dc
CN1—Pin 8 0 V dc
If incorrect, replace the operator panel card assembly. If correct, go to
step 4.
4 Inverter card assembly Enter the following Menus, Settings, General Settings, and Screen
Brightness on the touchscreen display.
• Enter 22 on the touchscreen display, and Submit the new setting.
Measure the voltage at CN1-5. The voltage should measure
approximately 0 to +1.5 V dc.
Operator panel right cover • Enter 50 on the touchscreen display, and Submit. Measure the
assembly voltage at CN1-5. The voltage should measure approximately
+2.7 V dc.
• Enter 100 on the touchscreen display, and Submit. Measure the
voltage at CN1-5. The voltage should measure approximately
+5.0 V dc.
If the voltages do not change when going from 22 to 100 on the
display, replace the operator panel right cover assembly. See
If this does not fix the problem, replace the LCD inverter card
assembly. See “LCD inverter card assembly removal” on
page 4-108.

7002-xxx
LCD touchscreen display lights up, icons displayed, but it does not work when
touched.
FRU Action
1 LCD touchscreen display/ Check the 4-pin display to operator panel card cable for correct
4-pin cable installation to J3 on the operator panel card.
Note: This cable is a short ribbon cable that can easily become
disconnected from J3 on the operator panel card.
If the cable is properly installed, go to step 2.
2 LCD touchscreen display If the cable is connected properly to J3, replace the operator panel
Operator panel right cover right cover assembly. See “Operator panel right cover assembly
assembly removal” on page 4-64. If this does not fix the problem, replace the
LCD touchscreen display assembly. See “LCD touchscreen
removal—models X644e and X646e” on page 4-67.
3 Inverter card Check the voltages on CN1-1 and CN1-2. They should measure
Inverter card
Connector Cn1 (to operator panel card)
Pin number Voltage
CN1—Pin 3 0 V dc
CN1—Pin 4 0 V dc
CN1—Pin 5 0 V dc (screen light Z) +4–5 V dc (screen dark)
CN1—Pin 6 0–+5 V dc BRIGHTNESS ADJUST
CN1—Pin 7 0 V dc
CN1—Pin 8 0 V dc
If incorrect, replace the operator panel card assembly. If correct, go to
step 4.
4 Inverter card assembly Enter the following Menus, Settings, General Settings, and Screen
Brightness on the touchscreen display.
• Enter 22 on the touchscreen display, and Submit the new setting.
Measure the voltage at CN1-5. The voltage should measure
approximately 0 to +1.5 V dc.
Operator panel right cover • Enter 50 on the touchscreen display, and Submit. Measure the
assembly voltage at CN1-5. The voltage should measure approximately
+2.7 V dc.
• Enter 100 on the touchscreen display, and Submit. Measure the
voltage at CN1-5. The voltage should measure approximately
+5.0 V dc.
If the voltages do not change when going from 22 to 100 on the
display, replace the operator panel right cover assembly. See
If this does not fix the problem, replace the LCD inverter card
assembly. See “LCD inverter card assembly removal” on
page 4-108.

7002-xxx
Main drive service check
Service tip: Excessive gear or main drive assembly noise is usually caused by a defective motor assembly or
system board.
Warning: Whenever the gearbox assembly is removed from the machine it must be handled very carefully. Do
not allow any of the gears to come in contact with any metal or other hard surface to avoid gear
damage. It is also very important not to let any dirt, paper, staples, or other material come intact
with the grease in the gearbox assembly.
FRU Action
1 Main drive assembly Remove the controller board and run a Diagnostic Print Test in the
(excessive noise or continuous mode. Check the main drive assembly for any excessive
vibration) noise or vibration. Determine if the noise is in the main drive, toner
cartridge, fuser, or main drive gearbox. Look for any loose or worn
parts in the developer drive assembly, main drive gearbox, or fuser.
Repair as necessary.
2 Main drive motor assembly A service error code 936 - Transport Motor may be displayed. Check
(excessive noise, gears the voltage at J20-6 on the system board. It measures approximately
ratcheting and so on) +5 V dc when the motor is not running and goes to 0 V dc when the
motor is running. If incorrect, replace the system board. If this does
not fix the problem, replace the main drive motor.
3 Main drive motor cable Check the continuity of the main drive motor cable. If incorrect,
replace the cable.
4 Motor gear does not turn, Check the voltages at J20 on the system board.
no 936 error code or
Pin Voltage
201.xx Paper Jam user
message displays. Static When main drive
motor is running
J20-11 +24 V dc
J20-8 +5 V dc 0 V dc
J20-7 +5 V dc 0 V dc
J20-6 +5 V dc +2.5 V dc
J20-5 +5 V dc 0 V dc
J20-4 +5 V dc +5 V dc
J20-1 +5 V dc 0 V dc
If the voltage is incorrect, replace the FRUs in the following order:

• Main drive motor assembly
• System board

7002-xxx
Operator panel Help and Home buttons service check—model X642e
Note: Run the Button Test from the Diagnostics Menu to determine if the buttons are operating properly. See
“Button Test” on page 3-8.
FRU Action
1 UICC card #1 to UICC Check the UICC 4-pin cable for correct installation to J15 on UICC
card #2 cable card #1 and to J1 on UICC card #2. If installed correctly, go to step 2.
(UICC 4-pin cable)
2 UICC card #1 to UICC Check continuity of the UICC 4-pin cable. If correct, go to step 3. If
card #2 cable incorrect, replace the cable.
(UICC 4-pin cable)
3 Bezel assembly Replace the bezel assembly which has UICC card #2 attached. If this
does not fix the problem, replace the operator panel right cover
assembly. See “Operator panel right cover assembly removal” on
page 4-64.
Operator panel Menu button service check—model X642e
Note: Run the Button Test from the Diagnostics Menu and check the button for proper operation. See “Button
Test” on page 3-8.
FRU Action
1 UICC card # 1 to UICC Check the cable for correct installation to J1 on UICC card #3 and to
card #3 cable J14 on UICC card # 1 (operator panel card). If installed correctly, go
(UICC 8-pin cable) to step 2.
2 UICC card #1 to UICC card Check continuity of the UICC 8-pin cable. If correct, go to step 3. If
#3 cable incorrect, replace the cable.
(UICC 8-pin cable)
3 Operator panel left cover Replace the operator panel left cover assembly. See “Operator
assembly panel left cover assembly removal” on page 4-61. If this does not
fix the problem replace the operator panel right cover assembly. See
Operator panel right cover assembly service check

Operator panel LED off.
FRU Action
1 UICC 18-pin operator panel Check to make sure the cable is correctly connected to J10 on the
to scanner control card operator panel card and to J15 on the scanner control card. If the
cable cable is correctly connected, go to step 2.
2 UICC 18-pin operator panel Check the cable for any signs of damaged or bent pins. If incorrect,
to scanner control card replace the cable. If correct, go to step 3.
cable
Scanner control card
3 Scanner control card Measure the voltage at J15-17 and J15-18. The voltage should
measure approximately +24 V dc. If incorrect, replace the scanner
control card. See “Scanner control card removal” on page 4-48. If
correct, replace the operator panel right cover assembly. See

7002-xxx
Options service check
Service tip: When you have a problem with any of the options installed in the options slots on the system board,
switch the non operating option to one of the other option slots to isolate the failure.
Flash memory option(s)
Run a copy of the test page and check to see if the option you are checking is listed. The printer does not
recognize the option being installed if the option is not listed. Make sure the memory card is installed correctly
and is not broken or damaged. If the memory card is correctly installed and not broken or damaged then run the
“Flash Test” on page 3-17. If the test fails, replace the Flash card. If the problem continues, replace the
controller board.
DRAM memory option(s)
This service check is the same as the flash memory option service check with the following exception:
Run the “DRAM Test” on page 3-9 from the menu if the SDRAM Memory card is correctly installed and not
broken or damaged. If the test fails, replace the SDRAM card. If the problem continues, replace the controller
board.
Hard disk option
Service tip: Model X646e supports one hard disk option. Make sure only one hard disk option is installed.
Make sure the fixed disk and the fixed disk board are correctly installed. Run the “Quick Disk Test” on
page 3-16 from the Device Test on the Diagnostics menu when a problem is suspected either with the hard disk
system board or with the hard disk.
Note: The Quick Disk Test is a non-destructive test and indicates Pass or Fail. If the test fails, replace the hard
disk. If a problem still exists, replace the hard disk board.
The “Disk Test/Clean” on page 3-16 is used to help restore the disk if the disk contains bad data and is
unusable. This test is divided into a cleaning and a verifying or testing section.
Warning: This can be a very lengthy test depending on the disk size. This test leaves the hard disk
unformatted. The servicer or user must reformat the disk using the Format Disk Menu operation.
This is a destructive type of test. All the data on the disk is destroyed and should not be performed
on a known good disk.
Error Code 976.xx - Network Card x (x=Network card 1, 2, or 3)
A 976 error code indicates an unrecoverable software error in network card x. Verify that network card x is
correctly installed in the socket on the interconnect card and is properly grounded. If you find no problem,
contact your next level of support before replacing the network card.
Error Code 977.xx - Network Card x
A 977 error displays when the RIP software detects that a network card is installed in slot x on the interconnect
card but cannot establish communications with the network card.

7002-xxx
Output bin sensor standard tray service check
Service tip: If the output bin standard tray fills up and the bin full sensor fails to post the Remove Paper Standard
Bin message:
1. Enter the Diagnostics Mode.

2. Select Output Bin Tests.
3. Select Sensor Tests.
4. Select Standard Bin.
5. Check the sensor and flag for proper operation.
If you find no problem with the sensor and flag, continue with the service check.
Service tip: Be sure the flag is correctly installed. The output bin sensor is a normally closed sensor with the
sensor flag down. Therefore, unless the flag is in the up position or out of the sensor slot, a Remove Paper
Standard Bin message does not display.
FRU Action
1 System board Check the voltage at J6-1. It measures +5 V dc when the flag is in the
Printer fails to display sensor, and 0 V dc when the flag is out of the sensor. If the voltage
Remove Paper does not change, replace the sensor cable assembly. If this does not
Standard Bin message. fix the problem, replace the system board.
Output Bin Sensor Test
fails.
2 Output bin sensor flag Make sure the correct flag is installed. Check the flag for damage or
improper operation. If incorrect, replace the flag.
Note: A broken or improper operating sensor flag causes a Remove
Paper Standard Bin message to display before POST completes
and cannot be cleared.
Paper feed service check—printer
If you have a 936 Transport Motor Error go to “Main drive assembly removal” on page 4-113.
FRU Action
1 Alignment assembly Check to ensure the alignment assembly is correctly attached to the
left side frame and the mounting screws are tight. Check the
alignment assembly for worn rollers, contaminated rollers, or binds.
Replace the alignment assembly if any problem is found.
2 Inner deflector Check the inner paper deflector for correct installation. If the deflector
is bowed or not fitting correctly, replace the deflector.

7002-xxx
Autocompensator fails to feed paper. Failures occur randomly throughout the stack
of paper
FRU Action
1 Pass thru sensor Check the pass thru sensor for correct installation and operation.
2 Autocompensator The autocompensator pick roll shaft assembly is not providing

assembly enough torque if the pick rollers are not picking the paper correctly.
Replace the autocompensator assembly.
3 Wear strips in tray x Check the wear strips for excessive wear, scratches, or rough spots.
problem is found. Replace the wear strips if a problem is found.
Paper feed failures occur only near the top of the stack of paper
The most common cause of this problem is paper curl. Remove the paper from tray x and check for the natural
curvature in the paper. Reinstall the paper in the correct manner. If the problem persists, it may be necessary to
reduce the stack height. Replace both pick rolls if the paper appears to be flat in the tray but there is still a
problem.
Failures occur mainly near the bottom of the stack of paper
The autocompensator pick arm may not be coming down far enough to allow the pick rolls to properly contact
the paper. Also the autocompensator motor may be failing. If this problem continues replace the
autocompensator assembly.
Double feeding paper
Note: If double feeding paper occurs mostly from the bottom of the stack, check for missing or damaged
restraint pads in the tray.
FRU Action
1 Paper Paper is usually the primary cause of a double feeding paper

problem. Flex the paper before placing the paper in the tray. Edge-
welded paper is the most common cause of double feeding. Loading
the paper in the tray in different locations and directions and using
rough paper and short grain paper also causes double feeding.
2 Autocompensator Make sure the counterbalance spring is not missing, loose, or broken
at the top of the autocompensator arm assembly. If you find a
problem, replace the autocompensator assembly.
Paper fails to feed from the multipurpose tray
The pick roll should make one complete revolution and stop with the flat side down. If the pick roll turns but
does not pick paper, check the roll for signs of wear, oil or grease on the surface of the pick roll or slick
spots. If you find a problem, replace the pick roll assembly. Check to ensure the media that is being fed
through the multipurpose tray assembly meets recommended paper specifications.

7002-xxx
Paper size sensing service check
Before proceeding, check for the correct paper size loaded in the tray and that the tray has been set to accept
the size paper loaded in the tray.
SW2
CN1
SW1 1
SW0
Paper size sensing switch chart
Paper tray size selection (X is activated) System

ITC ITC
Signal board
CN1 pin switch Letter Legal A4 Exec B5 A5 J34 pin
1 PSIZE2 SW1 X X X 1
2 Ground Ground 2
Tray 1 not recognized as being installed; unable to clear Tray 1 Missing message
FRU Action
1 Tray 1 Check Tray 1 for damaged or broken autosize fingers. Check for
anything that would prevent the autosize fingers from activating the
paper activate springs and ITC switches.
LGL
A4
LTR
EXEC
B5
A5
2
W
S
1
W
S
0
W
S
If a problem is found, repair or replace the tray assembly. If no

problem is found, go to step 2.
2 Integrated card/ Check for correct installation of the cable at J26 on the system board.
autocompensator cable If installed correctly, go to step 3. If incorrectly installed, install and
recheck the printer.
3 System board Check the continuity between J26-2 on the system board and
ground. It should measure approximately 0 ohms.

7002-xxx
The printer does not recognize the paper size selected
FRU Action
1 Back restraint Check all the paper size parts for damage or broken parts. make sure
Side restraint the parts operate correctly. If a problem is found, repair as necessary.
Snap-in plate If no problem is found, go to step 2.
Autosize slider
Autosize finger
2 Switch activate spring Make sure the switch activate spring is not bent or broken. Replace
Paper size sending board the spring if damaged. If the spring is not damaged, go to step 3.
3 System board Set the tray for the paper size that is not recognized and install the
ITC cable tray in the printer. Select the paper size and corresponding paper
switch from table, below.
Pin Signal Static Static with paper tray in and set to: (V dc)
J26 tray out
(V dc) Letter Legal A4 Exec B5 A5
1 PSIZE2 +3.3 0 0 +3.3 +3.3 0 +3.3

2 Ground 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 PSIZE1 +3.3 +3.3 +3.3 0 0 0 +3.3
4 PSIZE3 +3.3 0 +3.3 +3.3 0 +3.3 0
5 N/A
6 N/A
7 N/A
8 +3.3 +3.3 +3.3 +3.3 +3.3 +3.3 +3.3 +3.3
9 N/A
10 N/A
If the voltage on J26 does not change, go to step 4. If the voltage

changes, recheck the printer. If Tray 1Missing is still displayed,
replace the system board assembly.
4 System board Ground the appropriate pin on connector J26 on the system board.
Tray 1 Missing should not be displayed. If it is not displayed, go
to step 5. If it still displays, replace the system board assembly.
5 Autocomp cable Check continuity of the autocomp cable. If correct, replace the ITC
assembly. If incorrect, replace the autocomp cable.
Parallel port service check

Run the “Parallel Wrap test” on page 3-10.
Note: The Parallel Wrap Test is designed to check the parallel port hardware by using a wrap plug (P/N
1319128) and invoking the Parallel Diagnostic Test. This test helps isolate the printer from the parallel cable and
host. The test provides failure information on the display for approximately three seconds. If the test indicates
that a problem is detected, replace the controller board.

7002-xxx
Print quality service check
Service tip: Before troubleshooting any print quality problems do the following:
• Install another print cartridge if available before proceeding with the service checks.
• Use Tray 1 to test for print quality of the printer.
• Replace the charge roll if it is damaged or contaminated.
• Replace the transfer roll if it is damaged or contaminated.
• Make sure the fuser assembly is installed correctly.
• Verify proper paper type, texture, and weight settings for the media being used.
• Test the printer using plain paper (20 lb).
Select the following menu settings as indicated. Be sure and note the original settings so you can return the
printer to the original customer printer setup.
• Print Resolution: Set to 300 dpi (print quality problems should be checked at different resolution settings).
• Print Darkness: Set to NORMAL.
• Toner Saver: Set to OFF.
• PQET: Set to OFF.
• Fuser Temperature: Set to NORMAL.
• Test the printer using plain paper (20 lb).
An incorrect printer driver for the installed software can cause problems. Incorrect characters could print, and the
copy may not fit the page correctly.
Measure all voltages from the connector to printer ground. All voltages measured during the print cycle are
measured with the controller board removed while running the print test.
Print quality—all black page
Service tip: An all black page is generally caused by a problem in the high voltage system or an incorrect high
voltage in the printing process resulting in toner development on the entire photoconductor drum.
FRU Action
1 High voltage contacts Check the high voltage contacts on the right side frame to ensure
they fit securely and are not pitted, contaminated, or damaged. If
incorrect, replace the contact with one from the HV contact kit.
Screws and plastic blocks are included to attach the contacts to the
right side frame in the HV contact kit.
2 Charge roll conductive Make sure the charge roll bushing is correctly installed in the right
bushing charge roll arm.
3 HVPS Check the voltages on J15-1 thru J15-8. If incorrect, replace the
system board.
4 HVPS cable Check the continuity of the HVPS cable. If incorrect, replace the
(part of front cable assembly. If correct, replace the system board.
harness cable)
System board

7002-xxx
Print quality—blank page
FRU Action
1 Print cartridge Check the print cartridge for damage, especially the PC drum contact
on the cartridge.
2 High voltage contact Check the PC drum contact on the right side frame for damage, PC
drum contact wear or contamination. If the contact is bent or
damaged, replace the contact.
Note: Inspect the HVPS PC drum contact on the board for damage
or contamination.
3 HVPS Check the fuse on the HVPS. If open, replace the HVPS. Check the
voltages at J22 on the system board. Measure the following voltages
from connector J22 to printer ground:
• Printer Idle
J15-5 measures +24 V dc
• Printer Printing
J15-5 measures +24 V dc
If the voltages at J10-5 are incorrect, replace the system board.
4 Front cable harness HVPS Check the front cable harness at J15 on the system board and at
section CN1 on the HVPS to make sure the harness is connected properly. If
connected properly, check the continuity of the cable harness. If there
is no continuity, replace the front cable harness.
5 Printhead assembly Generally a 93x service error is posted if the printhead assembly fails
and the printer does not give a blank copy symptom.
The printhead used in the printer does not have a mechanical shutter
as previous laser printers. The printer is interlocked through the front
top cover interlock switch.
Print quality—random marks
Service tip: The primary cause of random marks is due to loose material moving around inside the printer and
attaching to the photoconductor, charge roll, or transfer roll.
Symptom Action
1 Random marks Check the print cartridge for loose or foreign material that might be
on the photoconductor. Check the transfer roll and charge roll for any
pieces of material that are stuck to the rolls.
Print quality—blurred or fuzzy print
Blurred of fuzzy print is usually caused by a problem in the main drive gearbox assembly, alignment assembly,
any feed roller, or in the transfer roll bearings or transfer roll. Check the gearbox assembly for correct operation.
Check the transfer roll for binds or a contaminated shaft or bearings.
Blurred print can also be caused by incorrect feeding from one of the input paper sources, paper trays, duplex
option, or envelope feeder.
Check the high voltage contacts to ensure they are not bent, corroded, or damaged. Replace as necessary.

7002-xxx
Print quality—background
Service tip: Some background problems can be caused by rough papers, non-Lexmark toner cartridges or if the
media texture is set to the rough setting.
Some slick or coated papers may also cause background problems. Some problems occur with printers that run
a large amount of graphics in a humid environment. The customer may try to improve the print quality by
increasing the transfer setting.
Check the charge roll to make sure it is not at the end of life.
FRU Action
1 Printhead The printhead on this printer cannot be cleaned. Try another

printhead if all other attempts fail to correct a background problem.
2 Transfer roll assembly Check the high voltage contact from the HVPS to the transfer roll.
Check the transfer arm assembly right side bearing for
contamination, pitting, or a loose cable to the bearing. If any
problems are found, replace the defective part. Check the transfer roll
shaft for contamination, wear, or pitting on the ends of the shaft that
go into the bearings. If a problem is found, clean the ends of the shaft
or replace the transfer roll assembly.
3 High voltage contacts Check the high voltage contacts on the right side frame to ensure
they are clean and not bent, deformed, or pitted. If incorrect, replace
the contact.
4 System board HVPS Check the following voltages at J15 on the system board. Measure
connector the voltages from J15 to printer ground.
Pin J15 Voltage (approximate)
Printer idle
J15-1 0 V dc
J15-2 +4 V dc
J15-4 0 V dc
Printer printing
J15-1 0 V dc to +5 V dc
J15-2 0 V dc to +4 V dc
J15-4 0 V dc to +1.9 V dc
If J15-1 voltage is incorrect, check the continuity of the front harness

cable (J15-1 line). If there is no continuity, replace the harness cable.
If there is continuity, replace the HVPS. If this does not correct the
problem, replace the system board.
If J15-2 voltage is incorrect or if the voltage remains at 0 V dc, check
the continuity of the front harness cable (J15-2 line). If there is no
continuity, replace the harness cable. If there is continuity, replace the
HVPS. If this does not correct the problem, replace the system board.
If J15-4 voltage is incorrect, check the front harness cable (J15-3
line). If there is not continuity, replace the harness cable. If correct,
replace the system board. If this does not correct the problem,
replace the HVPS.

7002-xxx
Print quality—banding
Service tip: Banding is difficult to detect, except on a page with a uniform gray or a large amount of graphics
printed on the page. Banding is primarily due to a variation in the speed of the paper as it feeds through the
printer, especially in the development and transfer process. Inspect the alignment assembly, main drive
assembly, and all other paper feed components for signs of wear, dirt, binds, or damage, especially the drive
gears. Banding appears as light or dark horizontal lines on a uniformly gray page.
Banding can also be caused by a defective charge roll brush contact or HVPS. Check the charge roll contact for
damage and for proper connection to the HVPS and print cartridge.
Print quality—black bands on outer edges of the page
This print quality problem appears as vertical black bands on one or both sides of the copy and can be wide,
narrow, light, or dark.
FRU Action
1 Charge roll counterbalance If the problem is just on one side of the page, check the charge roll
springs counterbalance spring on that side. You can check to see if enough
force is being applied to the charge roll by applying slight downward
pressure with your finger to the charge roll link arm that the spring is
attached to while you run a print test sample. See if the problem
changes or goes away. If this fixes or changes the problem, then
check the springs and charge roll link arm assemblies for binds or
defective parts. Replace as necessary.
2 Charge roll assembly Check the charge roll for toner buildup or other contamination on the
Charge roll link arm outer edges that correspond to the bands on the page. Check the
charge links and arms for proper operation, binds or incorrectly
mounted counterbalance springs. Repair or replace as necessary.
3 HVPS Check the following voltages at J15-8 on the system board:

• Printer Idle
J15-8 measures 0 V dc
• Printer Printing Test Page
J15-8 voltage changes from 0 V dc to +4 V dc
If the voltage does not vary, check the continuity of line J15-8 in the
front cable harness. If there is no continuity, replace the cable
harness. If there is continuity, replace the HVPS. If this does not
correct the problem, replace the system board.
Turn the printer off, and check the resistance between J15-7 and
printer ground. The resistance measures approximately 0 ohms. If
incorrect, make sure the system board is mounted correctly and
securely grounded. If correct, replace the system board.
Print quality—residual image
Service tip: Install a new print cartridge if available before doing this service check. Residual image can be
caused by the photoconductor, cleaning blade, and other parts inside the print cartridge.
FRU Action
1 Hot roll fuser assembly Check the fuser assembly for toner contamination. The hot roll
especially might cause toner to be retained and deposited on the
page.

7002-xxx
Print quality—light print
Service tip: Check the toner saver and print darkness settings first if the print is light.
FRU Action
1 Transfer roll Check the right end of the transfer roll shaft for signs of wear or
contamination. If incorrect, replace the transfer roll.
2 Right side transfer roll arm Check the right side transfer roll arm assembly bearing for wear or
assembly contamination. Also make sure the transfer cable is firmly attached to
HVPS the bearing. If incorrect, replace the right side transfer arm assembly.
Check the connection of the transfer roll assembly cable to the
transformer on the HVPS board. Check the continuity of the cable
from the bearing to the spade terminal on the cable. If incorrect,
replace the right side transfer arm assembly. If correct, replace the
HVPS.
3 Printhead cable If the printer is not already at 1200 dpi, change the Print Resolution
setting to 1200 dpi and see if the darkness level changes:
1. In Ready state, press Menu.
2. Select Settings, and press Select.
3. Select Quality Menu, and press Select.
4. Select Print Resolution, and press Select.
5. Select 1200 dpi.
6. Press Back until Ready appears.
7. Print a test page (if you want to print an internal test page, Print
Fonts is the only internal 1200 dpi document). If printing in 1200
dpi is correct and not light, but other printing at other dpi settings
print light, there may be damage to the printhead cables.
Check the printhead cables for any signs of damage. Check the area
of the wire tie on the printhead laser cable for damage. If damaged,
replace the cable. If not damaged, go to step 3
4 Printhead A contaminated printhead may be the cause of light print. If no other

cause is found, install a new printhead. See “Printhead removal”
on page 4-127.
Print quality—toner on backside of printed page
Service tip: This is generally caused by loose toner in the machine in the paper path being carried through the
printer on the backside of the paper.
FRU Action
1 Hot roll fuser assembly Toner is being carried out on the backside of the media. This problem
is generally caused by a toner buildup on the fuser hot roll or backup
roll. Check the fuser hot roll and backup roll for any noticeable
buildup of toner. Repair as necessary.
2 Transfer roll transfer plate Check the transfer roll for toner buildup or loose toner around the
assembly area of the transfer plate assembly. Clean the area and run another
copy. If the problem continues, replace the FRUs in the following
order:
• HVPS
• System board

7002-xxx
Printhead service check

CAUTION
The printhead is not a serviceable FRU. Do not disassemble the printhead.
The printhead assembly does not contain any service replaceable parts or components. If service error code
930.xx displays, the wrong printhead is installed in the printer. See “Printhead” on page 7-24.
Note: A 201.xx paper jam may also indicate a failing printhead. The paper may have jammed prior to or at the
input sensor. Print the event log and see if 201 or 931 errors are logged.
Service error code Explanation
1 Error code 931.xx These errors usually indicate a failure in the HYSNC signal to the
No first HYSNC Signal printhead. Check the continuity of the cables connected to J2 and J4
Error Code 932 on the system board. If incorrect, replace the defective cable. The
Lost HYSNC voltage at J4-1 measures approximately +5 V dc. If incorrect, replace
the system board. The voltage at J2-7 measures approximately
+24 V dc. If incorrect, replace the system board. If correct, replace
the printhead assembly. See “Printhead removal” on page 4-127.
2 Error Code 934.xx These error codes indicate a problem with the mirror motor circuit in
Mirror motor lost lock Error the printhead assembly or the mirror motor cable to the system board
Code 935 cable or system board assembly. The voltage at J5-2 measures
Mirror motor unable to approximately +24 V dc. If incorrect, replace the system board. If
reach operating speed correct, replace the FRUs in the following order:
• System board. See “System board and inner shield removal—
model X642e” on page 4-130 or “System board and inner
shield removal —models X644e/X646e” on page 4-131.
• Printhead assembly See “Printhead removal” on page 4-127.
Scan quality service check
Determine if the problem is in the scanner assembly or in the base printer. Enter the Diagnostic Menu and select
Print Quality Test Pages. Make sure the printer is set to specifications before using the test pages on the
scanner. Check the test pages to help determine if the problem is in the base printer or the scanner. If the
problem is in the scanner, ADF, or flatbed use the test pages to help isolate the problem in the appropriate
scanner assembly and continue with this service check. If the problem is in the base printer, see “Print quality
Vertical streaks or lines on image
Note: Perform the “Cleaning the scanner glass, cushions, and strips” on page 6-2 before proceeding with
this service check.
Note: Vertical streaks can be caused by debris in the optical path of the CCD module(s). Check for any signs of
pieces of media or other debris in or around the ADF CCD, flatbed contact glass, or flatbed CCD.
FRU Action
1 Models X644e, X646e If you do not have one of these models, to step 2.
If the vertical streaks only occur with the ADF scanner assembly, go
to step 3. If the streaks are in the flatbed scanner assembly, go to
step 7.
2 Model X642e Go to step 7.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
3 ADF CCD module glass Check for any signs of contamination on the ADF CCD module glass.
(models X644e/X646e) Use a clean, soft lint-free cloth with isopropyl alcohol (if available) to
clean the glass if any contamination is found.
Note: The ADF module glass can be accessed by removing the
flatbed white cushion from the ADF and lower the exit guide
assembly.
If the problem persists go to step 4.
4 Lower exit guide assembly Check the lower exit guide backside assembly for any signs of
(models X644e/X646e) damage to the back ADF white cushion or hardware.
Models X644e/X646e
If the back ADF white cushion cannot be cleaned properly, is

damaged, or is missing, replace the lower exit guide assembly. See
“Lower exit guide assembly removal” on page 4-47.
If no problem is found with the lower exit guide assembly, go to
step 5.
5 ADF frontside bracket Check the ADF frontside bracket assembly for any signs of damage
assembly strip to the front flatbed white strip. If damaged, replace the complete ADF
assembly. See “ADF complete assembly removal” on page 4-15.
If no problem is found, check the front flatbed white strip for any signs
of dirt, debris, or contamination. If any problem is found, clean the
strip with a clean, soft, lint-free cloth with isopropyl alcohol (if
available).
If this does not fix the problem, or no problem is found, go to step 6.
6 ADF CCD module Replace the ADF CCD module assembly. See “ADF CCD module
assembly assembly removal (models X644e/X646e)” on page 4-14.

7002-xxx
FRU Action
7 Flatbed contact glass Check for any signs of contamination on the flatbed contact glass.
(models X642e/X644e/
X646e)
Use a clean, soft, lint-free cloth with isopropyl alcohol (if available) to
clean the glass of any contamination.
If the problem still persists, go to step 8.
Note: It is recommended that you remove the glass and clean both
sides.
8 Flatbed glass holder Check for any signs of contamination of the flatbed glass holder. Use
assembly a clean, soft, lint-free cloth with isopropyl alcohol (if available) to
(models X642e/X644e/ clean the glass if any contamination is found on the glass.
X646e) If after cleaning, the problem persists, go to step 9.
9 ADF frontside bracket Check the ADF frontside bracket assembly for any signs of damage
assembly strip to the front flatbed white strip. If damaged, replace the complete ADF
assembly. See “ADF complete assembly removal” on page 4-15.
If no problem is found, check the front flatbed white strip for any signs
of dirt, debris, or contamination. If any problem is found, clean the
strip with a clean, soft, lint-free cloth with isopropyl alcohol.
If this does not fix the problem, or no problem is found, go to step 10.
10 Flatbed CCD module Replace the flatbed CCD module. See “Flatbed CCD module
(models X642e/X644e/ assembly removal” on page 4-28.
X646e)

7002-xxx
All black or blank image
This symptom may be caused by insufficient illumination from the lamps in the CCD, a defective CCD, or an
electrical problem.
FRU Action
1 Determine which portion of If the problem is with the ADF portion of the scanner assembly, go to
the scanner has the step 2. If the problem is with the flatbed scanner assembly, go to
problem. step 6.
2 ADF CCD module to the Check the 36-pin flatbed interconnect board to ADF CCD module
interconnect board cable cable to make sure it is connected properly to both the CCD module
(models X644e/X646e) and the flatbed interconnect board.
If it is not connected properly, reconnect and recheck the MFP. If the
problem is still present, go to step 3.
3 ADF CCD module to the Check the cable to make sure it is properly connected to both the
interconnect board cable flatbed interconnect card and to the scanner control card. If it is
(models X644e/X646e) properly installed, check the cable for any signs of damage, bent
pins, or so forth. If any damage is found, replace the complete ADF
scanner assembly. See “ADF complete assembly removal” on
page 4-15.
4 Flatbed interconnect board Check the cable to make sure it is properly connected to both the
(CN5) to scanner control flatbed interconnect card and to the scanner control card. If it is
card (J28) cable. properly installed, check the cable for any signs of damage, bent
(models X644e/X646e) pins, or so forth. If any damage is found, replace the complete ADF
scanner assembly. See “ADF complete assembly removal” on
page 4-15.
5 ADF CCD module Replace the ADF CCD module. See “ADF CCD module assembly
(models X644e/X646e) removal (models X644e/X646e)” on page 4-14. If this does not fix
Flatbed interconnect card the problem, replace the following FRUs in the order listed:
Scanner control card • Flatbed interconnect card
• Scanner control card
6 Flatbed CCD module to Check the cable to make sure it is properly connected to both the
flatbed interconnect board flatbed CCD module and to the flatbed interconnect card. If properly
(J2) cable installed, check the cable for any signs of damage, ben pins, and so
forth. If any damage is found, replace the cable.
If no problem, is found, go to step 7.
7 Flatbed CCD module Replace the flatbed CCD module. See “Flatbed CCD module
assembly removal” on page 4-28. If does not fix the problem,
replace the scanner control card. See “Scanner control card

7002-xxx
Line compression
Note: This problem is usually caused by “shocks” of media entering or exiting any roller pairs.
FRU Action
1 Media Measure the distance from the leading or training edge of the media
to the compression.
• If the distance is approximately 53mm from the leading edge, go
to step 2.
• If the distance is approximately 57mm from the leading edge of
the media, go to step 3.
• If the distance is approximately 137mm from the training edge of
the media, go to step 4.
2 Lower exit guide assembly This can be caused by the impact of the media entering the second
scan area. Replace the lower exit guide assembly. See “Lower exit
guide assembly removal” on page 4-47.
3 ADF assembly This can be caused by the shock of the media being released from
the first scan roller. Replace the complete ADF assembly. See “ADF
4 Pick mechanism This can be caused by the shock of paper release from the feed/
Separator arm separator roller. Replace the following FRUs in the order listed:
• Pick mechanism. See “ADF pick assembly removal” on
page 4-7.
• Separator assembly. See “Separator assembly torque limiter
5 Flatbed CCD module This problem can be caused by flatbed motor vibration and will
usually appear at the left or right edges of a scan.
Replace the following FRUs in the order shown:
• Flatbed CCD module
• Flatbed scan motor
Wavy lines
Wavy lines seen only on flatbed text or mixed mode up to 300 dpi scans.
FRU Action
1 Flatbed CCD module • Replace the flatbed CCD module assembly. See “Flatbed CCD
assembly module assembly removal” on page 4-28. If the problems
continue, replace the flatbed scan motor. See “Flatbed scan
motor assembly removal” on page 4-41.

7002-xxx
Signature button assembly service check
Note: If you are unable to clear a 32.xx-Unsupported Cartridge User Error message, be sure a
Lexmark T64x print cartridge is correctly installed in the printer. The cartridge is easily identified by the contact
board on the right side rear of the cartridge. Install another print cartridge before attempting to troubleshoot the
printer. Make sure the signature button cable is properly connected to J14 on the system board. Check the print
cartridge for damage or improper installation of the chip. Also, be sure there is proper contact between the chip
on the cartridge and the signature button contact assembly.
Service tip: An intermittent 32.xx-Unsupported Cartridge User Error message can be caused by poor
contact between the signature button cartridge contacts in the upper front cover and the chip. Also check for
proper seating of the signature button cartridge cable to the system board.
FRU Action
1 Signature button contact Check the voltage on the signature button cartridge contact. The
assembly voltage measures approximately +3.8 V dc when not writing data to
System board the system board. If data is being written, the voltage measures
approximately 0 V dc. If incorrect, disconnect the cable from J19 on
the system board, and check the voltage on J19-1. The voltage
measures approximately +5 V dc.
• If incorrect, replace the system board.
• If correct, replace the signature button cartridge contact
assembly.
System board service check


7002-xxx
Toner sensor service check
Service tip: Check the print darkness menu setting before checking the toner sensor.
This service check is intended to be used when a 929.xx Service Error displays.
FRU Action
1 Developer drive assembly Incorrect operation of the developer drive assembly can cause the
printer to display a 929.xx error code (Toner Sensor). Check the
developer drive assembly for correct installation or, any sign of worn,
loose, or broken parts.
2 Front harness cable Check the toner sensor portion of the front harness cable to make
sure it is properly seated into the toner sensor. If correct at both the
sensor and system board (J15), check the continuity of the cable. If
incorrect, replace the cable.
3 Toner sensor The toner sensor cable is part of the front harness and part of
connector J15 on the system board. Check the voltage at J15-11. It
reads approximately +5 V dc. If incorrect, replace the system board.
If correct, check the voltage at J15-12. It reads approximately +5 V dc
with the system board removed from the printer. If incorrect, replace
the system board. If correct, replace the toner sensor assembly. A
bad ground connection between J15-13 on the system board and
pin 3 on the toner sensor results in a 929 service error.

7002-xxx
Transfer roll service check
Service tip: The transfer roll is 51.02 mm (2.009 inch) circumference. Any print quality problems such as lines
that are spaced 51.02 mm apart indicate you should check the transfer roll for damage and check for toner or
foreign material buildup.
Service tip: The transfer roll assembly is part of the maintenance kit and is replaced when an 80 Scheduled
Maintenance displays. Ask the customer if they have replaced the transfer roll recently.
CAUTION
Make sure the printer is unplugged before making any checks on the transfer roll or associated
parts for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer.
FRU Action
1 Transfer roll assembly Check the transfer roll for toner buildup, surface damage to the roll,
oil, or other contaminants on the surface of the roll. Replace the
transfer roll as necessary.
2 Left transfer arm assembly Check the left transfer roll arm assembly to make sure it is fastened
and locked in the down position. If the arm is not locked down, make
sure the arm is not broken and locks into the EP frame correctly.
Check the left transfer arm assembly spring for proper operation.
3 Right transfer arm Check the right transfer arm assembly to make sure it is fastened and
assembly locked in the down position. If the arm is not locked down, make sure
the arm is not broken and locks into the EP frame correctly. Check
the right transfer arm assembly spring for proper operation. For any
background problems, ensure the contact to the HVPS board is
correct and that there is approximately 0 ohms resistance between
the transfer roll shaft and the HVPS contact. If correct, go to “Print
quality—background” on page 2-162
4 HVPS—917 Error code Check the voltage at J15-3. The voltage changes from +24 V dc with
the printer idle to 0 V dc when the printer runs the print test. If the
voltage is incorrect, check the continuity of line J15-3 in the front
cable harness to the HVPS. If there is no continuity, replace the cable
harness. If there is continuity, replace the HVPS. If the problem
continues, replace the system board.

7002-xxx
3. Diagnostic aids
This chapter explains the tests and procedures to identify printer failures and verify repairs have corrected the
problem.
Accessing service menus

There are different test menus that can be accessed during POR to identify problems with the printer.
Diagnostics Menu 1. Turn off the printer. The Diagnostics Menu group consists of menus,
2. Press and hold the 3 and 6 settings, and operations that are used to diagnose
buttons simultaneously for various printer problems.
about 10 seconds. Note: While the Diagnostics menu group is active,
3. Turn on the printer. all host interfaces are offline.
4. Release the buttons after 10 See “Diagnostics Menu” on page 3-2 for more
seconds. information.
Configuration Menu 1. Turn off the printer. The Configuration Menu group contains a set of
2. Press and hold the 2 and 6 menus, settings, and operations which are
buttons simultaneously for infrequently required by a user. Generally, the
about 10 seconds. options made available in this menu group are
3. Turn on the printer. used to configure a printer for operation.
4. Release the buttons after 10 See “Configuration menu (CONFIG MENU)” on
seconds. page 3-24 for more information.
Diagnostic aids 3-1

7002-xxx
Diagnostics Menu
Entering Diagnostics Menu
1. Turn off the printer.

2. Press and hold 3 and 6 buttons simultaneously.
3. Turn on the printer.
4. Release the buttons after 10 seconds.
Available tests
The tests display on the operator panel in the order shown:
Note: Some menus are not available, depending on the configuration of the printer.
Diagnostics Menu tests

REGISTRATION See “Registration (printer)” on page 3-5
Top Margin
Bottom Margin
Left Margin
Right Margin
Quick Test See “Quick Test” on page 3-6
PRINT TESTS
Tray 1 See “Input source tests” on page 3-7
Tray 2 (if installed)
MP Feeder
Envelope Feeder (if installed)
Printing Print Quality Test Pages See “Printing Quality Pages” on page 3-7
HARDWARE TESTS
Panel Test See “Panel Test” on page 3-8
Button Test See “Button Test” on page 3-8
DRAM Test See “DRAM Test” on page 3-9
CACHE Test
Parallel 1 Wrap (if installed) See “Parallel Wrap test” on page 3-10
(Note: This setting only appears if a
parallel port is available through the PCI
slot 1)
Serial 1 Wrap (if installed) See “Serial Wrap test” on page 3-10
(Note: This setting only appears if a serial
port is available through the PCI slot 1)
3-2 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Diagnostics Menu tests (continued)

DUPLEX TESTS (if installed)
Quick Test See “Quick Test (duplex)” on page 3-11
Top Margin See “Top Margin (duplex)” on page 3-11
Sensor Test See “Sensor Test (duplex)” on page 3-12
Motor Test See “Motor Test (duplex)” on page 3-12
Duplex Feed 1 See “Duplex Feed 1” on page 3-13
Duplex Feed 2 See “Duplex Feed 2” on page 3-13
INPUT TRAY TESTS
Feed Tests See “Feed Tests (input tray)” on page 3-13
Tray 1
Envelope Feeder
MP Feeder
Sensor Tests See “Sensor Test (input tray)” on page 3-14
Tray 1
Envelope Feeder
MP Feeder
OUTPUT BIN TESTS See “OUTPUT BIN TESTS” on page 3-14
Feed Tests
Standard Bin
Sensor Tests
Standard Bin
BASE SENSOR TEST See “BASE SENSOR TEST” on page 3-15
Toner Sensor
Input Sensor
Standard Bin Sensor
Upper Front Cover
Narrow Media
DEVICE TESTS
Quick Disk Test (model X646e) See “Quick Disk Test” on page 3-16
Disk Test/Clean (model X646e) See “Disk Test/Clean” on page 3-16
Flash Test (if flash is installed) See “Flash Test” on page 3-17
Diagnostic aids 3-3

7002-xxx
Diagnostics Menu tests (continued)

PRINTER SETUP
Defaults See “Defaults” on page 3-17
Printed Page Count See “Printed Page Count” on page 3-18
Perm Page Count See “Permanent Page Count” on page 3-18
Serial Number See “Serial Number” on page 3-18
Envelope Enhance See “Envelope Enhance” on page 3-18
Engine Setting 1 to 4 See “Engine Setting 1 through 4” on page 3-18
Model Name See “Model Name” on page 3-18
Configuration ID See “Configuration ID” on page 3-19
Edge To Edge See “Edge to Edge” on page 3-19
Par S Strobe Adj See “Parallel strobe adjustment (Par x Strobe Adj)” on
page 3-19
PAR 1 STROBE ADJ (if additional parallel
options are installed)
EP SETUP
EP Defaults See “EP Defaults” on page 3-20
Fuser Temp See “Fuser Temperature (Fuser Temp)” on page 3-20
Fuser Page Count See “Fuser Page Count” on page 3-20
Warm Up Time See “Warm Up Time” on page 3-20
Transfer See “Transfer” on page 3-21
Print Contrast See “Print Contrast” on page 3-21
Charge Roll See “Charge Roll” on page 3-21
Gap Adjust See “Gap Adjust” on page 3-21
EVENT LOG
Display Log See “Display Log” on page 3-21
Print Log See “Print Log” on page 3-22
Clear Log See “Clear Log” on page 3-22
SCANNER TESTS
ASIC Test See “ASIC Test” on page 3-23
Feed test See “Feed Test” on page 3-23
Manual Registration See “Scanner Manual Registration” on page 3-23
Sensor Tests See “Sensor Tests” on page 3-23
Touch Exit Diag Menu to exit the Diagnostics Menu and Resetting the Printer displays. The printer
performs a POR, and the printer returns to normal mode.
Exit Exit
Diag Menu
Diag Menu
3-4 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Registration (printer)
Print registration makes sure the printing is properly aligned on the page.
Models X644e/X646e Model X642e
REGISTRATION REGISTRATION
Top Margin 0 Top Margin

0
Bottom Margin 0 Top Margin
0
Left Margin 0
Top Margin
Right Margin 0 0
Top Margin
Quick Test 0
Submit Back
Submit Back
The settings available are:
Description Value Direction of change

Bottom Margin -20 to +20 A positive change compresses the image so it
appears to move down the page, and a negative
Each increment causes change moves the image up.
approximately 0.55 mm shift in the
bottom margin.
Top Margin -25 to +25 A positive change moves the image down the
page and increases the top margin. A negative
Each increment causes change moves the image up and decreases the
approximately 4 pels shift (at top margin.
600 dpi).
Left Margin -25 to +25 A positive change moves the image right, and a
negative change moves the image left. No
compression occurs.
Right Margin -10 to +10 A positive change moves the image right, and a
negative change moves the image left.
Diagnostic aids 3-5

7002-xxx
To set print registration:
1. Print the Quick Test page.

a. Touch REGISTRATION from the Diagnostics Menu.
b. Touch to select Quick Test. You may need to scroll to the next page.
Retain this page to determine the changes you need to make to the margins settings. The diamonds in the
margins should touch the margins of the page.
2. To change the value of any of the margin settings:

• Touch to the right of the appropriate margin setting. The panel displays the setting's name in the
header and [setting's current value] in a menu below the header row.
• Touch to decrease the value or to increase the value.
• Touch Submit to save the change, or Touch Back to cancel and return to the Diagnostics Menu.
• For model X642e, touch Submit to save all changed values.
The device prints a Quick Test page from the appropriate paper tray. While the Quick Test page prints,
Printing Alignment Page appears on the LCD.
Quick Test
The Quick Test contains the following information:
• Margin settings
• Alignment diamonds at the top, bottom, and each side.
• Horizontal lines for skew adjustment
• General printer information, including current page count, installed memory, serial number, and code level.
To print the Quick Test page:
Note: Print the Quick Test Page on letter or A4 paper.

1. Touch REGISTRATION from the Diagnostics Menu.
2. Touch to select Quick Test.
The message Quick Test Printing… appears on the display.
Once the Quick Test Page completes printing, the Registration screen displays again.
3. Touch Back to return to the Diagnostics Menu.
3-6 Service Manual

7002-xxx
PRINT TESTS
Selections on the screen vary since only installed input sources are listed, followed by Printing Quality Test
Pages.
Input source tests
The purpose of the diagnostic Print Tests is to verify that the printer can print on media from each of the installed
input options. The contents of the Print Test Page varies depending on the media installed in the selected input
source.
Check each Test Page from each source to assist in print quality and paper feed problems.
To run the Print Test Page:
1. Select PRINT TESTS from the Diagnostics menu.

2. Select the media source to test:
Tray 1
MP Feeder (if installed)
Envelope Feeder (if installed)
3. Select Single or Continuous.
• If Single is selected, a single page is printed.
• If Continuous is selected, printing continues until Stop is pressed to cancel the test.
If a source is selected that contains envelopes, an envelope test pattern is printed. If Continuous is
selected, the test pattern is printed only on the first envelope.
Note: The Print Test Page always prints on one side of the paper, regardless of the duplex setting or the
presence of a duplex option.
Touch Back to return to PRINT TESTS.
Printing Quality Pages
The purpose of this diagnostic function is to allow printing of the print quality test pages with the toner cartridge
lockout function disabled. The print quality pages consist of four pages. Page one contains a mixture of graphics
and text. Pages two and three only contain graphics. The last page is blank. If duplex is turned on, the pages are
duplexed. The Print Quality Test pages are printed in English and must always be printed on letter, legal, or A4
paper.
To run the Print Quality Test Pages, touch beside Printing Quality Test Pages from PRINT TESTS. The
message Printing Quality Test Pages is displayed.
Note: The print quality test pages can also be printed from the Configuration menu (CONFIG MENU), however,
a cartridge must be installed with a machine class ID matching the machine class ID stored in NVRAM.
Additional diagnostic information may be printed on the pages when printing from DIAGNOSTICS.
Diagnostic aids 3-7

7002-xxx
The following is included in the DIAGNOSTICS version of the print quality pages:
• Values from EP SETUP in DIAGNOSTICS, including:

Fuser temperature, warm up time, transfer, print contrast, and charge roll settings.
• Contents of the EVENT LOG from DIAGNOSTICS.
• Configuration information, including printer serial number, controller code level, engine code level, operator
panel code level, font versions, and cartridge information.
• Default values for the QUALITY MENU settings used to print the pages.
HARDWARE TESTS
Select the following Hardware Tests from this menu:
• Panel Test
• Button Test
• DRAM Test
• CACHE Test
• Parallel 1 Wrap (if available)—models X644e/X646e
• Serial Wrap (if available)—models X644e/X646e
Panel Test
This test automatically toggles each pixel of the touchscreen through every contrast level beginning with the
darkest and on to the brightest. This test continues until you press Stop ( ).
Button Test
The Button Test verifies the operation of the buttons on the operator panel. When you select Button Test, a
diagram of the operator panel appears on the panel. When you press a button on the operator panel, the
corresponding touchscreen key is emphasized. Touch Back to cancel the test.
1 2 3 S G C
4 5 6 H T M
7 8 9
* 0 =
<- .
Back
3-8 Service Manual

7002-xxx
DRAM Test
The purpose of this test is to check the validity of DRAM memory, both standard and optional. The test writes
patterns of data to DRAM to verify that each bit in memory can be set and read correctly.
To run the DRAM Test:
1. Touch to select DRAM Test from the menu.

The message DRAM Test Testing… displays. Then the message Resetting Printer appears, and
the power indicator light blinks red.
2. Turn the printer off and on. While the DRAM test executes, the power indicator blinks green.
The following type of message appears:
DRAM Test <### P:###### F:####
• xxx represents the installed DRAM size.

• P:###### represents the number of times the memory test has passed and finished successfully.
Initially 000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 999,999.
• F:##### represents the number of times the memory test has failed and finished with errors. Initially
0000 displays with the maximum fail count being 99,999. Initially only four digits appear, but additional
digits appear as needed.
Each time a test is completed, the number of pass and failures increments. If the test fails, the message
Failure displays for approximately three seconds, and the failure count increases by one.
The test continues until all standard and optional DRAM is tested. Once the maximum pass count or fail count is
reached, the test is stopped, the power indicator is turned on solid, and the final results display.
To stop the test before completion, turn the MFP off.
CACHE Test
This test is used to verify the printer processor cache.
To run the CACHE Test:
1. Touch to select CACHE TEST from HARDWARE TESTS.

The message CACHE Test Testing… displays. Then the message Resetting Printer appears.
2. The printer automatically performs a Power On Reset (POR). While the CACHE test executes, the power
indicator blinks green.
The following type of message appears:
CACHE Test <### P:###### F:####
• P:###### represents the number of times the cache has passed and finished successfully. Initially
000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 999,999.
• F:##### represents the number of times the cache has failed and finished with errors. Initially 0000
displays with the maximum fail count being 99,999. Initially only four digits appear, but additional
digits appear as needed.
Each time a test is completed, the number of passes and failures increments. If the test fails, the message
Failure displays for approximately three seconds, and the failure count increases by one.
The test continues until all of the printer processor’s cache has been tested. Once the maximum pass count or
fail count is reached, the test is stopped, the power indicator is turned on solid, and the final results display.
To stop this test before completion, turn the MFP off.
Diagnostic aids 3-9

7002-xxx
Parallel Wrap test
This test is used with a wrap plug to check operation of the parallel port hardware. Each parallel signal is tested.
Use Parallel Wrap for the standard parallel port, Parallel 1 Wrap if a parallel port is available by PCI slot 1, or
Parallel 2 Wrap if a parallel port is available by PCI slot 2.
To run the Parallel Wrap tests:
1. Disconnect the parallel interface cable, and install the wrap plug (P/N 1319128).
2. Select Parallel Wrap, Parallel 1 Wrap, or Parallel 2 Wrap from the HARDWARE TESTS menu.
The power indicator blinks green indicating the test is in progress. The test runs continuously until a
maximum number of tests is reached.
P:###### F:####
0000 displays with the maximum fail count being 999,999. Initially only four digits appear, but
additional digits appear as needed.
Each time the test finishes, the screen updates. If the test passes, the pass counter increases by 1,
however if the test fails, a message displays for approximately three seconds. Once the maximum count is
reached, the test stops. The power indicator goes on solid, and the final results display.
To stop the test before completion, press Stop ( ).
Serial Wrap test
The serial wrap tests are used to check the operation of the serial port hardware using a wrap plug. Use Serial 1
Wrap if a serial port is available through PCI slot 1 and Serial 2 Wrap if the serial port is available through PCI
slot 2.
To perform the Serial Wrap tests:
1. Disconnect the serial interface cable, and install the serial wrap plug.
2. Select Serial 1 Wrap or Serial 2 Wrap from HARDWARE TESTS.
The power indicator blinks green indicating the test is in progress. The test runs continuously until a
maximum number of tests is reached.
P:###### F:####
0000 displays with the maximum fail count being 999,999. Initially only four digits appear, but
additional digits appear as needed.
Each time the test finishes, the screen updates. If the test passes, the pass counter increases by 1,
however if the test fails, a message displays for approximately three seconds. Once the maximum count is
reached, the test stops. The power indicator goes on solid, and the final results display.
To stop the test before completion, press Stop ( ).The message Serial Wrap x Test Canceled
displays, and the printer returns to the HARDWARE TESTS menu.
3-10 Service Manual

7002-xxx
DUPLEX TESTS
Quick Test (duplex)
This test prints a duplex version of the Quick Test that can be used to verify that the correct placement of the top
margin on the back side of a duplex page. You can run one duplexed page (Single), or continue printing
duplexed pages (Continuous) until Stop ( ) is pressed. For information about changing the margin, see “Top
Margin (duplex)” on page 3-11.
Note: Before you set the duplex top margin, be sure to set the registration. See “Registration (printer)” on
page 3-5.
The paper you choose to print the page on should be either Letter or A4.
To run the Quick Test (duplex):
1. Touch to select Quick Test from DUPLEX TESTS.
2. Touch to select Single or Continuous.

• The single Duplex Quick test cannot be canceled.
• The printer attempts to print the Quick Test Page from the default paper source. If the default paper
source only supports envelopes, then the page is printed from Tray 1.
• Check the Quick Test Page for the correct offset between the placement of the first scan line on the
front and back side of a duplexed sheet.
The single test stops automatically when a single duplex sheet is printed, and the continuous test continues until
you press Stop ( ).
Top Margin (duplex)
This setting controls the offset between the first scan line on the front of the duplex page and the first scan line
on the back of the page. Therefore, be sure to set the top margin in REGISTRATION before setting the duplex
top margin. See “Registration (printer)” on page 3-5.
To set the Top Margin (duplex):
1. Print the Quick Test (duplex):

a. Touch to select Quick Test from DUPLEX TESTS.
b. Select Single.
c. Hold the page to the light to see the whether the top margin of the backside aligns with the top margin
of the frontside.
2. Select Top Margin from DUPLEX TESTS.
3. Use the arrows to increase or decrease the current setting displayed on the touchscreen to select the
margin setting:
[setting's current value] .

• Each increment shifts the duplex top margin by 1/100 of an inch.
• The Top Margin (duplex) range is -20 to +20, and the default value is 0.
• An increase moves the top margin down and widens the top margin. A decrease moves the top
margin upward and narrows the top margin.
4. Touch Submit.
5. Print the Quick Test (duplex) again to verify the adjustment. Repeat if necessary.
Diagnostic aids 3-11

7002-xxx
Sensor Test (duplex)
This test is used to determine whether or not the duplex sensors and switches are working correctly. The test
allows you to actuate the duplex input sensor located in the back part of the duplex unit and the duplex exit
sensor located in the return paper path.
1. Select Sensor Test from DUPLEX TESTS.

The message Sensor Test Testing displays.
2. Manually actuate each of the duplex sensors. When the sensor/switch is closed, CL (closed) displays, and
when the sensor/switch is open, OP (open) displays.
• Duplex input sensor
• Duplex exit sensor
3. Press Stop ( ) to exit the test.
Motor Test (duplex)
This test lets you test the duplex option paper feed drive system, and verify that the power and velocity values
are acceptable. The duplex runs the DC motor at high speed and low speed, taking an average of the power
(PWM) required for each speed and calculating the KE value.
To run the Motor Test (duplex):
1. Select Motor Test from DUPLEX TESTS.

The power indicator light blinks, and the message Motor Test Testing displays.
2. When the motor stops, the results are displayed.
DUPLEX MOTOR AA BB CC DD EE FF
• AA—00 indicates success, and any other value indicates failure.

• BB—average PWM for the high speed portion of the test. The results should be in the range of 20
through 3F inclusively (hex)
• CC—average PWM for the low speed portion of the test The results should be in the range of 3A
through 5D inclusively (hex)
• DD—minimum PWM for the low speed portion of the test. The results should be in the range of 11
through 1F inclusively (hex)
• Ignore bytes EE and FF.
If the test fails, remove the drive belt from the duplex DC motor, and run the motor test again. For the duplex DC
motor to pass the test, the following results must display:
• AA = 00
• BB = in the range of 29 through 3E inclusively (hex)
• CC = in the range of 35 through 51 inclusively (hex)
• DD = in the range of 0C through 13 inclusively (hex)
For the duplex drive system to pass the test, the following results must display:
• AA = 00
• BB = in the range of 29 through 3F inclusively (hex)
• CC = in the range of 3A through 5D inclusively (hex)
• DD = in the range of 11 through 1F inclusively (hex)
3. Touch Back or press Stop ( ) to exit the test.
3-12 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Duplex Feed 1
This test feeds a blank sheet of paper to the duplex paper stop position 1. This test can be run using any of the
supported paper sizes.
To run the Duplex Feed 1 Test:
1. Touch to select Duplex Feed 1 from DUPLEX TESTS.

The power indicator blinks while the paper is feeding, and the message Duplex Feed 1 Feeding…
displays.
The message Duplex Feed 1 Clear Paper displays when the paper reaches paper stop position 1,
and the power indicator turns on solid.
2. Remove the media from the duplex unit, and clear the message on the operator panel by touching Back or
pressing Stop ( ).
Duplex Feed 2
This test feeds a blank sheet of paper to the duplex paper stop position 2. This test can be run using any of the
supported paper sizes.
To run the Duplex Feed 2 Test:
1. Touch to select Duplex Feed 2 from DUPLEX TESTS.

The power indicator blinks while the paper is feeding, and the message Duplex Feed 2 Feeding…
displays.
The message Duplex Feed 2 Clear Paper displays when the paper reaches the duplex paper stop
position 2, and the power indicator turns on solid.
2. Remove the media from the duplex unit, and clear the message on the operator panel by touching Back or
pressing Stop ( ).
INPUT TRAY TESTS
Feed Tests (input tray)
This test lets the servicer observe the paper path as media is feeding through the printer. A blank sheet of paper
feeds through the printer as the laser turns off during this test. The only way to observe the paper path is to open
the lower front door that is used to access the envelope or multipurpose feeder. The paper is placed in the output
bin.
To run the Input Tray Feed Tests:
1. Touch to select Feed Tests from INPUT TRAY TESTS.
2. Touch to select the input source from the sources displayed on the Feed Tests menu. All installed
sources are listed.
3. Touch to select either Single or Continuous.

• Single—feeds one sheet of media from the selected source.
• Continuous—media continues feeding from the selected source until Stop ( ) is pressed.

7002-xxx
Sensor Test (input tray)
This test is used to determine if the input tray sensors are working correctly. To run the Input Tray Sensor Test:
1. Touch to select the Sensor Test from INPUT TRAY TESTS.
2. Touch to select the input source from the sources displayed on the Sensor Test menu. All installed
sources are listed.
3. Select the sensor to test. Various sources have different combinations of sensors. See the table below:
Tray sensor support by source
Empty Low passThru

Source (Input tray empty (Input tray paper low (Input tray pass thru
sensor) sensor) sensor)
Tray 1 ✓ ✓
Tray 2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Tray 3 ✓ ✓ ✓
Tray 4 ✓ ✓ ✓
Tray 5 ✓ ✓ ✓
Multipurpose tray ✓
Envelope feeder ✓ ✓
[sensor selected]=Open displays.

• Empty—Input tray empty sensor
• Low—Input tray paper low sensor
• passThru—Input tray pass thru sensor
4. Once this message displays, the servicer can manually actuate each sensor. The tray empty sensor can be
actuated by hand, however a sheet of paper can be used to cover the pass thru sensor. When the sensor is
closed, Closed displays; when the sensor is open, Open displays.
OUTPUT BIN TESTS
Feed Tests (output bins)
Use these tests to verify that media can be fed to a the standard output bin. No information is printed on the
media fed to the output bin because the printhead is not engaged during this test. These tests can use any
media size or envelope supported by the printer.
To run the Feed Tests for the output bins:
1. Touch to select Feed Tests from the OUTPUT BIN TESTS.
2. Touch to select the output bin you want the paper to exit into.
3-14 Service Manual

7002-xxx
3. Touch to select either Single or Continuous.

• Single—feeds one sheet of media from the selected source.
• Continuous—media continues feeding from the selected source until Stop ( ) is pressed.
Touch Back to return to OUTPUT BIN TESTS.
Sensor Test (standard output bin)
This test is used to verify if the standard bin sensor is working correctly.
To run the Sensor Test for the standard bin:
1. Touch to select Sensor Test from OUTPUT BIN TESTS.
2. Touch to select Standard Bin from Sensor Tests.

3. Manually actuate the bin sensor by moving the flag in and out of the sensor and the display changes.
The following screen is displayed:
Bin Empty: empty or Bin Empty: full.
BASE SENSOR TEST
This test is used to determine if the sensors located inside the printer are working correctly.
To run the Base Sensor Test:
1. Select BASE SENSOR TEST from the DIAGNOSTICS menu.

The following sensors are listed:
• Exit—Exit sensor
• Front Door—Front door sensor
• Input—Input sensor
• NarrowMedia—Output (exit) sensor
• Toner Level—Toner level sensor (remove the cartridge and replace to actuate the sensor)
2. Manually actuate the sensors to verify that each sensor switches from Open to Closed.

7002-xxx
DEVICE TESTS
Quick Disk Test
This test performs a non-destructive read/write on one block per track on the disk. The test reads one block on
each track, saves the data, and proceeds to write and read four test patterns to the bytes in the block. If the block
is good, the saved data is written back to the disk.
To run the Quick Disk Test:
1. Touch to select Quick Disk Test from DEVICE TESTS.

The power indicator blinks while the test is in progress, and quick Disk Test Testing… displays.
• Quick Disk Test/Test Passed message displays if the test passes, and the power indicator
turns on solid.
• Quick Disk Test/Test Failed message displays if the test failed, and the power indicator turns
on solid.
2. Press Stop ( ) to return to the Device Tests menu.
Disk Test/Clean
Warning: This test destroys all data on the disk and should not be attempted on a good disk. Also note that this
test may run approximately 1½ hours depending on the disk size.
To run the Disk Test/Clean Test:
1. Touch to select Disk Test/Clean from the Device Tests menu.

Contents will be lost. Continue? message displays to warn the user that all contents on the disk
will be lost.
2. Touch Yes to continue and No to exit.
If Yes is selected, the following screen displays and updates periodically indicating the percentage of test
completed.
Formatting Disk
1/1 0%
DO NOT POWER OFF
The power indicator blinks during the test.

Note: The test can NOT be canceled.
3. Once the test is complete, the power indicator turns on solid, and either the message Disk Test/Clean
Test Passed or Disk Test/Clean Failed appears. If the message indicates failure, the disk is
unusable.
3-16 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Flash Test
This test verifies the functioning of the flash device by writing and reading data on the flash to test the flash.
Warning: This test destroys all data on the flash because the flash is unformatted at the end of the test. To
reformat the flash, the servicer or the user must use FORMAT FLASH from the UTILITIES MENU.
To run the Flash Test:
1. Touch to select Flash Test from DEVICE TESTS.

The message Contents will be lost. Continue? displays to warn the user that all contents on
the flash device will be lost.
2. To exit the test immediately and return to the Device Tests menu, touch No. To continue, touch Yes.
The power indicator blinks while the test is running, and the message Flash Test Testing… displays.
Once the test is complete, the power indicator turns on solid, and either the message Flash Test Test
Passed or Flash Test Test Failed displays.
3. Touch Back or press Stop ( ) to return to DEVICE TESTS.
PRINTER SETUP
PRINTER SETUP PRINTER SETUP
Defaults US
Defaults
U.S.
Printed Page Count 127
Printed Page Count
Permanent Page Count 127 127
Serial Number xxxxxxx Perm Page Count

127
Envelope Enhance Medium Serial Number
xxxxxxx
Engine Setting 1 0
Submit Back
Submit Back
The triangles pointing up or down indicate whether there are additional menus. Touch the up or down arrows to
display these additional menus.
Note: If you make changes, touch Submit to make the change effective.
Defaults
US/Non-US defaults changes whether the printer uses the US factory defaults or the non-US factory defaults.
The settings affected include paper size, envelope size, PCL symbol set, code pages, and units of measure.
Warning: Changing this setting resets the printer to factory defaults, and data may be lost. It cannot be undone.

7002-xxx
Printed Page Count
The page count can only be viewed and cannot be changed.
Touch Back to return to Diagnostics Menu.
Permanent Page Count
The permanent page count can only be viewed and cannot be changed.
Serial Number
The serial number can only be viewed and cannot be changed.
Envelope Enhance
This setting affects the level of the fuser solenoid.
To set Envelope Enhance:
1. The current value is displayed:

[setting's current value]
The values are Low, Medium, and High. The default is Medium.
2. Touch or to change the value.
Engine Setting 1 through 4
Warning: Do not change these settings unless requested to do so by your next level of support.
Model Name
The model name can only be viewed and cannot be changed.
3-18 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Configuration ID
The two configuration IDs are used to communicate information about certain areas of the printer that cannot be
determined using hardware sensors. The configuration IDs are originally set at the factory when the printer is
manufactured, however, the servicer may need to reset Configuration ID 1 or Configuration ID 2 whenever you
replace the system board. The IDs consist of eight hexadecimal characters, including 0 through 9 and A
through F.
Note: When the printer detects a Configuration ID that is not defined or invalid, the following occurs:
• The default standard model Configuration ID is used instead.
• Configuration ID is the only function available in DIAGNOSTICS.
• Unless the menu is in DIAGNOSTICS, Check Config ID displays.
To set the configuration ID:
1. Touch to select PRINTER SETUP from the Diagnostics Menu.
2. Touch to select Configuration ID.

3. Touch the keyboard icon to display a keyboard with 1 through 0 and a through f. The current values for
Configuration ID 1 and Configuration ID 2 are displayed.
• Use keys to type the numbers for the two configuration IDs.
• Use the left arrow to move over a digit from the right of the number toward the left.
• When the numbers are correct, touch Submit.
• If you have a question, touch the question mark icon.
• To exit without changing the numbers, touch Back.
Note: Be sure to touch Submit, or the number will not be changed.
Submitting Selection displays, followed by the value for Configuration ID 1.
Note: If Invalid ID appears, the entry is discarded, and the previous Configuration ID 1 is displayed on
the screen.
If the process is successful, Submitting Selection appears on the display, followed by the current
value for Configuration ID 2.
4. Restart the printer.
Edge to Edge
When this setting is On, the text and graphics are shifted to the physical edges of the paper for all margins.
When the setting is Off, the normal margins are restored.
Parallel strobe adjustment (Par x Strobe Adj)
This setting adjusts the amount of time the strobe is sampled in order to determine if the valid data is available
on the parallel port. The range of values are from -4 to 6, and the default is 0 for Par S Strobe Adj,
Par 1 Strobe Adj, and Par 2 Strobe Adj. After adjustment of 1 increment, the strobe samples 50 ns longer.

7002-xxx
EP SETUP
EP SETUP EP SETUP
EP Defaults
EP Defaults
Fuser Temp Normal
Fuser Temp
Fuser Page Count 127 Normal
Warm Up Time Fuser Page Count

127
Transfer Medium Warm Up Time
0
Print Contrast Medium
Submit Back
Submit Back
The triangles pointing up or down indicate whether there are additional menus. Touch the up or down arrows to
display these additional menus.
Note: If you make changes, touch Submit to make the change effective.
EP Defaults
This setting is used to restore each printer setting listed in EP SETUP to its factory default value. Sometimes this
is used to help correct print quality problems.
To restore EP Defaults:
1. Touch to select EP Defaults from EP SETUP.
2. Touch to select Restore to reset the values to the factory settings, and touch to select Do Not
Restore to exit without changing the settings.
Touch Back to exit without changing the settings.
Fuser Temperature (Fuser Temp)
This adjustment can be used to help solve some customer problems with paper curl on low grade papers and
problems with letterheads on some types of media.
The fuser temperature can be adjusted to: Normal, Lower, Lowest. The default is Normal.
Fuser Page Count
The fuser page count can only be viewed and cannot be changed.
Warm Up Time
You can change the amount of time the printer warms up before allowing pages to print by changing this setting
from 0 to 5. The factory sets the warm up at 0 or no warm up time. This time period lets the backup roll heat up
and helps reduce curl in some environments.
3-20 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Transfer
The transfer can be adjusted to Low, Medium, or High. The default setting is Medium.
Print Contrast
The print contrast setting controls the developer voltage offset.
The print contrast can be adjusted to Low, Medium, or High. The default setting is Medium.
Charge Roll
The charge roll can be adjusted to Low, Medium, or High. The default setting is Medium.
Gap Adjust
The setting adjusts the minimum gap between sheets. Increasing this value may reduce curl of some printed
media and eliminate some output bin stacking problems. However, increasing this value also results in slower
overall performance, measured in pages per minute. The range of values is 0 to 255, and the default value is 0.
EVENT LOG
Display Log
The event log provides a history of printer errors. It contains the 12 most recent errors that have occurred on the
printer. The most recent error displays in position 1, and the oldest error displays in position 12 (if 12 errors have
occurred). If an error occurs after the log is full, the oldest error is discarded. Identical errors in consecutive
positions in the log are entered, so there may be repetitions. All 2xx and 9xx error messages are stored in the
event log.
To view the event log:
1. Touch to select Display Log from EVENT LOG.
Up to three error codes display at a time. Touch to display additional information, if available.
2. Touch Back to return to the EVENT LOG menu.

7002-xxx
Print Log
Additional diagnostic information is available when you print the event log from Diagnostics Menu rather than
Configuration Menu.
The Event Log printed from Diagnostics Menu includes:
• Detailed printer information, including code versions

• Time and date stamps
• Page counts for most errors
• Additional debug information in some cases
The printed event log can be faxed to Lexmark or your next level of support for verification or diagnosis.
To print the event log:
Touch to select Print Log from EVENT LOG.
Clear Log
Use Clear Log to remove the current information in the Event Log. This affects both the viewed log and the
printed log information.
1. Touch to select Clear Log from the Event Log menu.
2. Touch to select Yes to clear the Event Log, or touch to select NO to exit the Clear Log menu. If
YES is selected, Deleting EVENT LOG displays on the screen.
3-22 Service Manual

7002-xxx
SCANNER TESTS
ASIC Test
A pattern appears and ASIC Test Passed displays. If xxxxxx displays, the test was unsuccessful.
Press Stop ( ) to return to the SCANNER TESTS menu.
Feed Test
To run the Scanner Feed test:
1. Touch to select Feed Test from the SCANNER TESTS menu.
2. The panel displays the setting's current value [setting's current value] . Use the arrows to select from
Letter, Legal, or A4.
3. Touch START to begin.
Feed Test Testing… displays.
Press 4 to exit the test.
4. Touch Back to return to the Diagnostics Menu.
Scanner Manual Registration
Note: Do not change these settings unless requested to do so by your next level of support
Sensor Tests
The following tests are available:
ADF cover Open

ADF Exit Sensor
ADF Interval
ADF Jam Removal
ADF Paper Present
FB Cover Open
Home Sensor
SCAN_QRY_PAPER_SIZE_ADF_LONG
SCAN_QRY_PAPER_SIZE_ADF_WIDTH1
SCAN_QRY_PAPER_SIZE_FB_LONG
SCAN_QRY_PAPER_SIZE_FB_MEDIUM
SCAN_QRY_PAPER_SIZE_FB_SHORT
SCAN_SENSOR_FIRST_SCAN_BIT
SCAN_SENSOR_SECOND_SCAN_BIT

7002-xxx
Configuration menu (CONFIG MENU)

Entering Configuration Menu
1. Turn off the printer.

2. Press and hold 2 and 6 buttons simultaneously.
3. Turn on the printer.
Available menus
Note: Some menus are not available, depending on the configuration of the printer.
Maintenance Page Counter See “Maintenance Page Count” on page 3-25

Reset Maintenance Counter See “Reset Maintenance Counter” on page 3-25
Print Quality Pages See “Print Quality Pages” on page 3-26
SIZE SENSING See “SIZE SENSING” on page 3-26
Panel Menus See “Panel Menus” on page 3-27
PPDS Emulation See “PPDS Emulation” on page 3-27
Factory Defaults See “Factory Defaults” on page 3-28
Energy Conserve See “Energy Conserve” on page 3-28
Min Copy Memory See “Min Copy Memory” on page 3-29
Format Fax Storage See “Format Fax Storage” on page 3-29
ADF Edge Erase See “ADF Edge Erase” on page 3-29
FB Edge Erase See “FB Edge Erase” on page 3-30
Automatic Scanner Registration See “Automatic Scanner Registration” on page 3-30
EVENT LOG (print log only) See “EVENT LOG” on page 3-31
Paper Prompts See “Paper Prompts” on page 3-31
Env Prompts See “Envelope Prompts” on page 3-32
Jobs On Disk See “Jobs On Disk” on page 3-32
Disk Encryption See “Disk Encryption” on page 3-32
Wipe Disk See “Wipe Disk” on page 3-33
Font Sharpening See “Font Sharpening” on page 3-34
Require Standby See “Require Standby” on page 3-34
LES App[lications See “LES Applications” on page 3-34
Key Repeat Initial Delay See “Key Repeat Initial Delay” on page 3-35
Key Repeat Rate See “Key Repeat Rate” on page 3-35
Wiper Message See “Wiper Message” on page 3-35
Touch Exit Config Menu to exit the Configuration Menu and Resetting the Printer displays. The printer
Exit Exit
Config Menu
Config Menu
3-24 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Maintenance Page Count
The current value for the maintenance page counter is displayed. This counter tracks printer usage. A print job
containing a single page increments the counter by one and a duplex page by two. At 300,000, the customer is
reminded that the printer requires scheduled maintenance. This counter is reset by the servicer after a 80
Scheduled Maintenance message displays and a maintenance kit is installed. See “Maintenance kit” on
page 6-1 for the part number.
To view the maintenance page count touch to select Maint Cnt Value from the Configuration Menu. The
value is displayed and cannot be changed.
Touch Back to return to the main Configuration Menu.
Reset Maintenance Counter
After scheduled maintenance, the servicer needs to reset the page counter.
To reset the maintenance page count to zero:
1. Touch to select Reset Maintenance Counter from the Configuration Menu.

2. Touch Yes to reset the counter or touch No to exit without resetting the counter.
Reset Maintenance Counter
Yes No
The message Reset Maint Cnt=Reset displays momentarily. When the reset operation is complete, the
menu returns to the main Configuration Menu.

7002-xxx
Print Quality Pages
The print quality test pages can be printed from either the Diagnostics Menu or Configuration Menu (CONFIG
MENU). When printed from the Diagnostics Menu, additional information is included, and the print cartridge
lockout is bypassed. See “Print Quality Pages” on page 3-26. Additional configuration information may be
included on the print quality pages which is not included on the print menu page.
To print the Print Quality Test Pages, touch to select Prt Quality Pgs from Configuration Menu. The
message Printing Quality Test Pages is displayed.
The following is printed:
• Settings from EP SETUP from the Diagnostics Menu:

Fuser temperature, warm up time, transfer, print contrast, and charge roll settings.
• Contents of the EVENT LOG from the Diagnostics Menu.
• Printer configuration information:
Printer serial number, controller code level, engine code level, operator panel code level, smart option code
levels, font versions, and so on.
Values for the QUALITY MENU settings used to print the pages.
The print quality test consists of four pages. Page one contains a mixture of graphics and text. Pages two and
three only contain graphics. Page four is blank. If duplex is turned on, the pages are duplexed. The Print Quality
Test pages are printed in English and must always be printed on letter, legal, or A4 paper.
SIZE SENSING
This setting controls whether the printer automatically registers the size of paper installed in an input source with
size sensing.
Paper source Size sensing

Tray 1 (integrated) ✓
Multipurpose feeder
250-sheet drawer ✓
250-sheet duplex
500-sheet duplex
Envelope feeder
When the setting is Auto, every input option equipped with size sensing hardware automatically registers what
size media it contains. When the setting is Off, the media size detected by hardware is ignored. The media size
can be set by the operator panel or the data stream.
3-26 Service Manual

7002-xxx
To change the size sensing setting:
1. Touch to select SIZE SENSING from the Configuration Menu.
2. The panel displays the setting's name in the header and [setting's current value] below the header
row. Touch or to change the setting. The selections are Auto and Off.
3. Touch Submit to save your change.
Touch Back to exit without changing the value.
Panel Menus
To change the Panel Menus setting:
1. Touch to select Panel Menus from the Configuration Menu.
row. Touch or to change the setting. The selections are Disable and Enable. The default is Enable.
PPDS Emulation
This menu item allows the user to enable or disable PPDS emulation data stream. When this setting is enabled,
the following settings are also changed:
• SmartSwitch settings for each port are turned off.

• The printer language is changed to PPDS Emulation.
Users can still switch languages on the operator panel and through the PJL data stream.
To change the PPDS Emulation setting:
1. Touch to select PPDS Emulation from the Configuration Menu.
row. Touch or to change the setting. The selections are Activate and Deactivate. The default is
Deactivate.

7002-xxx
Factory Defaults
This setting enables a user to restore all the printer settings to the original factory settings. Selections are
Restore Base, Restore Network, or Restore LES. Restore LES enables you to remove all Lexmark Embedded
Solutions applications (LES).
Network does not appear unless you have a network printer. The following settings are not changed:
• Display language
• Settings in the NETWORK/PORTS MENU group.
To reset factory defaults:
1. Touch to select Factory Defaults from the Configuration Menu.
2. Touch to select either Restore Base, Restore Network, or Restore LES.

Note: There is no confirmation, and selecting one of these settings immediately takes effect. The MFP
restarts and returns to Ready state.
Restoring Factory Defaults and then Resetting the Device are displayed.
Factory Defaults
Restore Base
Restore Network
Restore LES
Back
Energy Conserve
This menu controls what values appear on the Power Saver menu. If Off is selected in Energy Conserve menu,
then Disabled appears in the Power Saver menu, and Power Saver can be turned off. If On is set in Energy
Conserve, the Power Saver feature cannot be disabled.
1. Touch to select Energy Conserve from the Configuration Menu.
row. Touch or to change the setting. The selections are On and Off. The default is On.
3-28 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Min Copy Memory
1. Touch to select Min Copy Memory from the Configuration Menu.
The panel displays the setting's name in the header and [setting's current value] below the header
row.
2. Touch or to change the setting.

For example, the values may be 25 MB, 35 MB, 50 MB, and 100 MB. The default is 25 MB. Values will only
be displayed if the amount of installed DRAM is at least twice the amount of the value, that is, at least
200 MB of installed DRAM is required to display the 100 MB selection.
Format Fax Storage
This setting enables you to format the non-volatile storage used for storing faxes.
To change this setting, touch to select Format Fax Storage from the Configuration Menu. Formatting
Fax Flash DO NOT POWER OFF appears on the LCD while the format operation is active.
Note: If an advanced password has been established, you must enter this password in order to change the
setting.
ADF Edge Erase
The ADF Edge Erase and FB Edge Erase settings specify, in millimeters, the size of a border around the
scanned image that will be erased. For copies, the printed page will have a 2 mm no-print border. The larger of
the 2 mm no-print border and the Edge Erase setting will be used in this situation.
To change this setting:
1. Touch to select ADF Edge Erase from the Configuration Menu.
row.
2. Touch to increase the value or to decrease the value.

The values are 0 through 6. The default is 3.
3. Touch Submit to save the change.
Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu.

7002-xxx
FB Edge Erase
The ADF Edge Erase and FB Edge Erase settings specify, in millimeters, the size of a border around the
scanned image that will be erased. For copies, the printed page will have a 2 mm no-print border. The larger of
the 2 mm no-print border and the Edge Erase setting will be used in this situation.
1. Touch to select FB Edge Erase from the Configuration Menu.
row.

The values are 0 through 6. The default is 3.
Automatic Scanner Registration
To perform the Automatic Scanner Registration:
1. Obtain two pieces of colored paper (A4 or letter) for the automatic registration. Use a light blue sheet or
other solid color paper.
Note: Always store the colored sheets so they do not become creased or torn. The sheets can be used if
you need to run Automatic Scanner Registration at another time.
2. Scroll through the menus using the down arrow, and select Automatic Scanner Registration from the
Configuration Menu.
Please place a piece of dark colored

paper on the Flatbed and in the ADF
Start
Back
3. Place a colored piece of paper in the ADF, making sure the edge guides are properly adjusted. Place
another piece of paper (A4 or letter) on the flatbed. Touch Start.
3-30 Service Manual

7002-xxx
4. The touchscreen displays DO NOT POWER OFF Scanner Registration. When complete, a screen
similar to the following should appear:
Scanner registration
successfully completed
Continue
5. Touch Continue.
Note: If the Automatic Scanner Registration displays a failure, repeat the process making sure the paper is
aligned as correctly as possible. If the process fails again, contact the next level of support.
EVENT LOG
The event log provides a history of printer errors. The event log can only be printed in CONFIG MENU.
Additional options are available in DIAGNOSTICS. See “EVENT LOG” on page 3-21.
To print the event log:
1. Touch to select Event Log from Configuration Menu.
2. Touch to print the log. Printing Event Log. displays on the touchscreen.
3. Touch Back to return to EVENT LOG.
Note: An event log printed from the CONFIG MENU will not contain debug information or secondary codes for
900 service errors. However, the event log printed from DIAGNOSTICS mode does include this information.
Paper Prompts
When a tray is out of the indicated paper size, a prompt is sent to the user to load paper in a tray. This setting
controls the tray the user is directed to fill.
1. Touch to select Paper Prompts from the Configuration Menu.
row.

The values are Auto (default), MP Feeder, and Manual Paper.

7002-xxx
Envelope Prompts
This setting controls the tray the user is directed to refill when a specific envelope size is out. The selections are
Auto (default), MP Feeder, and Manual Env.
1. Touch to select Envelope Prompts from the Configuration Menu.
row.

The values are Auto (default), MP Feeder, and Manual Envelope.
Jobs On Disk
Model X646e only. If the hard disk is installed, Jobs On Disk allows the user to delete buffered jobs saved on the
disk. The values are Delete and Do Not Delete.
To delete jobs saved on the disk:
1. Touch to select Jobs On Disk from the Configuration Menu.
2. Touch to select Delete to decrease the setting's value.
Disk Encryption
Model X646e only. If a hard disk is installed, Disk Encryption selects whether the data on the disk is encrypted or
not. The values are Disable and Enable.
This setting determines if the printer encrypts the information that it writes to the hard disk. The values are
Disable and Enable.
Warning: If the value is changed from Enable to Disable or from Disable to Enable, then the printer completely
formats the hard disk. All information on the disk will be unrecoverable.
1. Touch to select Disk Encryption from the Configuration Menu.

Note: If an advanced password has been established, you must enter this password in order to change
the setting. If no advanced password exists, you can establish one by using the keyboard that appears on
the LCD.
2. Touch next to either Enable or Disable.

If you remove an encrypted disk from a device and then try to install another disk, Disk Corrupted.
Reformat? appears on the LCD. You can format the newly installed disk or remove it from the device.
3-32 Service Manual

7002-xxx
3. Contents will be lost. Continue? appears on the touchscreen. Touch No to cancel or Yes to
proceed. If you select Yes, the printer performs the selected action on the hard disk. The following graphic
appears when the encryption process is selected:
The panel provides many progress indicators during the two-stage process.
• 1/2 indicates that the process is currently in the first stage.
• 0% indicates the progress of the current stage of the process.
• The progress bar indicates the overall completion of the entire process by filling in throughout each
separate stage.
When the first stage of either process completes, the printer displays either of the following graphics
depending on the process selected and then begins the second stage of the process:
The entire process is complete when the progress bar appears completely shaded and the percentage
indicator shows 100%. After completion, the panel returns to Disk Encryption.
Wipe Disk
This setting provides you with a tool for erasing the contents of a disk.
Warning: Wipe Disk removes a disk's data in such a way that it cannot be recovered.
1. Touch to select Wipe Disk from Configuration Menu.

the LCD.
2. Touch to select Wipe disk now.

Contents will be lost. Continue? appears on the touchscreen.
3. Touch Back to return to EVENT LOG.
4. Touch Yes to continue, or touch No to exit.

7002-xxx
Font Sharpening
This setting allows a user to set a text point size below which the high frequency screens are used when printing
font data. For example, at the default 24, all text in font sizes 24 and less will use the high frequency screens.
The values for this setting range from 0 to 150, and the default value is 24. This setting affects PostScript, PCL,
and XL.
1. Touch to select Font Sharpening from the Configuration Menu.

3. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu.
This function is not supported when the device generates output at 600 dpi resolution.
Require Standby
This setting determines if the Standby Mode is On or Off. The default is On.
If Standby Mode is on, the printer begins functioning in Standby Mode when it remains idle for an amount of
time. The Standby Mode enables the printer:
• To consume less energy than when operating in normal mode but not as little as when operating in Power
Saver
• To return to the Ready state more quickly than when operating in Power Saver
1. Touch to select Require Standby from the Configuration Menu.

LES Applications
This disables all installed Lexmark Embedded Solution applications. The default is Enabled.
1. Touch to select LES Applications from the Configuration Menu.

the LCD.
3-34 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Key Repeat Initial Delay
When a key is touched repeatedly, this is the delay before the key begins repeating. The delay ranges from 0.25
seconds to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Values are given in increments of 0.25 seconds.
1. Touch to select Key Repeat Initial Delay from the Configuration Menu.

Key Repeat Rate
This is the number of times per second that a repeating key will repeat. The range is 1–100, with a default of 15
times per second.
1. Touch to select Key Repeat Initial Delay from the Configuration Menu.

Wiper Message
1. Touch to select Wiper Message from the Configuration Menu.
2. Touch or to change the value. The values are On (default) and Off.
Exit Configuration Menu
Touch Exit Config Menu to exit the Diagnostics Menu and Resetting the Printer displays. The printer
Exit Exit
Config Menu
Config Menu

7002-xxx
Theory
Autocompensator operation
The autocompensator is a paper pick device that generates its own normal force. This force generation is
inherent in the fundamental design of the pick arm. If light media is used, it picks very gently. If a heavy media is
used, it picks very aggressively. No customer adjustments are necessary, therefore no special trays are needed
for card stock or labels. The gearing in the arm is designed so the input torque from the motor produces a
movement about the pivot of the arm. This movement produces a downward force at the pick rolls. The friction
between the pick roll and the paper produces a frictional locking condition. If the paper is physically held and not
allowed to feed, then the motor stalls. Slippage between the roll and the paper is theoretically impossible. When
the motor is energized, the pick rolls are driven down into the stack, increasing the normal force and drive force
until the bending strength of the paper is overcome and the paper bends and moves up the dam.
Once this critical threshold is achieved, the normal force remains at a level just high enough to reliably feed the
paper. Rather than having a fixed spring force for feeding all weights of paper like the D-roll, this device has its
own mechanical logic for producing only enough pick energy to feed a single sheet of paper regardless of its
stiffness. High normal force is one of the most significant contributors to double feeding paper. The pick arm is
counterbalanced by an extension spring located on the pick arm to reduce weight in the rest state. This spring is
factory set to exert no more than ten to fifteen grams on the stack. This is as light as can be realistically set and
always guarantee there is some force to start the autocompensating phenomena. This spring is not to be
considered an adjustment for feeding problems unless it is obvious that the pick arm cannot fall all the way down
to the bottom of the tray or has come loose. Poor gear efficiency can cause the arm to generate higher than
normal forces. If the pick assembly is noisy, replacement may be required. The arm must pivot freely through its
full range of motion. On 500-sheet trays, there are wrap springs located on the pivot arbors of the arm. These
springs help prevent the arm from bouncing. If the arm appears to be binding or sticky near the bottom of the
tray, these springs may be the problem. Reducing the tension on the counterbalance spring may be used as a
temporary fix to get additional weight at the bottom, until the pick assembly can be replaced. However, the
counterbalance spring is not to be considered an adjustment for feeding problems.
3-36 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Autoconnect system, paper tray options, envelope feeder—electrical
Autoconnect cabling and connectors
The printer options make electrical connection automatically, requiring no external cables when the option is
mechanically installed under the printer. Communication between the option and the printer stops when you
remove an option. The printer no longer recognizes the option and deletes associated messages. Each installed
option below the printer provides an electrical autoconnect to the option attached below it. We do not
recommend to attach or “Hot Plug” any options with the printer power turned on.
Duplex Option
The duplex option interface is a six pin autoconnector that provides a +24 V dc, +24 V dc return, serial interface
transmit signal, serial interface receive signal, and two ground pins. The duplex option receives the +24 V dc
from the printer for the duplex motors and also converts the voltage to +5 V dc for duplex electronics.
Duplex chassis grounding is provided from the printer to the duplex option through a ground spring attached to
the frame and base of the printer. The ground connection is automatically made when the option is installed
below the printer.
The paper input sensor is located in the rear of the duplex option under the input paper guide. The paper exit
sensor is located on the left frame assembly.
Option microcode
The options are “Smart Options” or options that have a system board. The option system board has a
microprocessor that controls the option mechanism. A software architecture is provided that controls the option
and communicates information such as paper path status, sensor status, motor status, and so on to the printer.

7002-xxx
Paper feed jams

By carefully selecting print media and loading it properly, you should be able to avoid most paper jams. For more
information on avoiding paper jams, see “Avoiding jams” on page 1-16. If jams do occur, follow the steps
outlined in this section.
To resolve the paper jam messages, you must clear the entire paper path, and then touch Continue to clear the
message and resume printing. The MFP prints a new copy of the page that jammed if Jam Recovery is set to On
or Auto; however, the Auto setting does not guarantee the page will print.
Identifying jams
If the MFP jams, the appropriate jam message will be displayed on the touch screen Print status message bar.
Copy
Fax E-mail
FTP
Menus
200.01 Paper jam, [x] pages
Status/
jammed. Leave paper in bin.
Supplies
See the diagram on “Access doors and trays” on page 3-39 for an overview of the paper path and areas
where jams may occur. The path varies depending on the MFP paper sources.
3-38 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Access doors and trays
The following illustration shows the path that print media travels through the MFP. The path varies depending on
the input source (trays, multipurpose feeder, envelope feeder) you are using.
The numbers in following the illustration indicate the numbers that can appear on the operator panel and
designate the general area of a paper jam.
Models X644e/X646e shown
Doors and trays Path and locations
CAUTION
printer stand or printer base if you are using a 2000-sheet drawer. Certain other
configurations also must have a printer stand or printer base.

7002-xxx
Understanding jam messages
The following table lists the jam messages that can occur and the action necessary to clear the message. The
jam message indicates the area where the jam occurred. However, it is best to clear the entire paper path to
ensure you have cleared all possible jams.
Message What to do*

200 and 201 Paper Jam Remove Open the bottom then top front covers, remove the print cartridge,
Cartridge and then remove the jam.
202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door Open the rear door on the MFP, and remove the jam.
23x Paper Jam Open Duplex Rear Remove the duplex tray from the duplex unit, raise the duplex
Door deflector, and remove the jam. Open the rear duplex door, and
remove the jam.
250 Paper Jam Check MP Feeder Remove all media from the multipurpose feeder, flex and stack the
media, reload the multipurpose feeder, and adjust the guide.
260 Paper Jam Check Env Feeder Lift the envelope weight, remove all envelopes, flex and stack the
envelopes, reload the envelope feeder, and adjust the guide.
290, 291, 292, and 294 Scanner Remove all original documents from the ADF. Open the ADF cover,
Jams and remove any jammed pages. Open the document cover, and
remove any jammed pages. Open the lower exit guide, and remove
any jammed pages.
Clearing jams
Although there are several places a jam can occur, clearing the paper path is fairly easy. Paper jams can occur
in three areas: the front of the MFP, inside the MFP, and at the rear of the MFP. Jams in the front of the MFP
occur in the input options or the duplex tray. Jams inside the MFP occur in two locations and require the removal
of the print cartridge. Jams can also occur at the rear of the MFP or duplex unit.
Note: The following clearing jam instructions may seem out of numerical sequence. However, they have been
grouped to help you quickly clear the print path. To go to a specific jam, see “Understanding jam messages”
on page 3-40.
250 Paper Jam Check MP Feeder
1. Remove the paper from the multipurpose feeder.

2. Flex, fan, and restack the media, and place it into the multipurpose feeder.
3. Load the print media.
4. Slide the side guide toward the inside of the tray until it lightly rests against the edge of the media.
3-40 Service Manual

7002-xxx
5. Touch Continue.
260 Paper Jam Check Env Feeder
The envelope feeder feeds envelopes from the bottom of the stack; the bottom envelope will be the one that is
jammed.
1. Lift the envelope weight.

2. Remove all envelopes.
If the jammed envelope has entered the MFP and cannot be pulled out, remove the envelope feeder.
a. Lift the envelope feeder out of the MFP, and then set it aside.
b. Remove the envelope from the MFP.
Note: If you cannot remove the envelope, the print cartridge will have to be removed. See “200 and 201
Paper Jam Remove Cartridge” on page 3-46 for more information.
c. Reinstall the envelope feeder. Make sure it snaps into place.
3. Flex and stack the envelopes.

7002-xxx
4. Load the envelope feeder.

5. Adjust the guide.
6. Lower the envelope weight.
7. Touch Continue.
2
1
3-42 Service Manual

7002-xxx
23x and 24x jams
Paper jams in these areas can occur on the incline surface of a tray or across more than one tray. To clear these
areas:
1. Open the MFP paper tray, and remove any jammed media.
2. Open the duplex tray.

To remove the media, pull up.

7002-xxx
3. Open any optional trays beginning at the top, and remove any jammed media.
Pull the print media either up or down. If it does not pull easily one way, try the other way.
CAUTION
3-44 Service Manual

7002-xxx
4. If you have an optional 2000-sheet feeder, open the front door, press the elevator button to lower the tray,
remove the jam, and make sure the stack of print media is neat and aligned.
5. Touch Continue.
CAUTION

7002-xxx
200 and 201 Paper Jam Remove Cartridge
1. Push the release latch, and lower the multipurpose feeder.

2. Push the release latch, and open the top front cover.
CAUTION
The inside of the MFP may be hot. Allow the MFP to cool before touching any internal
components.
3. Lift and pull the print cartridge out of the MFP.

Warning: Do not touch the photoconductor drum on the underside of the cartridge. Use the cartridge
handle whenever you are holding the cartridge.
4. Place the print cartridge aside.
Note: Do not leave the cartridge exposed to light for extended periods.
Note: The print media may be covered with unfused toner, which can stain garments and skin.
5. Pull the print media up and toward you.
CAUTION
Do not use any pointed objects to remove the paper. This could cause personal injury or
damage to the MFP.
Warning: If the print media does not move immediately when you pull, stop pulling. You need to access
the print media from the MFP rear door.
3-46 Service Manual

7002-xxx
6. Align and reinstall the toner cartridge.

7. Close the top front cover.
8. Close the multipurpose feeder.
9. Touch Continue.
202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door
1. If the paper is exiting the MFP, pull the media straight out, and then touch Continue. Otherwise, continue
with step 2.
2. Open the MFP rear door.
CAUTION
The inside of the MFP may be hot. Allow the MFP to cool before touching any internal
components.
CAUTION
Do not use any pointed objects to remove the paper. This could cause personal injury or
damage to the MFP.

7002-xxx
3. Remove the jammed media.

4. Close the rear door.
5. Touch Continue.
23x Paper Jam Open Duplex Rear Door
1. Open the duplex rear door.
2. Remove the jammed media.

Depending on the media location, pull the media either up or down.
3. Close the duplex rear door. Make sure it snaps into place.
3-48 Service Manual

7002-xxx
4. Touch Continue.
Clearing ADF jams
290, 291, 292, and 294 Scanner Jams
1. Remove all original documents from the ADF.

2. Open the ADF top cover, and remove any jammed pages.
3. Open the ADF cover, and remove any jammed pages.
1
2
3 1
4 2
5 3
6 4
7 5
8 6
9 7
8
0 9
#
0
#

7002-xxx
4. Open the lower entrance guide, and remove any jammed pages.
5. Close the lower exit guide.

6. Close the ADF cover.
3-50 Service Manual

7002-xxx
4. Repair information
Warning: Read the following before handling electronic parts.
Handling ESD-sensitive parts

Many electronic products use parts that are known to be sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). To prevent
damage to ESD-sensitive parts, follow the instructions below in addition to all the usual precautions, such as
turning off power before removing logic boards:
• Keep the ESD-sensitive part in its original shipping container (a special “ESD bag”) until you are ready to
install the part into the machine.
• Make the least-possible movements with your body to prevent an increase of static electricity from clothing
fibers, carpets, and furniture.
• Put the ESD wrist strap on your wrist. Connect the wrist band to the system ground point. This discharges
any static electricity in your body to the machine.
• Hold the ESD-sensitive part by its edge connector shroud (cover); do not touch its pins. If you are removing
a pluggable module, use the correct tool.
• Do not place the ESD-sensitive part on the machine cover or on a metal table; if you need to put down the
ESD-sensitive part for any reason, first put it into its special bag.
• Machine covers and metal tables are electrical grounds. They increase the risk of damage because they
make a discharge path from your body through the ESD-sensitive part. (Large metal objects can be
discharge paths without being grounded.)
• Prevent ESD-sensitive parts from being accidentally touched by other personnel. Install machine covers
when you are not working on the machine, and do not put unprotected ESD-sensitive parts on a table.
• If possible, keep all ESD-sensitive parts in a grounded metal cabinet (case).
• Be extra careful in working with ESD-sensitive parts when cold-weather heating is used, because low
humidity increases static electricity.
Repair information 4-1

7002-xxx
Adjustment procedures
Fuser solenoid adjustment
Perform the fuser solenoid adjustment whenever you replace the fuser solenoid. Adjust the fuser solenoid while
installed in the MFP. Adjust the screw on the eccentric mounted on the solenoid housing to provide an air gap
between the rear of the solenoid stator and the solenoid armature. The solenoid air gap for all models is
4.5 mm ± 0.1 mm.
Gap adjustment
The gap adjustment allows you to increase the minimum gap between sheets of paper as they are fed through
the MFP. This adjustment reduces the MFP overall performance, such as pages per minute, but can help in
reducing the amount of curl of some printed media, thus improving media stacking in the output bin.
1. Enter the Diagnostic Menu.
2. Select EP SETUP from the Diagnostic Menu.
3. Select Gap Adjust.
4. The range of the GAP adjustment is 0 to 255. Adjust the gap setting by using arrows to select the value
and press Submit. If GAP=0 displays, it indicates a factory setting to minimum gap. Select a value, and run
several copies of the media that displays a curl problem. It may take several tries before improvement is
noticed.
Note: This setting has no effect when duplexing.
Printhead assembly adjustment—printer
Do the printhead assembly adjustment whenever you remove or replace the printhead assembly or loosen the
mounting screws.
Install the new printhead with the three mounting screws centered in the slots in the printhead frame assembly.
Leave the screws loose enough to allow the printhead assembly to move from side to side within the slots. It is
necessary to perform a registration adjustment before locking down the three printhead mounting screws.
To perform the registration adjustment:
1. Turn off the MFP.
2. Press and hold the 3 and 6 buttons simultaneously, and turn on the MFP.
4. Select Registration from the menu.
5. Select Quick Test Page. The test page should only be printed on letter or A4 paper from Tray 1. The Quick
Test Page consists of alignment diamonds, horizontal lines that can be used for skew adjustment, page
count setting, MFP serial number code levels, and print registration settings.
6. Check the Quick Test Page for any sign of skew by checking the diamonds at the top left and top right of
the test page for equal distance from the top of the page. If necessary, adjust the left or right printhead
mounting screws, and check the skew again by running another Quick Test Page. This procedure may take
two or three attempts before you get satisfactory results.
7. When you have the correct adjustment, gently tighten the printhead mounting screws, being careful not to
move the printhead assembly.
4-2 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Paper alignment assembly adjustment
Do the alignment assembly adjustment whenever you replace the alignment assembly. Always print a copy of the
Quick Test Page before making any adjustments to the alignment assembly reference adjustment screw. When
replacing the alignment assembly, it is necessary to back the reference adjustment screw out far enough to
remove the old assembly and install the new one.
• If you are replacing the alignment assembly, go to step A.
• If you are only adjusting the reference adjustment screw, go to step B.
Step A
Print a copy of the Quick Test Page, and check the margin adjustments printed on the test page. These settings
should be within the range specified in “Registration (printer)” on page 3-5.
Do the reference adjustment if you are sure the margins are set correctly.
1. Loosen the locknut on the inside rear of the alignment assembly.
2. Remove the two screws holding the alignment assembly to the left side frame.
3. Back the reference adjustment screw out far enough to allow the alignment assembly to be removed from
the MFP. It is not necessary to completely remove the screw.
4. Install the new alignment assembly. Turn the reference screw clockwise with a 7 mm nut driver or M3 Allen
wrench until it touches the back of the reference plate, and tighten the nut with a 5.5 mm wrench.
The reference adjustment screw can be adjusted without loosening the nut. Turn the screw clockwise a few turns,
and print a copy of the Quick Test Page as you check the diamonds on the left margin. Continue adjusting the
screw as you check the results of each adjustment on a new test page until you obtain the results you want.
Step B
Print a copy of the Quick Test Page, and check the margin adjustments printed on the test page. These settings
should be within the range specified in “Registration (printer)” on page 3-5. The reference screw can be
adjusted without loosening the locknut. Turn the screw a few turns, and print a copy of the Quick Test Page as
you check the diamonds on the left margin. Continue adjusting the screw as you check the results of each
adjustment on a new test page until you obtain the results you want.

7002-xxx
Perform the Automatic Scanner Registration when:

• The ADF assembly, CCD, RIP card or SCU card is replaced.
• NVRAM is reset.
• The operator panel is replaced.
Automatic Scanner Registration
Note: Before performing scanner registration, ensure MFP registration and alignment is properly set. See
“Registration (printer)” on page 3-5 and “Printhead assembly adjustment—printer” on page 4-2 for more
information.
Note: Always store the colored sheets so they do not become creased or torn.
To perform the Automatic Scanner Registration:
1. Enter the Configuration menu:
a. Turn off the printer.
b. Press and hold the 2 and 6 buttons simultaneously.
c. Turn on the printer.
d. Release the buttons after 10 seconds.
2. Scroll through the menus using the down arrow, and select Automatic Scanner Registration from the
Configuration menu.
Please place a piece of dark colored

paper on the Flatbed and in the ADF
Start
Back
3. Place a colored piece of paper in the ADF, making sure the edge guides are properly adjusted. Place
another piece of paper (A4 or letter) on the flatbed.
Note: Use a light blue sheet of paper for the ADF registration. The best results were obtained using
Cascade MP Colors Blue 20 lb. paper (Boise Cascade part P1-MP-2201-BE). A moderate density blue
paper should work if this paper cannot be found.
4-4 Service Manual

7002-xxx
4. Touch Start.
The touchscreen displays DO NOT POWER OFF Scanner Registration. When complete, a screen
similar to the following appears:
successfully completed
Continue
5. Touch Continue.
Note: After the registration test is complete, success or failure is indicated on the touchscreen.
Note: If the Automatic Scanner Registration displays a failure, repeat the process making sure the paper
is aligned as correctly as possible. If the process fails again, contact the next level of support.
6. Verify the results by running a copy of a quick test page created during MFP registration. See “Print tests”
on page 3-6 for more information.
Manual registration
Note: Manual registration should be performed only after automatic registration is performed. The primary
purpose of manual registration is to fine-tune the automatic adjustments already made. Contact your next level
of support for assistance in performing the Manual Scanner Registration.

7002-xxx
Removal procedures
CAUTION
Remove the power cord from the MFP or wall outlet before you connect or disconnect any
cable or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the MFP.
CAUTION
Use the handholds on the side of the MFP. Make sure your fingers are not under the MFP when
you lift or set the MFP down.
Note: Some removal procedures require removing cable ties. You must replace cable ties during reassembly to
avoid pinching wires, obstructing the paper path, or restricting mechanical movement.
Scanner ADF and flatbed removals

ADF front cover removal
1. Open the ADF top cover.

2. Remove the two screws (A).
A
3. Release the ADF front cover latch (B) on the right side under the scanner, and then release the latch (B) on
the left side.
4-6 Service Manual

7002-xxx
ADF pick assembly removal
1. Grasp the pick assembly, and gently push the shaft to the right to free the left side.
ADF rear cover removal

7002-xxx
2. Remove the screw (B) on the right side.
3. Remove the cable blocks (C) from the square notches. For models X644e/X642e, there are two cables and
notches and for model X642e, there is a single cable.
Model X644e/X646e Model X642e
Replacement note: When replacing the ADF rear cover, be sure to align the cables (C) in the notches and press
the square portions of the cables into the holes.
4-8 Service Manual

7002-xxx
ADF top cover removal
1. Remove the ADF front cover. See “ADF front cover removal” on page 4-6.
2. Remove the ADF rear cover. See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-7.
4. Remove the shoulder screw (A) on the front.
A
5. Remove the shoulder screw (B) on the rear with a long shank screwdriver. Models X644e/X646e shown.
6. Remove the ADF top cover.

7002-xxx
Scanner left side cover removal
A
2. Slide the cover toward the rear to unlatch the cover, and remove.
Note: Model X644e/X646e shown.
4-10 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Front flatbed cover removal
Pull the top of the cover out first, and lift away to remove.
Scan cover (flatbed) removal
1. Remove the glass holder assembly. See “Scanner flatbed glass holder assembly removal” on
page 4-50.
2. Remove the flatbed contact glass. See “Flatbed contact glass removal” on page 4-31.
3. Remove the three screws (A).

7002-xxx
4. Lift the scan cover (flatbed). Scanner right side cover removal
Scanner right side cover removal
1. Remove the screw (A).
4-12 Service Manual

7002-xxx
2. Slide cover back to release tab (B).
ADF attach screws removal
1. Open the document cover.

2. Remove the two ADF attach screws (A) by turning them by hand.
A
Note: Do not remove the screws toward the rear.

7002-xxx
ADF CCD module assembly removal (models X644e/X646e)
1. Remove the ADF assembly. See “ADF complete assembly removal” on page 4-15.
3. Remove the flatbed white cushion. See “Flatbed white cushion removal” on page 4-32.
4. Turn the ADF assembly upside down, carefully supporting the unit.
5. Open the lower exit guide assembly.
6. Remove the four screws (A) and the two small screws (B) securing the ADF CCD module assembly.
B A B
7. Remove the ADF jam tray sensor (C) from the mounting bracket to protect it from being bumped or
damaged during removal of the ADF CCD module assembly.
8. Remove the ADF CCD module assembly, and disconnect the ADF CCD to scan control cable (D).
C D
Reinstallation notes:
• Be sure to avoid touching the glass of the new FRU during installation.
• Be sure to reinstall the ADF jam tray sensor.
4-14 Service Manual

7002-xxx
ADF complete assembly removal
1. Twist the thumbscrews to disconnect the cable(s) (A) at the back of the ADF assembly.
Note: Model X642e has a single cable.
A A
2. Remove the ADF attach screws. See “ADF attach screws removal” on page 4-13.
Note: Do not remove the two screws in the back.
3. Lift the ADF up, and make sure you clear the two rear screws. The hinge is slotted to allow the ADF to
come off and leave the screws in place.
Note: Whenever the complete ADF assembly is replaced, it is necessary to perform the scanner registration.
See “Scanner registration” on page 4-4.

7002-xxx
ADF upper entrance guide assembly removal
1. Remove the ADF pick assembly. See “ADF pick assembly removal” on page 4-7.
2. Remove the document tray assembly. See “Document tray assembly removal” on page 4-23.
3. Remove the three screws (A).
A
4. Lift the cover.
Replacement note: Be sure to align the tabs.
4-16 Service Manual

7002-xxx
CCD belt removal
1. Remove the scan cover (flatbed). See “Scan cover (flatbed) removal” on page 4-11.
2. Remove the flatbed contact glass. See “Flatbed contact glass removal” on page 4-31
3. Remove the scanner right side cover. See “Lift the scan cover (flatbed). Scanner right side cover
4. Remove the scanner left side cover. See “Scanner left side cover removal” on page 4-10.
5. Push the CCD belt tension spring to take tension from the belt.
6. Unhook the belt from the motor shaft.

7002-xxx
7. Push the flatbed CCD all the way to the left.

8. Unhook the main CCD guide shafts (E) from the holes in the right side. This allows you to remove the
flatbed CCD module from the shafts.
E
9. Carefully lay the flatbed CCD module on the scan frame, being careful not to touch the card, lamp, or
mirrors.
10. Disconnect the CCD belt from the retainer (F) in the flatbed CCD module assembly.
F
11. Remove the CCD belt.
4-18 Service Manual

7002-xxx
CCD belt tension spring removal
5. Push the CCD belt tension spring toward the motor to take tension from the belt.

7002-xxx
7. Unhook the main CCD guide shaft (A) from the hole in the right side, and slide it out of the way. This allows
you to access the spring.
A
8. Remove the CCD belt tension spring (A).
4-20 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Cover closing actuator removal
4. With pliers, pull firmly to remove the actuator (A).

7002-xxx
Cover closed actuator removal
4. With pliers, pull firmly to remove the actuator (A).
4-22 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Document tray assembly removal
2. Remove the ADF rear cover. See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-7.
4. For modelsX644e/X646e, disconnect the connector (B).

Models X644e/X646e

7002-xxx
Flatbed CCD ribbon cable removal
Illustrations represent models X644e/X646e. Unless there is an indication, the procedure is the same. Differences
are shown side by side.
5. Push the flatbed CCD toward the motor to take tension from the belt.
7. Push the flatbed CCD all the way to the left.
4-24 Service Manual

7002-xxx
8. Unhook the main CCD guide shafts (A) from the holes in the right side. This allows you to remove the
flatbed CCD module from the shafts.
mirrors.
10. Disconnect the flatbed CCD ribbon cable (B) from the flatbed CCD module.

7002-xxx
11. Remove the screw (C) from the flatbed CCD ribbon cable clamp.
12. Remove the printer left side cover. See “Printer left side cover removal” on page 4-56.
13. Remove the seven screws (D) from the SCC and HDD shield. (Models X644e/X646e shown)
4-26 Service Manual

7002-xxx
14. Loosen the screws for the printer outer shield, and slide shield to the left to allow enough room to remove
the scanner control card shield and the hard disk shields.
15. Disconnect the flatbed CCD ribbon cable from the scanner control card (E).
Models X644e/X646e (X646e shown) Model X642e
E E
16. Remove the toroid from the cable, and set aside for reinstallation.
17. Disconnect the flatbed CCD ribbon cable from the IF interface card.

7002-xxx
Flatbed CCD module assembly removal
5. Push the CCD belt tension spring to take tension from the belt.
4-28 Service Manual

7002-xxx
7. Push the flatbed CCD all the way to the left. There is a slot in the frame to allow the flatbed CCD module
assembly to be lifted out.
8. Unhook the main CCD guide shafts (E) from the holes in the right side. This allows you to remove the
flatbed CCD module assembly from the shafts.

7002-xxx
9. Disconnect the flatbed CCD ribbon cable (B) from the flatbed CCD module.
10. Disconnect the CCD belt from the retainer (C) in the flatbed CCD module assembly
C
11. Remove the flatbed CCD module assembly.
4-30 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Flatbed contact glass removal

2. Remove the scanner flatbed glass holder assembly. See “Scanner flatbed glass holder assembly
3. Remove the upper glass holder. See “Upper glass holder removal” on page 4-53.
4. Slide the glass to the left, and lift it.
CAUTION
While the glass edge is beveled, handle it carefully to avoid cutting your hand.
5. Lift the glass, and place it on a clean, dry cloth.

7002-xxx
Flatbed white cushion removal

2. Peel the Velcro attached pad from one corner.
To replace the flatbed white cushion, place the cushion on the document glass, and close the document cover.
4-32 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Flatbed interconnect card removal

• Flatbed Interconnect card (ICC)
Only replace one component at a time. Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a
Warning: Observe all ESD precautions while handling ESD-sensitive parts. See “Handling ESD-sensitive
parts” on page 4-1.
5. Remove the three screws (A) that attach the hinge support bracket to the rear scan bracket.
A
6. Remove the two screws (B) from the top.
7. Remove the two screws (C) from the left side and right side.

7002-xxx
8. Remove the two screws (D) from the left bottom and right bottom.
D C B C D
9. Disconnect all connectors (E). There are either four or three, depending on model.
10. Remove the four screws (F).
E E
F F
11. Remove the card.
4-34 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Flatbed paper length sensor assembly removal

7002-xxx

Note: Some models may look different. Model X646e is shown.
D C B C D
9. Remove the two screws (E) from the sensor assembly cover.
E E
4-36 Service Manual

7002-xxx
10. Turn over the sensor cover, and remove the screw (F) for the sensor you need to replace.
Note: There are three sensors in models X644e/X646e. There is only one in model X642e.
11. Disconnect the sensor cable (G) at the sensor and remove the sensor.
Note: Only remove one sensor at a time to make it easier to reinstall the right cable.
G F G F

7002-xxx
Flatbed scan assembly removal
1. Remove the ADF assembly. See “ADF complete assembly removal” on page 4-15.
4. Remove the seven screws (A) from the SCC and HDD shield.
5. Loosen the screws for the printer outer shield and slide shield to the left to allow enough room to remove
the scanner control card shield and the hard disk shield.
4-38 Service Manual

7002-xxx
6. Disconnect the two cables (B).

B B
7. Remove the two screws (C) from the left side.
8. Remove the two screws (D) that attaches the ground bracket to the SCC/HDD shield.
Note: The ground bracket is only on models X644e and X646e.
Model X646e shown

7002-xxx
9. Remove the scanner right side cover. “Lift the scan cover (flatbed). Scanner right side cover removal”
on page 4-12.
10. Remove the two screws from the right side (E).
E
11. Pull the scan unit forward to unhook the unit from the printer, and lift the scan unit from the printer.
Installation note:
Remove any clear protective covers from the scanner registration strip and the flatbed white cushion after
installation.
4-40 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Flatbed scan motor assembly removal
A

7002-xxx
D C B C D
9. Push the flatbed CCD toward the motor to take tension from the CCD belt.
10. Unhook the CCD belt from the motor shaft.
mirrors.
4-42 Service Manual

7002-xxx
12. Remove the three screws (E) that attach the FB scan motor assembly to the frame.
E
13. Remove the flatbed scan motor assembly.

7002-xxx
Hard disk removal
Note: This procedure applies to model X646e only.

2. Remove the six screws (A) from the SCC and HDD shield.
3. Loosen the screws for the printer outer shield, and slide the shield to the left to allow enough room to
remove the scanner control card shield and the hard disk shield.
4. Disconnect the two cables (B).
4-44 Service Manual

7002-xxx
5. Remove the four screws (C).
6. Remove the hard disk.

7002-xxx
Home sensor removal
5. Remove the screw (A).
6. Remove the sensor and bracket (B).

7. Disconnect the cable (C) from the sensor.
8. Unclip the home sensor (D) from the bracket.
4-46 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Lower exit guide assembly removal
2. Remove the flatbed white cushion. See “Flatbed white cushion removal” on page 4-32.
4. Press the latch (A) to open the lower exit guide assembly.
5. Remove the two screws (B), and remove the metal plate (C). Set the plate aside.
A B
6. Remove the screw (D) on the ADF frame.
E D
7. Remove the lower exit guide assembly.
Installation note: Be sure to route the cable through the hole (E) in the front ADF frame.

7002-xxx
Pickup solenoid assembly removal

2. Unhook the spring (B).
Note: Two springs attach to the same post. The other spring should be hooked on first, and spring (B)
should be attached on the outside or in front of the other spring.
3. Remove the cable from the cable guide.

4. Disconnect the connector (C), and remove the pickup solenoid assembly.
Scanner control card removal
2. Remove the six screws (A) from the SCC and HDD shield.
4-48 Service Manual

7002-xxx
3. Loosen the screws for the printer outer shield, and slide the shield to the left to allow enough room to
remove the scanner control card shield and the hard disk shield.
4. Disconnect all the cables (B).

5. Remove the four screws (B).

6. Tilt the card to remove the scanner control card.

7002-xxx
Scanner flatbed glass holder assembly removal

A
3. Carefully pry up the inner edge.
Warning: Do not use tools that can scratch the glass.
Warning: Be careful not to touch the calibration strip (A) on the underside of the scanner flatbed glass
holder.
4-50 Service Manual

7002-xxx
4. Lift to release the three tabs (C).

Warning: Place the scanner flatbed glass holder assembly on a clean, dry cloth to protect the glass from
scratches.
Warning: Do not touch the calibration strip (D.)

7002-xxx
Separator assembly torque limiter removal

2. Remove the ADF pick arm assembly. See “Document tray assembly removal” on page 4-23.
3. Unsnap and remove the paper guide (A).
A
4. Remove the clip (B).
5. Remove the reverse roller (C).
6. Slide the separator assembly torque limiter (D) off the shaft.
D C B
4-52 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Upper glass holder removal

2. Slide the upper glass holder to the left to unlatch.
3. Lift the upper glass holder to remove.

7002-xxx
Printer removals
CAUTION
Remove the power cord from the printer or wall outlet before you connect or disconnect any
cable or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer.
CAUTION
Use the handholds on the side of the printer. Make sure your fingers are not under the printer
when you lift or set the printer down.
Note: Some removal procedures require removing cable ties. You must replace cable ties during reassembly to
avoid pinching wires, obstructing the paper path, or restricting mechanical movement.
Fuser wiper cover assembly removal

1. Squeeze the two latches together, and pull up.
2. Remove the fuser wiper cover assembly.

3. Remove the fuser wiper cover assembly.
4-54 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Upper sub cover removal
1. Remove flatbed scanner assembly. See “Flatbed scan assembly removal” on page 4-38.
2. Remove screw (A) from right side frame holding upper sub cover.
3. Pull up on the right side of the upper sub cover.

4. Remove the upper sub cover.

7002-xxx
Upper tray cover removal (paper support)
1. Remove the flatbed scan assembly. See “Flatbed scan assembly removal” on page 4-38.
2. Raise the upper tray cover, and lift to release the latches.
3. Remove the upper tray cover.
Printer left side cover removal
1. Open the upper and lower front covers.

2. Press the two left door latch buttons (A), and open the left door.
4-56 Service Manual

7002-xxx
3. Release the top hinge from the latch (B).
4. Lift the door to release the bottom from the pin (B), and remove the door.

7002-xxx
Redrive door
1. With the redrive door partially open, lift and free the left side.
2. Remove the redrive door.
Printer right cover removal
1. Remove the upper sub cover. See “Upper sub cover removal” on page 4-55.
2. Open the upper and lower front covers.
3. Remove the print cartridge.
4. Remove the right front cover mounting screw (A).
4-58 Service Manual

7002-xxx
5. Remove the redrive door. See “Redrive door” on page 4-58.

6. Remove the right rear cover mounting screw (C).
C
7. Remove the two redrive screws (D).
8. Press the two latches to remove the redrive assembly.

7002-xxx
9. Press the latch (D) firmly to release the front of the right cover.
10. Pull up and out on the right cover to release the three cover retainers (E) at the bottom.
E
Note: When replacing the right side cover, make sure the three cover retainers (E) are correctly located in the
appropriate slots in the right side frame.
4-60 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Operator panel left cover assembly removal
Illustrations represent models X644e/X646e. Unless there is an indication, the procedure is the same.
2. Open the printer upper front cover.
Note: Model X644e shown.
4. For model X642e, disconnect the cable (B).

Model X642e

7002-xxx
5. For model X642e, remove the screw (C) that attaches the ground cable.
6. Remove the operator panel left cover assembly.
4-62 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Installation note: Be sure the latches (C) on the back of the operator panel left cover are fastened into the upper
front cover hinge slots.

7002-xxx
Operator panel right cover assembly removal

A
3. Lift the operator panel right cover assembly carefully to access the cables.
Warning: Be careful not to tear or break the small ribbon cable from its connector (B).
4. Disconnect the four cables (C) from the UI control card.
C B C
5. Remove the operator panel right cover assembly.
4-64 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Installation note: Be sure the latches (D) on the top of the operator panel right cover are fastened into the upper
front cover hinge slots.

7002-xxx
Touchscreen bezel removal

2. Use a small screwdriver or other small tool to carefully release the two tabs (A) under the touchscreen
bezel.
Warning: Be careful not to scratch or mar the touchscreen bezel.

A A
3. For model X642e, disconnect the UICC#3 cable (B).
B
4. Remove the touchscreen bezel.
4-66 Service Manual

7002-xxx
LCD touchscreen removal—models X644e and X646e

CAUTION
1. Remove the operator panel left front cover. See “Operator panel left cover assembly removal” on
page 4-61.
2. Remove the two screws (A) on the operator panel right front cover.
A
Warning: Be careful not to tear or break the small ribbon cable from its connector (B).
4. Disconnect the cables (C) from the UI control card.

7002-xxx
5. Remove the operator panel left side cover. See “Operator panel left cover assembly removal” on
page 4-61.
6. Disconnect the cable (D) from the LCD inverter card assembly.
D
7. Remove the touchscreen bezel. See “Touchscreen bezel removal” on page 4-66.
8. Press the two tabs (E) that limit range of motion, and rotate the LCD touchscreen up until it disconnects.
9. Set the LCD touchscreen aside.

Warning: Avoid touching or placing pressure on the touchscreen. Do not handle roughly or drop.
4-68 Service Manual

7002-xxx
10. Disconnect the ground cable. You might want to use a pair of pliers and a small flat blade screwdriver.
LCD touchscreen removal—model X642e
1. Remove the bezel. See “Touchscreen bezel removal” on page 4-66.

2. Remove the two screws (A) from the right side cover.

7002-xxx
Warning: Be careful not to tear or break the small ribbon cable (B) from its connector.
4. Disconnect the cables (C) from the UI CC#.
B C
5. Remove the operator panel left side cover. See “Operator panel left cover assembly removal” on
page 4-61.
6. Use a screwdriver to lift the lock and disconnect the cable (D) from the LCD inverter card assembly.
4-70 Service Manual

7002-xxx
7. Press the two tabs (E) that limit range of motion, and rotate the LCD touchscreen up until it disconnects.
E E
Multipurpose feeder/lower front cover assembly removal
1. Open the multipurpose tray to a position that allows the left and right tray hinge slots (A) to align with the
D-shape mounting posts (B). Pull upward on each tray hinge to remove the tray from the two mounting
posts.
Warning: Be careful not to break or stress the hinges.
2. Remove the multipurpose tray/lower front cover assembly.

7002-xxx
Left cover handle holder removal
1. Open the left side cover.

2. Remove the outer system board shield. See “Printer outer shield removal” on page 4-126.
3. Remove the two screws (A) holding the top of the left handle holder in place.
4. Use the tab (B) to lift out the left handle holder.
Right cover handle holder removal
1. Remove the right side cover. See “Printer right cover removal” on page 4-58.
2. Remove the two screws (A) holding the top of the right handle holder in place.
3. Lift out the right handle holder.
4-72 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Left and right frame extensions
1. Remove the ADF and flatbed scanner assemblies. See “Flatbed scan assembly removal” on page 4-38.
2. Remove the toner cartridge.
3. Turn the printer on its back.
4. Remove the two screws (A) holding the right frame extension.
5. Remove the two screws (B) securing the left frame extension.

7002-xxx
Pass thru plate
1. Remove the redrive assembly. See “Redrive assembly removal” on page 4-128.
2. Remove the screw (A) securing the pass thru plate.
3. Carefully remove the plate until it is loose.

4. Remove the fuser to system board DC cable (B) secured through the plate.
Note: Note the routing of the fuser card to system board DC cable.
4-74 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Bevel gear removal
1. Open the left door.

2. Remove the inner shield.
3. Remove the gear guard.
4. Remove the power takeoff shaft and spring (A) through the bottom of the printer.
5. Place your thumb on the top of the gear, and press firmly down and away.
Note: You need to exert firm pressure to snap the bevel gear out.

7002-xxx
Installation
1. Remove any washer that may be present (A) and discard.

2. Lubricate areas (A) that engage the journal (B) with grease from the provided packet.
3. Place the new washer (C) on the bevel gear shaft.
4. Insert the bottom portion and press or pull into position.

Note: You should hear two distinct snaps. If you only hear one, the bevel gear is only partially engaged
and you should continue to press until the second snap is heard. Very firm pressure is required.
CAUTION
Do not brace your hands below the bevel gear itself. When the gear double-snaps into place,
it may pinch your hand.
5. Install the power takeoff shaft and spring.

6. Install the gear guard.
7. Install the inner shield.
4-76 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Developer drive assembly removal
1. Remove the system board and inner shield. See “System board and inner shield removal —models
X644e/X646e” on page 4-131.
2. Remove the two short screws (A) and the one long screw (B) securing the developer drive assembly.
3. Remove the developer drive assembly.

4. Remove the developer drive coupler kit. See “Developer drive coupler kit removal” on page 4-78.
Installation
1. Place the developer coupler into the main motor drive shaft.
2. Place the developer drive shaft on the developer drive.
3. Align the developer drive shaft with the coupler.
4. Be sure to replace the screws in the same positions.

7002-xxx
Developer drive coupler kit removal
1. Remove the developer drive. See “Developer drive assembly removal” on page 4-77.
2. Remove the shaft drive and coupler.
ESD cover removal
1. Open the multipurpose tray, and remove the tray from the two mounting posts. See “Multipurpose feeder/
lower front cover assembly removal” on page 4-71.
2. Carefully lift the latch on the left (A), and remove the ESD cover.
Note: Be careful not to stress the hinge on the right (B).
4-78 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Fuser assembly removal

CAUTION
Unplug the printer before you begin.
1. Remove the fuser wick assembly cover. See “Fuser wiper cover assembly removal” on page 4-54.
3. Remove the fuser mounting screws (A).
4. Disconnect the fuser to LVPS AC cable (B) from the fuser lamp connector (C).

7002-xxx
5. Disconnect the fuser to system board DC cable (D) from the fuser board.
Note: Be sure to observe the routing of the LVPS to fuser lamp AC and the DC cable.
6. Pull the cables free and remove the fuser.
Installation notes
1. When you reinstall the fuser, be sure to route the fuser to LVPS AC cable (A) through the channel (B) on
the right side frame above the LVPS, under the clip (C) over the LVPS, and through the notch in the
frame (D).
2. Route the fuser lamp cable through the opening in the fuser (E).
4-80 Service Manual

7002-xxx
3. Connect the fuser to LVPS AC cable to the fuser lamp connector (F) at the LVPS.
Note: Be sure to connect the fuser to system board DC cable after replacing the LVPS.

7002-xxx
Fuser exit sensor removal
1. Remove the fuser. See “Fuser assembly removal” on page 4-79.

2. Disconnect the fuser exit cable (A) from the fuser control board.
3. Remove the screw (B) securing the cover containing the fuser exit sensor, flag, and spring.
4. Release the two clips (C) holding the sensor in the bracket.
5. Unplug the fuser exit sensor cable from the sensor.
Installation
1. Move the fuser exit sensor flag out of the way to clip the sensor securely into the cover.
2. Connect the fuser exit sensor cable.
4-82 Service Manual

7002-xxx
3. Snap the bottom fastener of the sensor cover into place in the lower exit guide assembly, and use a small
flat bladed screwdriver to ease the sensor cover into the clips.
4. Replace the screw securing the sensor cover.
Note: Make sure the flag moves properly.
Fuser exit sensor flag and spring removal
1. Remove the fuser exit sensor. See “Fuser exit sensor removal” on page 4-82.
2. Note the position of the spring (A) in relation to the flag (B).
3. Carefully ease the right arm (C) until the fuser exit sensor cover releases the flag and spring.

7002-xxx
Spring replacement
1. Place the spring on the left pin (A).

2. Set the tang (B) on the flag.
4-84 Service Manual

7002-xxx
3. Rotate the bent end (C) of the spring to add tension, place the pins between the sensor cover arms, and
rest the bent end against the sensor cover frame.
Note: After replacing the sensor, flag, and spring, make sure the flag moves freely and returns.

7002-xxx
Fuser lamp removal

CAUTION
The fuser and the fuser lamp may be hot. You may need to allow them to cool before handling
them.
1. Remove the fuser assembly. See “Fuser assembly removal” on page 4-79.
2. Disconnect the fuser lamp AC cable from the right side of the top cover assembly.
3. Remove the two screws (A) from the right side fuser lamp contact cover.
Warning: Take care when removing the screw, as the lamp is under spring tension. When the contact is
released, damage to the lamp or contact may occur.
A(202)
4. Remove the left lamp contact assembly.
4-86 Service Manual

7002-xxx
5. Remove the fuser lamp.

Warning: The lamp is under spring tension, and care must be used when removing the lamp from the
fuser. Grip the lamp by the ceramic end piece, and remove it from the fuser assembly. Be
careful not to touch the glass, as skin oils and acids can reduce the life of the lamp.
Use the following table to identify and install the correct lamp.
Description P/N
Fuser Lamp 115 V 40X0122
Fuser Lamp 220 V 40X0123

7002-xxx
Fuser narrow media sensor removal
2. Remove the screw (A) securing the narrow media sensor cover to the fuser.
3. With a thumbnail, release the catches (B) holding the sensor cover to the lower exit guide assembly (C) in
place.
Note: You may need to move the narrow media flag out of the way to remove the sensor.
4. Disconnect the fuser narrow media cable at the sensor.

5. Release the catches holding the sensor in the cover.
Note: Hold the narrow media flag out of the way to remove the sensor from the cover.
4-88 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Replacement
1. Move the narrow media flag out of the way to clip the sensor securely into the cover.
2. Connect the fuser narrow media cable.

3. Snap the bottom fastener of the sensor cover into place in the lower exit guide assembly, and rock the
cover up until the top fastener snaps securely.
4. Replace the screw securing the sensor cover.

7002-xxx
Fuser narrow media flag and spring removal
1. Remove the fuser narrow media sensor. See “Fuser narrow media sensor removal” on page 4-88.
2. Note the position of the spring (A) in relation to the flag (B).
3. Carefully ease the right arm (C) of the sensor cover just far enough apart to release the flag and spring.
Spring replacement
1. Place the spring on the left pin (A).

2. Set the tang (B) on the flag.
4-90 Service Manual

7002-xxx
3. Rotate the bent end (C) of the spring to add tension, place the pins between the sensor cover arms, and
rest the bent end against the sensor cover frame.
Note: After replacing the sensor, flag, and spring, make sure the flag moves properly.

7002-xxx
Fuser to LVPS AC cable removal

CAUTION
1. Remove the fuser wick assembly cover. See “Fuser wiper cover assembly removal” on page 4-54.
4. Disconnect the fuser to LVPS AC cable (A) from the fuser lamp connector on the fuser, and remove the
cable through the cable retainer (B) and the lower rectangular opening (C) in the fuser frame.
5. Remove the pass thru plate. See “Pass thru plate” on page 4-74.
6. Disconnect the LVPS to system board DC cable (D) from the LVPS.
4-92 Service Manual

7002-xxx
7. 106 Pull
the LVPS assembly far enough out from the right side of the printer to disconnect the fuser to LVPS
AC cable from the LVPS (E).
Note: The LVPS assembly may be difficult to remove from the printer. Do not use excessive force in the
removal.
8. Remove the fuser to LVPS AC cable.
Installation
1. Plug in the fuser to LVPS AC cable (A) into the LVPS.

2. Route the cable through the channel (B) on the right side frame above the LVPS, under the clip (C) over the
LVPS, and through the notch in the frame (D).

7002-xxx
3. Route the cable through the lower rectangular opening (E).

4. Connect the fuser to LVPS AC cable to the fuser lamp connector (F).
Note: Be sure to connect the fuser to system board DC cable after replacing the LVPS.
4-94 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Fuser top cover removal

CAUTION
1. Remove the fuser assembly. See “Fuser assembly removal” on page 4-79.
2. Note the thermistor cable routing (A) and disconnect the thermistor cable at the fuser control board.
3. Disconnect the AC fuser lamp cable (B) from the top right side of the fuser cover.

7002-xxx
4. Carefully remove the two screws (C) from the right side of the fuser lamp contact cover (D).
5. Release the latch (E) and remove the cover.
6. Remove the screw (F) on the left side and the screw (G) on the right side that attach the fuser upper cover
assembly to the fuser frame.
7. Remove screw (H) that attaches the side fuser lamp contact to the fuser top cover.
F H G
4-96 Service Manual

7002-xxx
8. Remove the fuser cover.
Fuser transfer plate removal
1. Remove the upper paper deflector. See “Upper paper deflector assembly removal” on page 4-138.
2. Remove the transfer roll. See “Transfer roll assembly removal” on page 4-132.
3. Remove the inner paper deflector. See “Inner paper deflector assembly removal” on page 4-101.
4. Lift the left side of the fuser transfer plate (A), and move the plate to the left to clear the right side from its
mounting.
5. Remove the screw that attaches the transfer plate ground wire to the center pan.
6. Remove the fuser transfer plate.
7. Remove the screw that attaches the deflector cable to the transfer plate.

7002-xxx
Gear release link removal
X644e/X646e” on page 4-131.
2. Remove the developer drive.
3. Disconnect the gear release link (A) from the hole in charge roll link (B).
Note: Lift the upper front cover to make it easier to remove the link.
4. Rotate the link to disconnect the link from the main drive assembly.
5. Remove the gear release link.
4-98 Service Manual

7002-xxx
High voltage power supply removal

CAUTION
3. Disconnect the HVPS cable from the HVPS at connector (A).
A
4. Disconnect the transfer roll cable (B) from the HVPS board.
Warning: Use care when disconnecting the cable from the transformer on the HVPS. The cable and
connector can be easily damaged.

7002-xxx
5. Remove the HVPS mounting screws (C).
6. Slide the HVPS to the left to release the mounting tab from the center pan, and remove the HVPS.

7002-xxx
Inner paper deflector assembly removal
1. Remove the paper tray.

2. Remove the upper paper deflector assembly. See “Upper paper deflector assembly removal” on
page 4-138.
3. Remove the MPF lower deflector assembly. See “MPF lower paper deflector” on page 4-117.
4. Place the printer on its side.
5. Gently pry the inner paper deflector from the left and right mounting posts (A) located on the bottom of the
printer, and remove the deflector.
A
6. Disengage the two latches (B) on the upper part of the deflector from the upper edge of the frame (C), and
lift to remove.
C B C

7002-xxx
Input sensor removal
1. Remove the upper paper deflector. “Upper paper deflector assembly removal” on page 4-138.
2. Loosen the MPF lower front cover. See “Multipurpose feeder/lower front cover assembly removal” on
page 4-71.
3. Remove the inner paper deflector.“Inner paper deflector assembly removal” on page 4-101.
4. Disconnect the input sensor cable (A) from the input sensor (B).
5. Release the input sensor from its mounting, and remove.

7002-xxx
Integrated tray autocompensator assembly removal
1. Remove the ADF scanner assembly. See “ADF complete assembly removal” on page 4-15.
2. Remove the flatbed scanner assembly. See “Flatbed scan assembly removal” on page 4-38.
3. Remove the paper tray.
4. Remove the left door. See “Printer left side cover removal” on page 4-56.
5. Remove the outer shield. See “Printer outer shield removal” on page 4-126.
6. Place the printer on its back.
7. Disconnect the cannot motor cable (A) from the system board (J24).

7002-xxx
8. Locate the integrated tray autocompensator assembly (B) on the bottom of the printer, and disconnect the
autocompensator arm bias spring (C).
Note: When you remove the spring, note the larger loop attaches to the side frame.
9. Remove the C-clip (D) that rests against the right side frame from the autocompensator pivot shaft.
10. Disconnect the autocompensator sensor cable (E) from the assembly.
11. Remove the autocompensator assembly mounting screw (F).
12. Slide the shaft to the right, and push the shaft from the outside of the frame.
13. Remove the integrated tray autocompensator assembly.

7002-xxx
Integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly removal
1. Remove the integrated tray, and look underneath the printer for the autocompensator arm. Pull the arm
down.
2. Press on the end of the tab (A) and pull the pick roll off the arm. Repeat this step for the pick roll on the
other side. Next, gently release the autocompensator arm. Discard the used pick rolls.

7002-xxx
Installation
1. Remove the new pick rolls from their packaging.

2. Pull the autocompensator arm down. Locate the recessed area on the pick roll, and align it with the tab on
the arm. There are two arrows on each pick roll. Make sure the bottom arrow faces you as you align the
recessed area with the tab.
3. Push the pick roll onto the arm with the tab aligned. Repeat this step on the other side to install the other
pick roll.
4. Gently release the autocompensator arm. Insert, integrated tray.

7002-xxx
Interface card assembly removal

CAUTION

• Flatbed Interconnect card (ICC)
Note: Any time the interface card assembly is replaced, the Configuration ID must be reset in NVRAM on the
new interface card. Go to “Configuration ID” on page 3-19.
1. Remove any feature or option cards from the interface card.
2. Remove modem card (A) if installed.
3. Remove the two screws securing the interface card (B).
4. Remove the interface card assembly.

7002-xxx
LCD inverter card assembly removal
2. Remove the operator panel left side cover. See “Operator panel left cover assembly
3. Remove the two cables (A).
4. Remove the two screws (B).
Note: For model X642e, you may need to carefully use a screw to disconnect the LCD display HV
cable (C).
Model X642e

7002-xxx
Low voltage power supply removal

CAUTION
3. Remove the pass thru plate. See “Pass thru plate” on page 4-74.
4. Remove the LVPS mounting screws (A) from the rear of the center pan.
5. Disconnect the LVPS to system board cable.
The cable is difficult to disconnect. There are catches (B) that firmly hold latches on the LVPS card
connector (C).

7002-xxx
6. Pull the LVPS assembly far enough out from the right side of the printer to disconnect the fuser to LVPS
AC lamp cable (D).
Warning: The LVPS assembly may be difficult to remove from the printer. Do not use excessive force in
the removal.
7. Remove the low voltage power supply.

7002-xxx
Main fan removal
1. Remove the ADF scanner assembly. See “ADF complete assembly removal” on page 4-15.
2. Remove the flatbed scanner assembly. See “Flatbed scan assembly removal” on page 4-38.
3. Remove the printer left side cover. See “Printer left side cover removal” on page 4-56
4. Open the left side cover.
6. Remove the two screws (A) securing the upper plenum.
7. Remove the upper plenum.

7002-xxx
8. Clip the cable tie (B).

Note: Be careful not to damage any of the cables. Note the location of the cable tie for later replacement.
9. Disconnect the main fan to the system board (C) at J4.
10. Remove the main fan.

7002-xxx
Main drive assembly removal
X644e/X646e” on page 4-131.
2. Remove the screw securing the gear guard (A).
3. Remove the power take off shaft and spring. See “Power takeoff shaft and spring removal” on
page 4-126.
4. Remove the developer drive assembly. See “Developer drive assembly removal” on page 4-77.
5. Lift and remove the cables from the cable hooks (B).

7002-xxx
6. Remove the ground cable screw (C).

7. Remove the main drive assembly mounting screws (D).
8. Disconnect the gear release link (E) from the hole in the charge roll link (F).
Note: Lift the upper front cover to make it easier to remove the link.
9. Disconnect the main drive motor cable from the main drive assembly.
10. Remove the main drive assembly.
Warning: Whenever the main drive assembly is removed from the printer it must be handled very carefully.
Do not allow any of the gears to come in contact with any metal or other hard surface to avoid gear
damage. It is also very important not to let any dirt, paper, staples, or other material come in contact
with the grease in the gears.
Note: Be sure the main drive assembly gear shaft aligns with the hub on the left side frame when reinstalling
the main drive assembly.

7002-xxx
Modem removal
1. Remove the two screws (A) on the rear of the MFP.
A
2. Disconnect the cable (B) from the scanner control card.
3. Remove the cable from the slot in the frame (C).
4. With a flathead screwdriver open the cable clamp (D), and remove the cable and the modem.
C D B

7002-xxx
MPF arm assembly removal

2. Remove the MPF lower front cover. See “Multipurpose feeder/lower front cover assembly removal” on
page 4-71.
3. Remove the MPF lower paper deflector. See “MPF lower paper deflector” on page 4-117.
6. Remove the MPF solenoid assembly. See “MPF solenoid assembly removal” on page 4-119.
7. Remove the C-clip (A).
8. Remove the washer, and set it aside.
9. Remove the MPF arm assembly.

7002-xxx
Installation note:
Note the order of C-clips bushing, and washer when you reinstall.
MPF lower paper deflector
1. Remove the MPF lower cover.

2. Remove the four screws securing the MPF lower paper deflector.
3. Remove the defector.

7002-xxx
MPF pick tire removal
2. Release the pick roll retaining tab (A), and slide the pick roll off the shaft.

7002-xxx
MPF solenoid assembly removal

2. Remove the MPF lower front cover. See “Multipurpose feeder/lower front cover assembly removal” on
page 4-71.
3. Remove the MPF lower paper deflector. See “MPF lower paper deflector” on page 4-117.
5. Remove the C-clip (A) on the left side.
6. Press the clips on the end of the shaft to remove the MPF tires (B).
7. Remove the C-clip (C) on the shaft.
C B

7002-xxx
8. Remove the bushing (D).

Note: The bushing fits into a detent (E) in the frame of the MPF arm assembly.
9. Loosen the paper alignment screws (F).
F
10. Remove the C-clip securing the MPF solenoid assembly on the shaft.
Note: This C-clip is very difficult to locate and remove.

7002-xxx
11. Pull the shaft assembly (G) to the right until the left end of the shaft is clear of the frame, and slide the MPF
solenoid assembly from the shaft.
Installation note:
Be careful not to lose the washer (H) that is between the MPF solenoid assembly and the C-clip. It belongs to the
MPF arm assembly.

7002-xxx
Paper alignment assembly removal
1. Remove the upper paper deflector assembly. See “Upper paper deflector assembly removal” on
page 4-138.
2. Remove the inner paper deflector assembly. See “Inner paper deflector assembly removal” on
page 4-101.
3. Release the input paper sensor from its mounting, and remove.
4. Remove the left door.
5. Remove the paper alignment assembly mounting screws (A).

7002-xxx
6. Locate the paper alignment assembly reference adjustment screw (B) through the left frame, and remove
the screw.
7. Remove the paper alignment assembly.

Note: Do the “Paper alignment assembly adjustment” on page 4-3 when you reinstall the assembly.

7002-xxx
Paper bin full sensor flag removal
3. Remove the fuser wiper cover assembly. See “Fuser wiper cover assembly removal” on page 4-54
4. Remove the two screws (A) attaching the upper plenum and remove the upper plenum.
A
5. Remove the screws from the upper cover. See “Upper cover removal (printer)” on page 4-133.
Note: It is not necessary to remove the cover from the printer.
6. Lift the left rear corner of the printer upper top cover to access the flag (B) and remove the flag from the
mounting bracket.

7002-xxx
Paper size sensing board removal
X644e/X646e” on page 4-131.
2. Remove the paper size sensing board mounting screw (A).
3. Disconnect the paper size sensing board cable (B) from the board.
4. Remove the paper size sensing board from the latch (C).
C A B
5. Remove the paper size sensing board.

7002-xxx
Power takeoff shaft and spring removal
Remove the power takeoff shaft and spring (A) through the bottom of the printer.
Printer outer shield removal
1. Remove the printer left door. See “Printer left side cover removal” on page 4-56.
2. Loosen the outer shield mounting screws (A), and remove the shield by sliding up.
A(202)
A(202)

7002-xxx
Printhead removal
CAUTION
The laser scanning unit is not a serviceable FRU. Replace the entire unit when service is
required.
1. Remove the ADF scanner. See “ADF complete assembly removal” on page 4-15.
2. Remove the flatbed scanner. See “Flatbed scan assembly removal” on page 4-38.
3. Remove the printer upper cover. See “Upper cover removal (printer)” on page 4-133.
4. Disconnect the printhead cable (A) from the printhead assembly.
5. Remove the four printhead mounting screws (B), and remove the printhead.
Note: Do the “Printhead assembly adjustment—printer” on page 4-2 whenever you remove or replace the
printhead assembly or loosen the mounting screws.
B A

7002-xxx
Redrive assembly removal
1. Remove the redrive door assembly.

2. Remove the redrive exit cover.
3. Remove the redrive assembly mounting screws (A).
4. Release the redrive assembly mounting latches (B), and remove the redrive assembly.

7002-xxx
Signature button contact assembly removal
1. Remove the print cartridge.

2. Remove the left side door. See “Printer left side cover removal” on page 4-56.
3. Remove the right cover. See “Printer right cover removal” on page 4-58.
4. Remove outer system board shield. See “Printer outer shield removal” on page 4-126.
5. Disconnect signature button cable from connector J14 on the system board.
6. On models 200/210/400/410, remove the two screws (A) securing the blower duct.
7. Remove the signature button contact assembly mounting screw (B).

8. Remove the assembly signature button contact assembly.
Note: Be sure to route the cable in the same location, as shown (C), when replacing the assembly.

7002-xxx
System board and inner shield removal—model X642e

2. Disconnect all cables from the system board.
Note: Sometimes cables may be difficult to remove. Be careful not to damage the connectors.
3. Remove all features and options from the interface card.

4. Depending on your printer model, remove the small USB port mounting screw (A).
Note: You may have additional screws in various models.
5. Depending on your printer model, remove the modem. See “Modem removal” on page 4-115.
6. Remove the six system board mounting screws (B).
Back view Side view

A B
7. Remove the system board and inner shield.

7002-xxx
System board and inner shield removal —models X644e/X646e

2. Disconnect all cables from the system board.
Note: Sometimes cables may be difficult to remove. Be careful not to damage the connectors.
3. Remove all features and options from the interface card.

4. Depending on your printer model, remove the small USB port mounting screw (A).
Note: You may have additional screws in various models.
5. Depending on your printer model, remove the modem. See “Modem removal” on page 4-115.
6. Remove the six system board mounting screws (B).
Back view Side view

A B
7. Remove the system board and inner shield.

7002-xxx
Toner sensor removal
2. Remove the toner sensor mounting screw (A).
3. Disconnect the toner sensor cable, and remove the toner sensor.
Transfer roll assembly removal
Warning: Be careful when handling the transfer roll. Wrap a piece of plain white paper around the charge roll
to prevent contamination or damage.
1. Open the upper front cover, and remove the print cartridge.
2. Unsnap the transfer roll assembly from the left pivot arm.
3. Lift the transfer roll assembly toward the left, and remove it from the printer.

7002-xxx
Upper cover removal (printer)
1. Remove the ADF scan assembly. See “ADF complete assembly removal” on page 4-15
4. Remove the right cover. See “Printer right cover removal” on page 4-58.
5. Remove the upper tray cover. See “Upper tray cover removal (paper support)” on page 4-56.
7. Remove the fuser wiper cover. See “Fuser wiper cover assembly removal” on page 4-54.
8. Remove the two screws (A) attaching the upper plenum and remove the upper plenum.
A
9. Remove the screw (B) at the rear of the printer and the larger screw (C) at the front on the right side.

7002-xxx
10. Remove the two screws (D) from the top of the right side.
11. Remove the two screws (E) from the top of the left side.
12. For those models with a hard disk (X646e), remove the hard disk. See “Hard disk removal” on
page 4-44.

7002-xxx
13. Remove the screw (F) through the back of the shield or from the position shown.
14. Unlatch the front right and front left cover posts, and remove the upper cover.
Note: Make sure the paper bin full sensor (G) clears the opening will lifting the upper cover.

7002-xxx
Upper front cover hinge assembly removal
1. Remove the ADF scan assembly. See “ADF complete assembly removal” on page 4-15.
3. Remove the operator panel left cover assembly. See “Operator panel left cover assembly removal” on
page 4-61.
4. Remove the operator panel right cover assembly. See “Operator panel right cover assembly removal”
on page 4-64.
5. Remove the touchscreen bezel. See “Touchscreen bezel removal” on page 4-66.
6. Remove the LCD touchscreen. See “LCD touchscreen removal—models X644e and X646e” on
page 4-67.
7. Remove printer left side cover. See “Printer left side cover removal” on page 4-56.
8. Remove printer right side cover. See “Printer right cover removal” on page 4-58.
9. Remove the printer upper cover. See “Upper cover removal (printer)” on page 4-133.
10. Remove the C-clips (A) from the upper front cover hinge assembly left and right hinge pins, and remove the
pins. Note the pin orientation and the C-clip location on the inside of each hinge.
11. Detach the two springs (B) from the upper front cover hinges.
12. Detach two springs (C) from the left and right side of the hinge assembly.
C B A B C
13. Disconnect the USB cable and cover open switch cable from the system board and UICC (18-pin) to
scanner control card cable from the scanner control card.

7002-xxx
14. Remove the screw (D) attaching the hinge right side cable retainer and removal the UICC (18-pin) to
scanner control card cable from the hinge arm.
D
15. Raise the upper front cover hinge assembly to a position that lets you lift the left pivot arm from the
mounting bracket.
16. Lift the left pivot arm from the bracket, and move the upper cover hinge assembly toward the left to clear
the right upper cover pivot arm from the mounting bracket.
17. Remove the upper front cover hinge assembly.

7002-xxx
Upper paper deflector assembly removal
1. Either lift the ESD cover out of the way or remove it. See “ESD cover removal” on page 4-78.
Note: The tabs holding the ESD cover are easily stressed or broken.
2. Lift the left side to release the small tab (A) on the left and the MPF flag (B) and slide the upper paper
deflector assembly to the right to unlatch the hooks (C) on the right.
Note: Be careful not to put too much stress on the small tab (A) on the right.
3. Lift to remove the upper paper deflector assembly.

Installation note: Make sure the MPF flag (B) is in place.

7002-xxx
USB card
2. Remove the operator panel left cover. See “Operator panel left cover assembly removal” on
page 4-61.
3. Remove the USB cable (A) from the USB board assembly.
4. Remove the two screws (B) securing the USB board assembly.
Note: Models X644e/X646e shown.
B A
5. Remove the USB card.

7002-xxx

7002-xxx
5. Locations and connections
Locations
Sensors—flatbed
Model X642e
Models X644e/X646e
Locations and connections 5-1

7002-xxx
Sensors—ADF
Model X642e
Models X644e/X646e
5-2 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Connections
System board

7002-xxx
System board (see “System board” on page 5-3) connector pins
Connector Pin no. Signal
J1 Interconnect card
J2 Printhead (laser cable) 1 VIDEO 1+ CN
2 VIDEO 1- CN
3 Ground
4 LADJ2*
5 VIDEO 0- CN
6 VIDEO 0+ CN
7 Ground
8 +5PHEAD
9 LPOW
10 Ground
11 LADJ* CN
12 LPOW FB
13 LENA*
J3 Printhead (HSYNC)/mirror motor 1 Ground
2 HSYNC CN*
3 HSYNC ID
4 +5 V dc
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
J4 Main fan 1 FANSTALL
2 Ground
3 MAINFAN
J5 Cartridge fan 1 CARTFANSTAIL
2 Ground
3 CARTFAN
J6 Hopper full (output bin sensor) 1 HOP FULL*
2 Ground
3 HOP LED
5-4 Service Manual

7002-xxx
J7 USB port 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
J8 Cover closed switch 1 Cov Closed
2 Ground
3 +5 V dc
J10 Fuser DC 1 NARMEDIA*
2 Ground
3 THERM
4 Ground
5 THUMP
6 +5V dc
7 THUMPRET
8 EXIT SNS*
9 +3.3 V dc
10 I2C CLK L5
11 I2C DAT L5
J14 Signature button 1 SM Cart
2 Ground
J15 HVPS 1 ATSERVO
2 TXENABLE
3 XFR
4 24 V dc switched
5 CHARGE
6 Ground
7 DEV
8 Ground
input sensor 9 INPUTSENSX
10 +5 V dc switched
Cartridge toner wheel sensor 11 +5 V dc
12 TONER WHEELX
13 Ground

7002-xxx
J16 Ethernet port 1

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
J17 Parallel port
J18 Front/bottom options 1 Ground
2 +24 V dc OTC OPT
J20 Transport motor 1 BLDC_HALL 0
2 BLDC_HALL 1
3 BLDC_HALL 2
4 BLDC FG
5 Ground
6 +5 V dc switched
7 BLDC WIND
8 BLDC WIND 1
9 BLDC WIND 2
J21 Autoconnect—front/bottom 1 Ground
2 +5 V dc fused
3 Ground
4 +24 V dc PTC OPT
J23 MPF pick solenoid 1 MPFPick*
2 +24V dc
J24 Autocomp motor 1 +24 V dc
2 AUTOCOMP*
J25 Autoconnect—bottom/front 1 Ground
2 +24VPTCOPT
5-6 Service Manual

7002-xxx
J26 Paper size sensor/autocomp motor 1 PSIZE2

2 Ground
3 PSIZE1
4 PSIZE3
5 Ground
6 TRAY1 POUT
7 TRAY1 PLOW*
8 +3.3V dc
9 ENCODER
10 +5V dc
J27 LVPS 1 +5 V dc
2 +5 V dc
3 +5 V dc
4 Ground
5 Ground
6 Ground
7 Ground
8 Ground
9 Ground
10 Ground
11 +24 V dc RAW
12 Ground
13 +24 V dc RAW
14 +24 V dc RAW
15 ZEROXING R+
16 +24 V dc RAW
17 HEAT
18 HEAT
19 Ground
20 L FAN DRV*
J28 MPF paper out 1 MPF POUT
2 Ground
3 MPF LED

7002-xxx
J30 USB host–back 1

2
3
4
5
6
7
USB host—front connection 1 +5 V USBICN
2 USB DI–
3 USB DI+
4 Ground
5 Ground
Printhead fan 1 +24V dc
2 PH FAN*
Autoconnect
Connector Pin no. Signal (static)
Bottom autoconnect 1 +24 V dc

2 0 V dc
3 +5 V dc
4 0 V dc
5 0 V dc
6 0 V dc
Front autoconnect 1 0 V dc
2 0 V dc
3 0 V dc
4 +5 V dc
5 0 V dc
6 +24 V dc
5-8 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Fuser board
Fuser Board (not a FRU) Connectors
J1—System board
J2—Narrow media sensor
J3—N/A
J4—Solenoid
J5—Exit sensor
J6—Thermistor
High voltage power supply
Connector CN no. Signal
CN1 System board 1 Developer PWM

2 +24 V dc Return
3 Charge PWM
4 +24 V dc IN
5 TX PWM
6 TX Enable
7 TX CUR PWM
8 SVRO OUT

7002-xxx
Interface card
J1 A1 to B62 N/A
J2 A1 to B62 N/A
USB card
CN2 1-5 Signals

J2 USB signals
5-10 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Low voltage power supply
Connector CN pin no. Signal
CN1 Fuser lamp AC 1 AC fuser lamp

2 Not used
3 AC fuser lamp
CN2 DC output 1 +5 V dc
2 +5 V dc
3 Ground
4 Ground
5 Ground
6 Ground
7 +24 V dc
8 +24 V dc
9 Heat on
10 +5 V dc
11 +5 V dc
12 Ground
13 Ground
14 Ground
15 Ground
16 +24 V dc
17 ZC Out*
18 +42 V dc

7002-xxx
Operator panel card (UICC #1)—model X642e
Note: Part of operator panel right cover assembly.

Model X642e
Operator panel card connector pins—model X642e
J3 to touchscreen display 1 X-DRIVE +5 V dc IN

2 X+/Y +DRIVE
3 Y+/X +DRIVE
4 Y-/X +5 V dc IN
J5 Not used
J7 Not used
J10 to J15 on scanner control card 1 +24 V dc
2 +24 V dc
3 Ground
4 Ground
5 TXD-
6 TXD+
7 TXD232 N
8 RXD232 N
9 Ground
10 Ground
11 CLKTX-
12 CLKTX+
5-12 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Operator panel card connector pins—model X642e (continued)
J10 to J15 on scanner control card (continued) 13 NC TX2-

14 NC TX2+
15 NC TXI-
16 NC TXI+
17 MASTER RESET N
18 Ground
J12 to touchscreen display 1–32 Signal
J14 1 +5 V dc IN
2 BUTTON ADMIN (+5 V dc default,
ground when pushed)
3 Ground
4 Vo (contrast wheel output)
5 Vo (contrast wheel output)
6 Ground
7 VEE ± 24 V dc
8 VEE ± 24 V dc
J15 1 +5 V dc IN
2 BUTTON HOME
3 BUTTON HELP (+5 V dc default,
ground when push Go)
4 Ground
J18 to CN1 on LCD inverter card 1 +5 V dc BACKLIGHT CONTROL
2 Ground

7002-xxx
Operator panel card (UICC #1)—models X644e/X646e
Note: Part of operator panel right cover assembly.

Models X644e/X646e
Operator panel card connector (UICC #1) pins—model X644e/X646e
J3 to touchscreen display 1 X-DRIVE +5 V dc IN

2 X+/Y +DRIVE
3 Y+/X +DRIVE
4 Y-/X +5 V dc IN
J5 Not used 1-4 Signal
J7 Not used 1-14 Signal
5-14 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Operator panel card connector (UICC #1) pins—model X644e/X646e (continued)
J10 to J15 on scanner control card 1 +24 V dc

2 +24 V dc
3 Ground
4 Ground
5 TXD-
6 TXD+
7 TXD232 N
8 RXD232 N
9 Ground
10 Ground
11 CLKTX-
12 CLKTX+
13 NC TX2-
14 NC TX2+
15 NC TXI-
16 NC TXI+
17 MASTER RESET N
18 Ground
J12 to touchscreen display 1–32 Signal
J13 to CN1 on inverter card 1 +12 V dc
2 +12 V dc
3 Ground
4 Ground
5 BACKLITE CONTROL
6 PWM DIM
7 Ground
8 Ground

7002-xxx
LCD inverter board (IUCC #2)
Note: Part of operator panel left cover.)
Model X642e Models X644e/X646e
CN1 to J13 on operator panel card 1 +5 V dc BL

(Model X642e) 2 Ground
CN1 to J13 on operator panel card 1 +12 V dc
(Model X644e/X646e) 2 +12 V dc
3 Ground
4 Ground
5 BACKLITE CONTROL—Lamp on/
off control
6 PWM DIM—Bright adjust
7 Ground
8 Ground
CN2 to touchscreen display 1 HV DO NOT MEASURE
2 Not used
3 Not used
4 Not used
6 HV DO NOT MEASURE
5-16 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Scanner control card

Models X642e Models X644e/X646e
Scanner control card connector pins
J1 to CN1 on flatbed interface card 1 MDC DET

2 +25 V dc IN
3 +25 V dc IN
4 +25 V dc IN
5 Ground
6 nTOP FB
7 nTOP ADF
8 Ground
9 nSTART LINE
10 Ground
11 MDC TXD
12 MDC RXD
13 Ground
14 nADF Present
15 nCOVER CLOSED
16 Ground
17 FAN ON
18 FAN BACK
19 Ground

7002-xxx
Scanner control card connector pins (continued)
J1 to CN1 on flatbed interface card (continued) 20 nRESET

21 +3.3 V dc
22 Ground
23 Signal
24 Signal
J2 FB CCD ribbon cable 1-36 Signal
J3 Not used 1 Ground
2 VXADF RXD2
3 VXADF TXD2
4 +5 V dc
2 MDC RXD
3 MDC TXD
4 +5 V dc
2 VXADF RXD1
3 VXADF TXD1
4 +5 V dc
J7 To hard disk assembly (model X646e only) 1 +12 V dc
2 Ground
3 Ground
4 +5 V dc
J12 to hard disk (model X646e only) 1 +5 V dc
2 Ground
3 Signal
4 Signal
5 Signal
6 Signal
7 Signal
8 Signal
9 Signal
10 Signal
11 Signal
12 Signal
13 Signal
14 Signal
15 Signal
16 Signal
5-18 Service Manual

7002-xxx
J12 to hard disk (model X646e only) (continued) 17 Signal

18 Signal
19 Ground
20 HARD KEY
21 Signal
22 Signal
23 Signal
24 Signal
25 Signal
26 Signal
27 Signal
28 Signal
29 Signal
30 Ground
31 Signal
33 +5 V dc
34 Ground
35 Signal
36 Signal
37 Signal
38 Signal
39 Signal
40 Ground
J13 to J59 on modem card 1 +5 V dc
2 Ground
3 +3.3 V dc
4 +3.3 V dc
5 Signal
6 Signal
7 Signal
8 Signal
9 Ground
10 Signal
11 Signal
12 Signal
13 Signal
14 Signal
15 Signal

7002-xxx
J13 to J59 on modem card (continued) 16 Signal

17 Signal
18 Signal
19 Signal
20 Signal
21 Signal
22 Ground
23 DSP-IRQ
24 IO-WRITE
25 IO-READ
26 MOD CS
27 Ground
28 MOD RDY
29 MOD PRES
30 RESET N
J15 to operator panel card 1 MASTER RESET N
2 Ground
3 TX1-
4 TX1+
5 TX2-
6 TX2+
7 CLKTX-
8 CLKTX+
9 Ground
10 Ground
11 UITXD
12 UIRXD
13 TX0-
14 TX0+
15 Ground
16 Ground
17 +24 V dc
18 +24 V dc
5-20 Service Manual

7002-xxx
J23 to CN5 on flatbed interconnect card C1 Ground

C2 Ground
1 CCD ON
2 POWER SAVER
3 +24 V dc IN
4 Ground
5 Ground
6 Ground
7 Ground
8 Ground
9 Ground
10 Ground
11 Ground
12 Signal
13 Signal
14 Ground
15 Signal
16 Signal
17 Ground
18 Signal
19 SDI
20 SEN
21 Signal
22 Ground
23 Signal
24 Signal
25 Ground
26 Signal
27 Signal
28 Signal
29 Signal
30 CCD CLAMP
31 CCD RESET
32 CCD PHRASE
33 CCD TRANSFER
34 CCD BW SELECT
35 +24 V dc IN
36 Ground

7002-xxx
J28—ADF CCD (X644e/X646e) 1 CCD DET R

2 ADF HOME ON
3 ADF POWER SAVER
4 +24 V dc LAMP
5 +24 V dc LAMP
6 ADF CCD BW SEL
7 Ground
8 ADFR CCD TRANS
9 Ground
10 ADFR CCD PHASE 1
11 Ground
12 ADFR CCD RESET
13 Ground
14 ADFR CCD CLAMP
15 Ground
16 ADFR CCD CLK
17 Ground
18 ADFR AFE RSAMP
19 Ground
20 ADFR AFE VSAMP
21 Ground
22 ADFR AFE D
23 ADFR AFE D
24 Ground
25 ADFR AFE D
26 ADFR AFE D
27 Ground
28 ADFR AFE D
29 ADFR AFE D
30 Ground
31 ADFR AFE D
32 ADFR AFE D
33 Ground
34 ADFR AFE SEN
35 ADFR AFE SCK
36 ADFR AFE SD1
5-22 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Motor driver board
Motor drive board connector pins
CN2 to ADF feed motor 1 A

2 +25 V dc
3 Na
4 B
5 +25 V dc
6 VBB
CN3 to ADF scan motor 1 OUT A
2 +25 V dc
3 OUT nA
4 OUT B
5 OUT nB
6 +25 V dc
CN5 to pick arm solenoid 1 SOL ON
2 +25 V dc
CN6 to flatbed interconnect card C1 Ground
C2 Ground
1 MDC ON
2 +25 V dc
3 +25 V dc
4 nTOP ADF
5 nSTART LINE
6 MDC TXD
7 Ground
8 nCOVER CLOSED
9 OUT A
10 OUT A

7002-xxx
Motor drive board connector pins (continued)
CN6 to flatbed interface card (continued) 11 OUT B

12 OUT B
13 Ground
14 nFLAT LENGTH1
15 nFLAT LENGTH3
16 Ground
17 FAN BACK
18 nRESET
19 +25 V dc
20 +25 V dc
21 nTOP FB
22 Ground
23 Ground
24 MDC RXD
25 nADF PRESENT
26 Ground
27 OUT nA
28 OUT nA
29 OUT nB
30 OUT nB
31 Ground
32 nFLAT LENGTH2
33 nHOME
34 FAN ON
35 +5 V dc
36 Ground
CN7 to cover closed and cover closing sensors 1 +5 V dc IN
2 nCOVER CLOSING
3 Ground
4 +5 V dc IN
5 nCOVER CLOSED
6 Ground
CN8 to paper tray sensor 1 Ground
2 ADF WIDTH1
3 ADF WIDTH2
4 Ground
5 nADF LENGTH
6 +5 V dc IN
5-24 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Motor drive board connector pins (continued)
CN9 to ADF exit sensor, ADF second scan sensor 1 Ground

2 nADF EXIT
3 +5 V dc IN
4 Ground
5 +5 V dc IN
6 n2ND SCAN
7 Ground
8 nADF COVER
9 +5 V dc IN
CN10 to jam remove sensor, ADF paper present 1 Ground
sensor, interval sensor, first scan sensor
2 nJAM REMOVE
3 +5 V dc IN
4 Ground
5 nADF PRESENT
6 +5 V dc IN
7 Ground
8 nADF INTERVAL
9 +5 V dc IN
10 Ground
11 +5 V dc IN
12 n1ST SCAN

7002-xxx
Flatbed interconnect card

Model X642e Models X644e/X642e
Flatbed interconnect card connector pins
J1 to CN6 on ADF motor drive card C1 Ground

C2 Ground
1 MDC ON
2 +25 V dc
3 +25 V dc
4 nTOP ADF
5 nSTART LINE
6 MDC TXD
7 Ground
8 nCOVER CLOSED
9 OUT A
10 OUT A
11 OUT B
12 OUT B
13 Ground
14 nFLAT LENGTH1
15 nFLAT LENGTH3
16 Ground
17 FAN BACK
5-26 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Flatbed interconnect card connector pins (continued)
J1 to CN6 on ADF motor drive card 18 nRESET

19 +25 V dc
20 +25 V dc
21 nTOP FB
22 Ground
23 Ground
24 MDC RXD
25 nADF PRESENT
26 Ground
27 OUT nA
28 OUT nA
29 OUT nB
30 OUT nB
31 Ground
32 nFLAT LENGTH2
33 nHOME
34 FAN ON
J1 to CN6 on ADF motor drive card (continued) 35 +5 V dc
36 Ground
J2 to CN2 on ADF CCD module 1
(models X644e/X646e)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

7002-xxx
CN1 to J1 on scanner control card 1 MOC DET

2 +25 V dc IN
3 +25 V dc IN
4 +25 V dc IN
5 Ground
6 nTOP FB
7 nTOP ADF
8 Ground
9 nSTART LINE
10 Ground
11 MDC TXD
12 MDC RXD
13 Ground
14 nADF PRESENT
15 nCOVER CLOSED
16 Ground
17 FAN ON
18 FAN BACK
19 Ground
20 nRESET
21 +3.3 V dc
22 Ground
23 Signal
24 Signal
CN2 Flatbed scan motor 1 OUT A
2 +25 V dc
3 out nA
4 OUT B
5 +25 V dc
6 OUT nB
5-28 Service Manual

7002-xxx
CN3 Flatbed paper length sensor assembly 1 Ground

2 nFLAT LENGTH1
3 +5 V dc IN
4 Ground
5 nFLAT LENGTH2
6 +5 V dc IN
7 Ground
8 nFLAT LENGTH3
9 +5 V dc IN
CN4 home sensor 1 Ground
2 nHOME
3 +5 V dc IN
CN5 C1 Ground
C2 Ground
1 CCD ON
2 POWER SAVER
3 +24 V dc IN
4 Ground
5 Ground
6 Ground
7 Ground
8 Ground
9 Ground
10 Ground
11 Ground
12 Signal
13 Signal
14 Ground

7002-xxx
CN5 (continued) 15 Signal

16 Signal
17 Ground
18 Signal
19 SDI
20 SEN
21 Signal
22 Ground
23 Signal
24 Signal
25 Ground
26 Signal
27 Signal
28 Signal
29 Signal
30 CCD CLAMP
31 CCD RESET
32 CCD PHASE
33 CCD TRANSFER
34 CCD BW SE:LECT
35 +24 V dc IN
36 Ground
5-30 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Modem card
Modem card connector pins
J68 on modem card 1 +5 V dc

2 Ground
3 +3.3 V dc
4 +3.3 V dc
5 Signal
6 Signal
7 Signal
8 Signal
9 Ground
10 Signal
11 Signal
12 Signal
13 Signal
14 Ground
15 Signal
16 Signal
17 Signal
18 Signal
19 Signal
20 Signal
21 Signal
22 Ground
23 DSP-IRQ
24 IO-WRITE
25 IO-READ
26 MOD CS
27 Ground
28 MOD RDY
29 MOD PRES
30 RESET N

7002-xxx
5-32 Service Manual

7002-xxx
6. Preventive maintenance
This chapter describes procedures for printer preventive maintenance. Following these recommendations can
help prevent problems and maintain optimum performance.
Safety inspection guide

The purpose of this inspection guide is to aid you in identifying unsafe conditions.
If any unsafe conditions exist, find out how serious the hazard could be and if you can continue before you
correct the hazard.
Check the following items:
• Damaged, missing, or altered parts, especially in the area of the on/off switch and the power supply.
• Damaged, missing, or altered covers, especially in the area of the top cover and the power supply cover.
• Possible safety exposure from any non-Lexmark attachments.
Lubrication specifications
No requirements for this printer.
Scheduled maintenance
Maintenance kit
The operator panel displays the message 80 Scheduled Maintenance at each 300K page count interval. It
is necessary to replace the fuser assembly, transfer roller, charge roll, and pick tires at this interval to maintain
the print quality and reliability of the printer. The parts are available as a maintenance kit with the following part
numbers:
Maintenance kits
Description Part number

115 V Maintenance kit 40X0100
After replacing the kit, the maintenance count must be reset to zero to clear the “80 Scheduled Maintenance”
message. See “Maintenance Page Count” on page 3-25.
Preventive maintenance 6-1

7002-xxx
Cleaning the scanner glass, cushions, and strips

2. Dampen a clean, lint-free cloth or cotton swab with isopropyl alcohol.
3. Clean the following with the cloth or swab:
• Flatbed contact glass
• Flatbed white cushion
• Front flatbed white strip
• Glass slit in flatbed glass holder (see step 4).
All models
4. Remove the flatbed glass holder and clean both sides of the glass slit. See “Upper glass holder
Warning: Be careful not to touch the white calibration strip (A) on the underside of the scanner flatbed
glass holder.
6-2 Service Manual

7002-xxx
5. For models X644e/X646e, remove the flatbed white cushion. See “Flatbed white cushion removal” on
page 4-32.
6. Press the release lever to open the lower exit guide
7. Use the cloth or swab to clean the ADF CCD glass and back ADF white strip with the cloth or swab.
Models X644e/X646e
8. Close the lower exit guide.

9. Close the document cover.
Preventive maintenance 6-3

7002-xxx
6-4 Service Manual

7002-xxx
7. Parts catalog
How to use this parts catalog

The following legend is used in the parts catalog:
Units/mach Units/
Asm- Part
- OR - kit or Description
Index number
Units/option pkg
• Asm-index: identifies the assembly and the item in the diagram. For example, 3-1 indicates Assembly 3
and the item number 1.
• Part number: identifies the unique number that identifies this FRU.
• Units/mach: refers to the number of units actually used in the base machine or product.
• Units/option: refers to the number of units used in the option and does not include the base machine.
• Units/kit or pkg: refers to the number of units packaged together and identified by the part number.
• PP: (Parts Packet) in the parts description column indicates the part is contained in a parts packet.
• NS: (Not shown) in the Asm-Index column indicates that the part is procurable but is not pictured in the
illustration.
• NA: (Not available) in the parts description column indicates the part is shown for identification purposes
only and is not available as a FRU.
Model information used in the parts catalog.
Model name Configuration Machine type Parts catalog
Lexmark X644e Network 7002-001 001
Lexmark X642e Network 7002-003 003
Lexmark X642e Network, modem 7002-005 005
Lexmark X644e Network, modem 7002-011 011
Lexmark X646e Network, hard disk 7002-101 101
Lexmark X646e Network, modem, hard disk 7002-111 111
Lexmark X644e HV, network 7002-002 002
Lexmark X642e HV, network 7002-004 004
Lexmark X642e HV, network, modem 7002-006 006
Lexmark X644e HV, network, modem 7002-012 012
Lexmark X646e HV, network, hard disk 7002-102 102
Lexmark X646e HV, network with hard disk 7002-112 112
Parts catalog 7-1

7002-xxx
Assembly 1: Covers—printer (model X642e)
7-2 Service Manual

7002-xxx

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1—1 40X0001 1 1 Fuser wiper cover assembly
2 40X0469 1 1 Upper sub cover assembly
3 40X0467 1 1 Upper cover assembly
4 40X0468 1 1 Upper tray cover (paper support)
5 40X0473 1 1 Right side cover
6 40X0471 1 1 Right cover assembly
7 40X0516 2 1 Counterbalance spring
8 40X3309 1 1 Upper front cover hinge assembly—X642e, includes:
• Operator panel frame (hinge)
• UICC 18-pin cable
• USB cable
• Cover open sensor
• Left hinge cable retainer
• Right hinge cable retainer
• Left hinge spring
• Right hinge spring
• Ground cable
• Screw, M3x10 (3)
• Screw, Sunk head (1)
9 40X3303 1 1 Operator panel right cover assembly—X642e, includes:
• Operator panel right cover
• Dial numeric pad key
• Control 1—Stop key
• Control 2—Go key
• Control 3—Clear key
• Hook, operator panel right assembly
• Compression spring
• LCD operator panel cap
• UICC #1 card assembly
• Screw, M3x8 (2)
• Screw, M3x8 (2)
10 40X0493 1 1 Multipurpose tray assembly
11 40X3301 1 1 LCD mono touchscreen display assembly—X642e, includes:
• LCD lower cover
• Mono LCD assembly
• LCD frame lever
• LCD lever spring
• Core
• Screw, M3x8 (4)
12 40X3299 1 1 Cover bezel with Lexmark logo—X642e, includes
• Bezel
• UICC #3
• Home key
• M3x8 screws (2)
13 40X3302 1 1 Operator panel left cover assembly—X642e, includes
• Operator left cover
• Operator panel left hook
• Admin key
• UICC #2 card assembly
• M3x18 screws (2)
• M3x18 screws (2)
14 40X0151 1 1 USB board assembly
Parts catalog 7-3

7002-xxx
Assembly 1 (continued): Covers—printer (model X642e)
7-4 Service Manual

7002-xxx

Description
1—15 40X3304 1 1 LCD (mono) touchscreen inverter card—X642e
16 40X0009 1 1 TLI/ID/serial number label—blank
17 40X0470 1 1 Left cover assembly
18 40X0472 1 1 Left side cover
NS 5 10 Parts packet (cable ties) (PP 40X0174)
NS 40X0050 2 1 Counterbalance spring
NS 40X5651 1 1 Vent cover
Parts catalog 7-5

7002-xxx
Assembly 2: Cover—printer (models X644e and X646e)
7-6 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 2: Covers—printer (models X644e and X646e)

Description
2—1 40X0001 1 1 Fuser wiper cover assembly
2 40X0469 1 1 Upper sub cover assembly
3 40X0467 1 1 Upper cover assembly
4 40X0468 1 1 Upper tray cover (paper support)
5 40X0473 1 1 Right side cover
6 40X0471 1 1 Right cover assembly
7 40X0516 2 1 Counterbalance spring
8 40X0515 1 1 Upper front cover hinge assembly—X644e/X646e, includes:
• Cable, VICC 18-pin
• Hinge, operator panel
• USB cable (1)
• Cover open switch and cable (1)
• Left cable retainer (1)
• Right cable retainer (1)
• Left hinge spring (1)
• Right hinge spring (1)
9 40X0496 1 1 Operator panel right cover assembly—X644e/X646e, includes:
• Stop button (1)
• Go button (1)
• Clear button (1)
• LED cap (1)
• Dial number pad
• User interface control card assembly
• Operator panel right cover
• Operator panel right side hook
10 40X0493 1 1 Multipurpose tray assembly
11 40X0494 1 1 LCD touchscreen display assembly—X644e/X646e
12 40X3313 1 1 Cover bezel with Lexmark logo—X644e
12 40X0476 1 1 Cover bezel with Lexmark logo—X646e
13 40X0495 1 1 Operator panel left cover assembly—X644e/X646e
14 40X0151 1 1 USB board assembly
15 40X0497 1 1 LCD touchscreen inverter card
16 40X0009 1 1 TLI/ID/serial number label—blank
17 40X0470 1 1 Left cover assembly
18 40X0472 1 1 Left side cover
NS 5 10 Parts packet (cable ties) (PP 40X0174)
NS 40X0050 2 1 Counterbalance spring
Parts catalog 7-7

7002-xxx
Assembly 3: Covers—ADF scanner
7-8 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 3: Covers—ADF scanner

Description
3—1 40X0450 1 1 Complete ADF assembly—X644e/X646e
2 40X3296 1 1 Complete ADF assembly—X642e
3 40X0451 1 1 Document tray assembly—X644e/X646e
4 40X3297 1 1 Document tray assembly—X642e
5 40X0452 1 1 ADF top cover assembly
6 40X0463 1 1 ADF scan cover
7 40X0465 1 1 ADF rear cover
8 40X0464 1 1 ADF front cover
9 1 1 Parts packet, sensors (PP 40X0481)
Parts catalog 7-9

7002-xxx
Assembly 4: Frame 1
7-10 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 4: Frame 1
Description
4—1 40X0065 4 1 Frame extension, nut plate
2 40X0225 1 1 Right side hand holder
3 4 4 Parts packet (PP 40X0165)
4 40X0024 1 1 Right frame extension
5 40X0026 1 1 Right side frame ground contact
6 40X0025 1 1 Left frame extension
7 40X0060 1 1 External ground clip
8 40X0231 1 1 Left side hand holder
9 40X0285 1 1 Frame clip
Parts catalog 7-11

7002-xxx
Assembly 5: Frame 2
7-12 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 5: Frame 2
Description
5—1 40X0027 1 1 Upper redrive deflector
2 40X0028 1 1 Upper diverter spring
3 40X0030 1 1 Redrive assembly—500-sheet in/500 out
4 40X0032 1 1 Transfer deflector with brush
5 40X0044 1 1 Gear guard
6 1 Parts packet (PP 40X0165)
7 40X0048 1 1 Paper switch activate spring
8 40X0046 1 1 Paper size sensing board assembly
9 40X0049 1 1 Gear release link
10 40X0054 1 1 Main fan with cable—500-sheet output
11 40X0051 1 1 Standard bin level sensor
12 40X0052 1 1 Standard bin level sensor bracket
13 40X0058 1 1 Output paper level flag
14 40X0264 1 1 Standard bin level sensor cable
15 40X0232 1 1 Redrive door assembly 500 sheet
16 40X0059 1 1 Extension guide
NS 2 2 Parts packet, redrive mounting screws (P/N 40X0254)
Parts catalog 7-13

7002-xxx
Assembly 6: Frame 3
7-14 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 6: Frame 3
Description
6—1 40X0249 1 1 EP DC fan assembly
2 40X0208 1 1 Blower duct
4 40X0034 1 1 Signature button contact assembly with cable
5 40X0033 4 1 Machine mounting pad
6 40X0223 1 1 HVPS/input sensor/toner sensor cable assembly
7 40X0036 1 1 Toner sensor assembly
8 40X0306 1 1 High voltage contact kit, including:
• Charge roll contact (1)
• Doc/TAR/Dev contact (3)
• PC drum contact (1)
• Screw (5)
• Screw block (4)
9 40X0213 1 1 Tray bias assembly
10 40X0021 2 1 Cartridge holddown assembly
11 40X0040 1 1 Upper paper feed deflector
12 40X0042 1 1 Inner paper feed deflector
13 40X0039 2 1 Developer support roller
14 40X0043 1 1 Input sensor
15 40X0209 1 1 Gear #60 MPF shield
16 40X0045 1 1 ESD shield with label
17 40X0207 1 1 EP duct
Parts catalog 7-15

7002-xxx
Assembly 7: Scanner automatic document feeder (ADF)—pickup

Description
7—1 40X0453 1 Pickup assembly
7-16 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 8: Scanner ADF—paper feed

Description
8—1 40X4656 1 1 Upper entrance guide kit, including:
• A—Separator roller with hub

• B—Torque limiter
• C—Upper entrance guide
• D—Sub ADF separator guide
• E—Snap ring
2 40X4658 1 1 Sub ADF separator guide
3 40X4657 1 1 Entrance guide
Parts catalog 7-17

7002-xxx
Assembly 9: Scanner ADF—lower exit guide assembly

Description
9—1 40X0460 1 1 Lower exit guide assembly—X644e/X646e
1 40X3311 1 1 Lower exit guide assembly—X642e
2 40X0458 1 1 ADF CCD module assembly—X644e/X646e only
7-18 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 10: Scanner ADF—motors and belts

Description
10—1 40X0482 1 1 Belts, including:
• A—Timing belt 52M194

• B—Timing belt 52M172
• C—Timing belt motor 52M292
• D—Timing belt second transport 52M152
• E—Timing belt first transport 52M132
Note: Belt P/N stamped on belt.
• F—Timing belt knob 52M172
2 40X0461 1 1 Feed motor (ADF feed)
3 40X0462 1 1 ADF scan motor assembly
Parts catalog 7-19

7002-xxx
Assembly 11: Scanner ADF—sensors
7-20 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 11: ADF—sensors

Description
11—1 40X0456 1 1 Pickup arm assembly solenoid
2 40X0481 1 4 Parts packet, sensors
• A—Second scan sensor
• B—Paper present
• C—Interval sensor
• D—First scan sensor
• E—ADF top cover open
• F—Flatbed cover open
• G—Jam access door
Note: There are four different sensors in the parts packet, some of the
same sensors are used in different locations.
3 40X0486 1 1 Motor driver card
Parts catalog 7-21

7002-xxx
Assembly 12: Scanner—flatbed
7-22 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 12: Scanner—flatbed

Description
12—1 40X3298 1 1 Complete flatbed scanner assembly—X642e
1 40X0457 1 1 Complete flatbed scanner assembly—X644e/X644e
2 40X0483 1 1 Flatbed contact glass
3 40X0466 1 1 Flatbed white cushion
4 40X0475 1 1 Scan cover
5 40X0513 1 1 Flatbed cover closed actuator
6 40X0514 1 1 Flatbed cover closing actuator
7 40X0478 1 1 Flatbed CCD module assembly
8 40X3312 1 1 Flatbed interconnect card assembly—X642e
9 40X0485 1 1 Flatbed interconnect card assembly—X644e/X646e
10 40X0490 1 1 Belt tension spring
11 40X0479 1 1 Flatbed CCD drive belt
12 40X0480 1 1 Flatbed scan motor, including flatbed scan motor to flatbed interconnect
card cable
13 40X0491 1 1 Flatbed paper size sensor assembly (assembly includes 3 sensors)—
X644e/X646e
13 40X0491 1 1 Flatbed paper size sensor assembly (assembly includes 3 sensors but only
one sensor is required)—X642e
14 40X0474 1 1 Front cover
15 40X0481 1 1 Parts packet, sensors (home sensor)
16 40X0487 1 1 Flatbed CCD ribbon cable
17 40X0484 1 1 Glass holder assembly
Parts catalog 7-23

7002-xxx
Assembly 13: Printhead

Description
13—1 40X0061 1 1 Laser printhead cable assembly
2 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (printhead mounting screw)
3 40X0062 1 1 Printhead assembly (includes all cables)
CAUTION
The printhead is not a serviceable FRU. Do not disassemble

the printhead.
7-24 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 14: Paper feed—autocompensator

Description
14—1 40X0066 1 1 Pick arm assembly—500-sheet
2 40X0069 1 1 Parts packet, bellcrank assembly for—500-sheet tray
• Bellcrank (1)
• Spring (1)
3 40X0070 2 2 Pick tires, pick roll assembly
4 40X0072 1 1 Paper out flag—500-sheet tray
5 40X0215 1 1 Paper low/out sensor card assembly, 500-sheet
6 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (hanger)
7 40X0074 1 1 Paper size/autocompensator cable
Parts catalog 7-25

7002-xxx
Assembly 15: Paper feed—multipurpose feeder
7-26 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 15: Paper feed—multipurpose feeder

Description
15—1 40X0079 1 1 Multipurpose feeder lower deflector assembly
2 40X0310 1 1 Multipurpose feeder pick arm assembly with solenoid
3 40X0076 1 1 Pick roll assembly
4 40X0077 1 1 Multipurpose feeder paper out flag
5 1 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (lower deflector mounting screw, 8 mm)
5 1 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (lower deflector mounting screw, 12 mm)
5 1 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (frame mounting screw)
NS 1 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (pick roll shaft clip)
Parts catalog 7-27

7002-xxx
Assembly 16: Paper feed—alignment
7-28 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 16: Paper feed—alignment

Description
16—1 40X0084 1 1 Paper feed alignment assembly paper feed
2 1 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (clip ref ground mounting screw)
3 40X0085 1 1 Reference ground clip
4 40X0086 1 1 Parts packet (reference adjust)
• Screw, paper reference adjust (1)
• Washer, paper reference adjust (1)
• Nut, paper reference adjust (1)
NS 1 1 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (alignment asm mounting screw)
Parts catalog 7-29

7002-xxx
Assembly 17: Integrated 500-sheet paper tray
7-30 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 17: Integrated 500-sheet paper tray

Description
17—1 40X0098 1 1 Tray assembly—500-sheet tray
2 40X0099 1 1 Side restraint
3 40X0182 4 1 Wear strip
4 40X0103 1 1 Pass thru plate—500-sheet tray
5 40X0183 1 1 Wear plate—500-sheet tray
6 40X0105 2 1 Restraint pad
7 40X0106 1 1 Back restraint
Parts catalog 7-31

7002-xxx
Assembly 18: Drives—Main drive and developer drive
7-32 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 18: Drives—Main drive and developer drive

Description
18—1 40X0107 1 1 Gearbox with motor
2 40X0111 1 1 Power takeoff shaft—500-sheet
3 40X0112 1 1 Power takeoff shaft spring
4 40X0113 1 1 Bevel gear with grease packet and washer
• Bevel gear (1)
• Instruction sheet (1)
• Grease packet (1)
• washer (1)
5 40X0114 1 1 Developer drive assembly
6 40X0115 Parts packet, developer drive
• Developer drive shaft (1)
• shaft, coupler gear #55 (1)
7 3 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (developer drive ground screw)
NS 4 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (gearbox mounting screw)
Parts catalog 7-33

7002-xxx
Assembly 19: Hot roll fuser
7-34 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 19: Hot roll fuser

Description
19—1 40X2592 1 1 Fuser assembly w/115 V lamp
1 40X2591 1 1 Fuser assembly w/100 V lamp
1 40X2590 1 1 Fuser assembly w/220 V lamp
2 40X0120 1 1 Fuser wiper cavity cover
3 40X0122 1 1 Fuser lamp, 115V
3 40X0123 1 1 Fuser lamp, 220V
4 40X0121 1 Fuser cover assembly kit, including:
• Thermistor (1)
• Thermostat (1)
• Left and right fuser lamp contact assemblies (1)
5 Parts packet (fuser mounting screw) (PP 40X0254)
6 40X0239 1 Exit sensor flag/spring kit, including:
• Spring (1)
• Flag (1)
7 40X0236 1 1 Exit/narrow media sensor cover
8 Parts packet (PP 40X0165)
9 40X0125 1 1 Exit sensor
10 40X0230 1 1 Exit sensor cable
11 40X0238 1 Narrow media flag/spring kit, including:
1 • Spring
1 • Flag
12 40X0124 1 1 Narrow media sensor
13 40X0229 1 1 Narrow media sensor cable
NS 40X0226 1 1 Fuser AC to fuser lamp cable
Parts catalog 7-35

7002-xxx
Assembly 20: Transfer/charging
7-36 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 20: Transfer/charging

Description
20—1 40X0126 1 Parts kit, charge roll link asm, left side
2 40X0127 1 2 Charge roll assembly, dual
3 40X0129 1 Parts kit, right side charge roll link assembly
4 40X0130 1 1 Transfer roll assembly
5 40X0131 1 1 Transfer roll assembly right arm
6 40X0132 1 1 Transfer roll right spring
7 40X0133 1 1 Transfer pivot shaft
8 40X0134 1 1 Transfer roll left spring
9 40X0135 1 1 Transfer roll left arm
NS 1 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (charge roll screw)
NS 1 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (C-clip, pivot shaft)
Parts catalog 7-37

7002-xxx
Assembly 21: Electronics—power supplies
7-38 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 21: Electronics—power supplies

Description
21—1 40X4243 1 1 LVPS/AIO—115 V ac
1 40X4244 1 1 LVPS/AIO—220 V ac
2 40X0260 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft right angle, 13 amp)—United States, Canada,
Caribbean countries, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, El
Salvador, Equator, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama,
Puerto Rico, Saudi Arabia, Venezuela, and Virgin Islands
2 40X0256 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Bolivia and Peru
2 40X0255 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Argentina
2 40X0257 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Chile, Uruguay
2 40X0258 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Arabic, Austria, Belgium, Bluemark, CIS,
Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary,
Ireland, Italy, Medmark, (1 and 2), Netherlands, Norway, Paraguay, Poland,
Portugal, Russia, Slavic countries, Spain, Sweden, Turkey, and UK.
2 40X0293 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Anguilla (UK), Antigua and Barbuda,
Bahrain, Botswana, Burma (Myanmar), Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica,
Falkland Islands, Gambia, Ghana, Gibraltar, Grenada, Guyana, Hong Kong,
Iraq, Ireland, Isle of Man, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Lebanon, Liberia, Malawi,
Malaysia, Malta, Mauritius, Montserrat, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, Pitcairn
Island (UK), Qatar, Scotland, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts
and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and Grenadines, Sudan, Tanzania,
Trinidad and Tobago, Uganda, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom,
Vanuatu, Wales, Yemen, Zambia, Zimbabwe.
2 40X0259 1 1 Power cord set (6 ft right angle)—Brazil
2 40X0301 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft straight)—AS/NZS
2 40X0271 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft straight)—Hong Kong
2 40X0272 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Japan
2 40X0280 1 1 Power cord set (6 ft straight)—Korea
2 40X0303 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft straight)—PRC
2 40X0281 1 1 Power cord set (6 ft right angle)—Taiwan
2 40X0294 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Denmark, Norway, and Sweden
2 40X0295 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Israel
2 40X0304 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Botswana, Lesotho, Namibia, Pakistan,
and South Africa
2 40X0305 1 1 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Switzerland
3 40X4275 1 1 High voltage power supply
4 1 Parts packet (PP 40X0165)
5 40X0223 1 1 Front cable harness (HVPS/input sensor/toner sensor)
Parts catalog 7-39

7002-xxx
Assembly 22: Electronics—card assemblies
7-40 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 22: Electronics—card assemblies

Description
22—1 40X3305 1 1 Scanner control card—X642e
1 40X0498 1 1 Scanner control card—X644e/X646e
2 40X0509 1 1 Hard disk IDE 50-pin cable—X646e
3 40X0489 1 1 Hard disk assembly—X646e
4 40X0520 1 1 Interface card assembly
5 40X0510 1 1 Hard disk 4-pin power cable—X646e
6 40X3310 1 1 System board assembly—X642e (Board ID M010 6030)
6 40X2722 1 1 System board assembly (network)—X644e/X646e (Board ID M010 6000)
7 40X3477 1 1 Bar code card assembly—X642e
7 40X2792 1 1 Bar code card assembly—X644e/X646e
7 40X2529 1 1 IPDS SCS/TNe card assembly—X644e/X646e
7 40X2793 1 1 PRESCRIBE card assembly—X644e/X646e
7 40X3479 1 1 PrintCryption card assembly—X642e
7 40X4178 1 1 PrintCryption card assembly—X644e/X646e
8 40X0519 1 1 Modem card assembly
9 40X0507 1 1 Modem 30-pin cable
NS 40X3478 1 1 Forms card assembly—X642e
NS 40X4179 1 1 Forms card assembly—X644e/X646e
Note: The system board has a label with an board ID and barcode. Use the first eight numbers to identify the
board with the part number in the table above:
Parts catalog 7-41

7002-xxx
Assembly 23: Electronics—shields

Description
23—1 40X0150 1 1 Outer shield
2 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (INA cover mounting screw)
2 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (outer shield mounting screw)
2 Parts packet (PP 40X0165) (inner shield mounting screw)
3 40X0149 1 1 Inner shield assembly
4 40X0153 1 1 INA flat cover (blank)
5 40X0152 1 1 Ethernet shield (blank)
7-42 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 24: Cabling diagram 1

Description
24—1 40X0223 1 1 HVPS/input sensor/toner sensor cable assembly
2 40X0160 1 1 MPF sensor cable
3 40X0264 1 1 Standard bin level sensor cable
Parts catalog 7-43

7002-xxx

Description
25—1 40X0061 1 1 Laser printhead cable assembly
2 40X0074 1 1 Paper size/autocompensator cable
3 40X0046 1 1 Paper size sensing board assembly
7-44 Service Manual

7002-xxx

Description
26—1 40X0034 1 1 Signature button contact assembly with cable
2 40X0156 1 1 Bottom/front autoconnect cable assembly
3 40X0223 1 1 HVPS/input sensor/toner sensor cable assembly
4 40X0224 1 1 LVPS to system board cable assembly
Parts catalog 7-45

7002-xxx
Assembly 27: Cabling diagram 4—model X642e
7-46 Service Manual

7002-xxx

Description
27—1 40X3309 1 1 Upper front cover hinge assembly—X642e, includes
• 1A—Operator panel to LCD Inverter card cable (2-pin)
• 1B—Operator panel card to UICC #2 card cable (8-pin)
• 1C—USB cable (1)
• 1D—Cover open switch/cable from system board
• 1E—LCD display to operator panel card cable (14-pin ribbon)
• 1F—Operator panel cable from SCC
• 1G—Operator panel card to bezel card cable (4-pin)
• 1H—LCD display to operator panel card cable (4-pin)
• 1J—LCD display to LCD inverter card cable (2-pin)
2 40X0162 1 1 System board to fuser board cable assembly
3 40X0163 1 1 Fuser AC lamp to LVPS cable assembly
4 40X0226 1 1 Fuser connector (fuser AC to fuser lamp)
Parts catalog 7-47

7002-xxx
Assembly 28: Cabling diagram 4—models X644e/X646e
7-48 Service Manual

7002-xxx

Description
28—1 40X0515 1 1 Upper front cover hinge assembly—X644e/X646e, includes:
• 1A—USB cable (1)
• 1B—Cover open switch/cable (1)
• 1C—Operator panel cable to SCC card (1)
See full description of upper front cover hinge assembly on page 7-7.
2 40X0511 1 1 Inverter 32-pin cable (operator panel card to LCD inverter card)
3 40X0512 1 1 32-pin cable (LCD display to operator panel cable)
4 40X0162 1 1 System board to fuser board cable assembly
5 40X0163 1 1 Fuser AC lamp to LVPS cable assembly
6 40X0226 1 1 Fuser connector (fuser AC to fuser lamp)
Parts catalog 7-49

7002-xxx
3
1
2
3
4
7-50 Service Manual

7002-xxx

Description
29—1 40X0310 1 1 Multipurpose feeder pick arm assembly with solenoid
2 40X0159 1 1 Main drive motor cable assembly
3 40X0249 1 1 EP DC fan assembly
4 40X0054 1 1 Main fan with cable, 500-sheet output
5 40X0161 1 1 Ground cable
Parts catalog 7-51

7002-xxx
7-52 Service Manual

7002-xxx

Description
30—1 40X0491 1 1 Flatbed paper size sensor assembly (3 sensors are included in the
assembly, model X642e uses only one)
5 NA 1 1 Flatbed interconnect card (CN1) to SCC card cable (J15) (NOT AVAILABLE
AS A FRU)
6 NA 1 1 Flatbed interconnect card (CN4) to home sensor cable (NOT AVAILABLE
AS A FRU)
7 40X0480 1 1 Flatbed scan motor, including flatbed scan motor to flatbed interconnect
card cable
8 NA 1 1 Flatbed paper size sensor to interconnect card cable (CN3) (NOT
AVAILABLE AS A FRU)
Parts catalog 7-53

7002-xxx
7-54 Service Manual

7002-xxx

Description
31—1 40X0491 1 1 Flatbed paper size sensor assembly (3 sensors are included in the
assembly, model X642e uses only one)
2 NA 1 1 Flatbed paper size sensor cable to flatbed interconnect card (CN3) (NOT
AVAILABLE AS A FRU)
5 40X0509 1 1 Hard disk IDE 50-pin cable—X646e
6 40X0510 1 1 Hard disk 4-pin power cable—X646e
8 NA 1 1 Scanner control card (J1) to flatbed interconnect card (CN1) cable (NOT
AVAILABLE AS A FRU)
9 NA 1 1 Scanner control card (J28) to flatbed interconnect card (CN5) (NOT
AVAILABLE AS A FRU)
10 NA 1 1 Home sensor to flatbed interconnect card (Cn4) (NOT AVAILABLE AS A
FRU)
11 40X0480 1 1 Flatbed scan motor, including scan motor
Parts catalog 7-55

7002-xxx

4 1A
2
1B
1C
1D

Description
32—1 40X0481 1 1 Parts packet, sensors
• A—Second scan sensor
• B—Jam access door sensor
• C—First scan sensor
• D—Interval sensor
2 40X0456 1 1 Pickup arm assembly solenoid
3 40X0486 1 1 Motor driver card
4 NA 1 1 Paper present sensor cable (NOT AVAILABLE AS A FRU)
7-56 Service Manual

7002-xxx

Description
• A—ADF top cover open sensor
• B—First scan sensor
• C—Flatbed cover closed sensors (cover closing, cover closed)
• D—ADF paper length sensor
2 NA 1 1 Feed motor cable (NOT AVAILABLE AS A FRU)
3 40X0506 1 1 MDC to flatbed interconnect card 36-pin cable
4 NA 1 1 Flatbed cover open sensor cable (NOT AVAILABLE AS A FRU)
5 N/A 1 1 Transport motor cable (NOT AVAILABLE AS A FRU)
6 N/A 1 1 Paper length sensor cable, includes paper width sensor assembly—X644e/
X646e
Parts catalog 7-57

7002-xxx

Description
• A—ADF top cover open sensor
• B—First scan sensor
• C—Flatbed cover closed sensors (cover closing, cover closed)
• D—ADF paper length sensor
2 NA 1 1 Feed motor cable (NOT AVAILABLE AS A FRU)
3 40X0502 1 1 ADF CCD to flatbed interconnect card 36-pin cable—X644e/X646e
4 40X0506 1 1 MDC to flatbed interconnect card 36-pin cable
5 NA 1 1 Flatbed cover open sensor cable (NOT AVAILABLE AS A FRU)
6 N/A 1 1 Transport motor cable (NOT AVAILABLE AS A FRU)
7 N/A 1 1 Paper length sensor cable, includes paper width sensor assembly—X644e/
X646e
7-58 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 35: Optional 250-sheet paper drawer

Description
Index number option or pkg
35—1 40X3230 1 1 250-sheet paper drawer, complete assembly
2 1 1 Parts packet, screws (PP 99A0263) (switch spring)
3 99A0063 1 1 Switch activate spring
4 56P4129 1 1 Paper out arm—250-sheet
5 3 3 Parts packet, screws (PP 99A0263) (auto comp mounting)
5 4 4 Parts packet, screws (PP 99A0263)
6 40X3232 1 1 Pick arm assembly
7 56P1228 1 1 Bellcrank—250-sheet paper tray
8 99A1929 2 1 Bellcrank spring—250-sheet paper tray
10 40X3234 1 1 Bin low sensor with cable
11 40X3233 1 1 Option pass thru sensor
12 99A0272 1 1 Drive shaft—250-sheet
13 99A0275 1 1 Power takeoff spring
14 40X3237 1 1 Base assembly
Parts catalog 7-59

7002-xxx
Assembly 36: Optional 250-sheet paper tray

Description
36—1 40X3231 1 1 Tray assembly, option—250-sheet
2 40X3235 1 1 Side restraint—250-sheet tray
3 56P1279 1 4 Wear strips
4 56P4230 1 1 Clip—250 sheet pass thru
5 99A0121 1 1 Plate—250-sheet tray wear
6 99A0120 1 2 Restraint pad
7 40X3236 1 1 Back restraint—250-sheet tray
7-60 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 37: Optional 500-sheet paper drawer

Description
37—1 40X3243 1 1 Drawer assembly, complete—500-sheet
2 3 3 Parts packet, screws (PP 99A0263) (auto comp mounting screw)
3 40X3246 1 1 Pick arm assembly—500 sheet
4 56P1228 1 1 Bellcrank spring arm
5 56P2540 1 1 Bellcrank spring—500-sheet option tray
8 99A0275 1 1 Power takeoff spring
10 40X3245 1 1 Bin low sensor with cable
11 40X3247 1 1 Base assembly, 500-sheet
12 56P4145 1 1 Paper out arm—500-sheet drawer
13 99A0063 1 1 Switch activate spring
14 1 1 Parts packet, screws (PP 99A0263)
Parts catalog 7-61

7002-xxx
Assembly 38: Optional 500-sheet paper tray

Description
38—1 56P4150 1 1 Complete tray assembly—500-sheet
2 56P4137 1 1 Side restraint—500-sheet tray
3 99A0292 1 4 Wear strips
4 56P4196 1 1 Pass thru plate
5 56P4195 1 1 Plate—500 sheet wear
6 99A0120 1 2 Restraint pad
7 56P4147 1 1 Back restraint—500-sheet tray
7-62 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 39: Duplex option

Description
39—1 56P4102 1 1 Duplex assembly—500-sheet
Parts catalog 7-63

7002-xxx
Assembly 40: Envelope feeder
7-64 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 40: Envelope feeder

Description
40—1 40X3248 1 1 Complete envelope option
Parts catalog 7-65

7002-xxx
Assembly 41: High-capacity feeder 1
7-66 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 41: High capacity feeder 1

Description
41—1 40X3250 1 1 Complete option assembly (letter)
1 40X3249 1 1 Complete option assembly (A4)
2 99A1818 1 1 Wear dimple strip
3 99A0681 4 1 Wear strip
4 40X3254 1 1 Front door assembly
5 56P4157 1 2 Door hinge
6 4 1 Parts packet, nuts (PP 99A0676) (6-32 hinge mounting nut)
7 4 1 Parts packet, washers (PP 99A0677) (hinge mounting flat washer)
8 4 1 Parts packet, washers (PP 99A0677) (hinge mounting star washer)
9 40X3252 1 1 2000-sheet option control card assembly
10 99A0658 2 2 Door magnet
Parts catalog 7-67

7002-xxx

Description
42—1 99A0654 1 1 Paper low switch
2 Parts packet, nuts (PP 99A0676)
3 40X3262 1 1 AC external jumper cord
4 40X2669 1 1 Power supply board
7-68 Service Manual

7002-xxx

Description
43—1 99A0275 1 1 Power takeoff spring
Parts catalog 7-69

7002-xxx

Description
44—1 3 Parts packet, screws (PP 99A0263) (auto comp assembly mounting screw)
2 40X3255 1 1 Pick arm assembly—2000-sheet
7-70 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Assembly 45: Options

Description
NS 40X1508 1 1 128MB memory option
NS 40X1564 1 1 32MB Flash card
NS 40X1455 1 1 64MB Flash card
NS 40X3477 1 1 Bar code card assembly—X642e
NS 40X4181 1 1 Bar code card assembly—X644e/X646e
NS 40X3479 1 1 PrintCryption card assembly—X642e
NS 40X4178 1 1 PrintCryption card assembly—X644e/X646e
NS 40X4180 1 1 PRESCRIBE card assembly—X644e/X646e
NS 40X1376 1 1 MarkNet 8020 Gigabit Ethernet
NS 40X1377 1 1 MarkNet 8030 Fiber Ethernet
NS 40X1378 1 1 MarkNet 8050 wireless print server, 802.11g, US
NS 40X1562 1 1 MarkNet 8050 wireless print server, 802.11g, non-US
NS 40X0291 1 1 Parallel 1284-B interface card
NS 40X0290 1 1 RS232C serial interface card
NS 40X2529 1 1 IPDS SCS/TNe card assembly—X644e/X646e
NS 56P4116 1 1 Universal adjustable tray assembly—400-sheet
NS 40X3478 1 1 Forms card assembly—X642e
NS 40X4179 1 1 Forms card assembly—X644e/X646e
NS 40X1513 1 1 Simplified Chinese font card
NS 40X1514 1 1 Traditional Chinese font card
NS 40X1515 1 1 Korean font card
NS 40X1512 1 1 Japanese font card
NS 40X0179 1 1 Nyogel 744 grease packet
NS 40X0171 1 1 Cartridge shipping package, empty
NS 7375947 1 1 Relocation kit
NS 40X0499 1 1 Screws, parts packet
Parts catalog 7-71

7002-xxx
7-72 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Index
Numerics C
250-sheet paper drawer, option 7-59 cable diagrams 7-43 , 7-44 , 7-45, 7-46, 7-48, 7-50
250-sheet paper tray, option cabling diagrams 7-52 , 7-56, 7-57
parts catalog 7-60 CACHE Test 3-9
service check 2-147 Configuration ID 3-19
2xx paper jam and paper handing errors 2-57 configuration menu
500-sheet paper drawer, option 7-61 accessing 3-1, 3-24
500-sheet paper tray 7-30 ADF Edge Erase 3-29
500-sheet paper tray, option Automatic Scanner Registration 3-30
parts catalog 7-62 available menus 3-24
service check 2-147 Disk Encryption 3-32
80 scheduled maintenance 6-1 Energy Conserve 3-28
8xx Service error codes 2-13 Envelope Prompts 3-32
900.xx error code service check 2-118 EVENT LOG (print only) 3-31
950.00 through 950.29 EPROM mismatch failure 2-120 Factory Defaults 3-28
950.30 through 950.60 EPROM mismatch failure 2-121 FB Edge Erase 3-30
9xx Service error codes 2-14 Font Sharpening 3-34
Format Fax Storage 3-29
A Jobs On Disk 3-32
acronyms 1-18 Key Repeat Initial Delay 3-35
adjustments Key Repeat Rate 3-35
fuser solenoid 4-2 LES Applications 3-34
gap adjustment 4-2 Maintenance Page Count 3-25
paper alignment assembly 4-3 Min Copy Memory 3-29
printhead assembly 4-2 Panel Menus 3-27
scanner registration 4-4 Paper Prompts 3-31
alignment assembly PPDS Emulation 3-27
adjustment 4-3 Print Quality Pages 3-26
parts catalog 7-28 Require Standby 3-34
removal 4-122 Reset Maintenance Counter 3-25
ASIC Test 3-23 SIZE SENSING 3-26
autocompensator, integrated tray Wipe Disk 3-33
parts catalog 7-25 Wiper Message 3-35
pick roll installation 4-106 configurations, models 1-1, 1-2, 7-1
removal 4-103 connector locations
autoconnect connectors, bottom 5-8 autoconnect—bottom 5-8
autoconnect connectors, front 5-8 autoconnect—front 5-8
automatic document feeder (ADF) connectors
parts catalog 7-17, 7-18, 7-19, 7-20 , 7-57 , 7-58 flatbed interconnect card 5-26
removals 4-6 fuser board 5-9
sensor locations 5-2 high voltage power supply (HVPS) 5-9
interface card 5-10
B LCD inverter board (IUCC #2) 5-16
barcode, system board 7-41 low voltage power supply (LVPS) 5-11
bevel gear modem card 5-31
installation 4-76 motor driver board 5-23
removal 4-75 operator panel card (UICC #1)—model X642e 5-12
blower duct 7-15 operator panel card (UICC #1)—models X644e/X646e
Button Test 3-8 5-14
buttons scanner control card 5-17
accessing service menus 3-1 system board 5-3
Button Test 3-8 USB card 5-10
upper front cover including buttons 7-7
upper front panel button kit 7-7
Index I-1
7002-xxx
contrast control 2-149 PRINT TESTS

cover closed switch 2-125 input source 3-7
Prt Quality Pgs 3-7
D PRINTER SETUP
defaults Configuration ID 3-19
EP defaults 3-20 Defaults 3-17
factory defaults 3-28 Edge to Edge 3-19
US/Non-US defaults 3-17 engine settings 3-18
deflector Envelope Enhance 3-18
inner paper deflector assembly 4-101 Model Name 3-18
MPF lower paper deflector 4-117 Page Count 3-18
upper paper deflector assembly 4-138 Par x Strobe Adj 3-19
developer drive assembly Perm Page Count 3-18
parts 7-32 Serial Number 3-18
removal 4-77 REGISTRATION 3-5
developer drive coupler kit 4-78 Quick Test 3-6
diagnostics menu SCANNER TESTS
accessing 3-1 ASIC Test 3-23
available tests 3-2 Feed Test 3-23
BASE SENSOR TEST 3-15 Scanner Manual Registration 3-23
DEVICE TESTS Sensor Tests 3-23
Disk Test/Clean 3-16 dimensions 1-6
Flash Test 3-17 Disk Encryption 3-32
Quick Disk Test 3-16 DRAM Test 3-9
DUPLEX TESTS duplex option
Duplex Feed 1 3-13 parts catalog 7-63
Duplex Feed 2 3-13 service check 2-127
Motor Test 3-12 duplex tests
Quick Test 3-11 Duplex Feed 1 3-13
Sensor Test 3-12 Duplex Feed 2 3-13
Top Margin 3-11 Motor Test 3-12
EP SETUP Quick Test 3-11
Charge Roll 3-21 Sensor Test 3-12
EP Defaults 3-20 Top Margin 3-11
Fuser Page Count 3-20
Fuser Temp 3-20 E
Gap Adjust 3-21 Edge to Edge 3-19
Print Contrast 3-21 Energy Conserve 3-28
Transfer 3-21 Engine Setting 3-18
Warm Up Time 3-20 Envelope Enhance 3-18
EVENT LOG envelope feeder
Clear Log 3-22 parts catalog 7-64
Display Log 3-21 service check 2-129
Print Log 3-22 Envelope Prompts 3-32
exiting 3-4 EP duct 7-15
HARDWARE TESTS EPROM mismatch failure 2-120, 2-121
Button Test 3-8 error codes, service 2-13
CACHE Test 3-9 ESD cover 4-78
DRAM Test 3-9 ESD-sensitive parts 4-1
Panel Test 3-8 event log
parallel wrap tests 3-10 clear log (diagnostics menu) 3-22
serial wrap tests 3-10 display log (diagnostics mode) 3-21
INPUT TRAY TESTS print log (configuration menu) 3-31
Feed Test 3-13 print log (diagnostics menu) 3-22
Sensor Test 3-14
OUTPUT BIN TESTS
Feed Test 3-14
Sensor Tests 3-15
I-2 Service Manual

7002-xxx
F H
fans handle
cartridge fan 2-119 left cover 4-72 , 7-11
EP fan 7-15 right cover 4-72 , 7-11
main fan 2-119, 4-111 hard disk
Feed Test (scanner) 3-23 parts catalog 7-40
flag removal 4-44
fuser exit sensor flag and spring 4-83 Help button, service check 2-154
fuser narrow media flag and spring 4-90 high voltage power supply (HVPS)
paper bin full sensor 4-124 connectors 5-9
Flash Test 3-17 parts catalog 7-38
flatbed interconnect card removal 4-99
connectors 5-26 high-capacity feeder
parts catalog 7-22 service check 2-141
removal 4-33 high-capacity input tray (HCIT)
flatbed scanner options 1-3
parts catalog 7-22, 7-52, 7-54 parts catalog 7-66, 7-68, 7-69, 7-70
removals 4-6 service check 2-141
sensor locations 5-1 Home button, service check 2-154
flatbed white cushion, removal 4-32 Home screen 2-4
Font Sharpening 3-34
Format Fax Storage 3-29 I
frame extensions 4-73 inner paper deflector removal 4-101
frames, parts catalog 7-10, 7-12 , 7-14 inner shield
fuser parts catalog 7-42
connectors 5-9 removal—model X642e 4-130
installation 4-80 removal—models X644e/X646e 4-131
parts catalog 7-34 input sensor removal 4-102
removals 4-79 input sensor tray tests 3-14
service check 2-132 input source tests 3-7
fuser board 5-9 input tray feed test 3-13
fuser cover 4-95 installation
fuser exit sensor bevel gear 4-76
flag and spring removal 4-83 fuser assembly 4-80
parts catalog 7-35 fuser exit sensor 4-82
removal 4-82 fuser exit sensor spring 4-84
service check 2-138 fuser narrow media sensor 4-89
fuser lamp fuser narrow media spring replacement 4-90
parts catalog 7-35 pick roll assembly (integrated tray autocompensator)
removal 4-86 4-106
fuser narrow media sensor integrated tray autocompensator assembly
flag and spring 4-90 parts catalog 7-25
flag and spring parts catalog 7-35 removal 4-103
flag and spring removal 4-90 interface card
parts catalog 7-35 connectors 5-10
service check 2-139 parts catalog 7-40
fuser solenoid removal 4-107
adjustment 4-2 service check 2-148
service check 2-140
fuser to LVPS AC cable removal 4-92
J
fuser transfer plate removal 4-97 jams
fuser wiper cover assembly paper path 3-39
parts catalog 7-3, 7-7 Jobs On Disk 3-32
removal 4-54 K
G Key Repeat Initial Delay 3-35
gap adjustment 3-21 , 4-2 Key Repeat Rate 3-35
gear release link removal 4-98 keypad 2-3
Index I-3
7002-xxx
L modem
lamp, fuser 4-86 card connectors 5-31
LCD inverter board parts catalog 7-40
connectors 5-16 status messages 2-40
left cover handle holder removal 4-72 motor driver board, connectors 5-23
LES Applications 3-34 MPF arm assembly 4-116
Lexmark Embedded Solution 3-34 MPF lower paper deflector 4-117
locations MPF solenoid assembly 4-119
ADF sensors 5-2 multipurpose feeder
flatbed sensors 5-1 parts catalog 7-26
low voltage power supply (LVPS) removal 4-71
connectors 5-11
N
parts catalog 7-38
narrow media sensor
removal 4-109
See fuser narrow media sensor
lower front cover assembly removal 4-71
numeric keypad 2-3
lower paper deflector, MPF 4-117
lubrication specifications 6-1 O
M operator panel
Button Test 3-8
main drive assembly
description 2-2
parts catalog 7-32
LCD inverter board 5-16
removal 4-113
operator panel card (UICC #1), model X642e 5-12
service check 2-153
operator panel card, models X644e/X646e 5-14
main fan removal 4-111
Panel Test 3-8
maintenance
right cover assembly service check 2-154
ESD-sensitive parts 4-1
upper front cover 7-7
flatbed white cushion 6-2
USB card 5-10
lubrication 6-1
options
maintenance kit 6-1
descriptions 1-3
preventive 6-1
parts catalog 7-71
safety inspection guide 6-1
service checks 2-155
scanner glass 6-2
outer shield
maintenance approach 1-1
parts catalog 7-42
maintenance kits 6-1
removal 4-126
media specifications 1-9
output bin sensor tests 3-15
Menu button, service check 2-154
menus 2-9 P
accessing service menus 3-1 packaging 7-71
accessing user menus 2-5 page count
configuration menu 3-24 Fuser Page Count 3-20
diagnostics menu 3-2 Page Count 3-18
list of user menus 2-9 permanent page count 3-18
messages Panel Menus 3-27
check device connection messages 2-56 Panel Test 3-8
service error codes 2-13 paper bin full sensor flag 4-124
user attendance messages 2-42 paper deflector assembly
user line 2 link messages 2-56 inner 4-101
user status displays 2-38 upper 4-138
Min Copy Memory 3-29 paper feed jams
Model Name 3-18 200 and 201—remove cartridge 3-46
models 1-1, 1-2, 7-1 202—open rear door 3-47
X642e 23x and 24x jams 3-43
cabling diagram—parts catalog 7-46 23x—duplex rear door 3-48
operator panel 2-2 250—MPF 3-40
X644e/X646e 260—envelope feeder 3-41
cabling diagram—parts catalog 7-48 290, 291, 292, and 294 scanner jams 3-49
operator panel 2-2 access door and trays 3-39
access doors and trays 3-39
I-4 Service Manual

7002-xxx
clearing 3-40 printhead

identifying jams 3-38 adjustment 4-2
paper path 3-39 parts catalog 7-24
paper jam error codes 2-57 removal 4-127
paper path 3-39 service check 2-165
Paper Prompts 3-31
paper size sensing board 2-158, 4-125 Q
paper specifications 1-9 quality
parallel wrap tests 3-10 printer
part number index 2-9 all black page 2-160
parts catalog background 2-162
250-sheet paper drawer, option 7-59 banding 2-163
250-sheet paper tray, option 7-60 black bands on outer edges 2-163
500-sheet paper drawer, option 7-61 blank page 2-161
500-sheet paper tray, option 7-62 blurred or fuzzy print 2-161
cabling 7-43, 7-44, 7-45 , 7-46 , 7-48, 7-50, 7-52, light print 2-164
7-56, 7-57 random marks 2-161
covers—ADF scanner 7-8 residual image 2-163
covers—printer 7-2 toner on backside of printed page 2-164
covers—printer—model X642e 7-2 scanner
covers—printer—model X644e/X646e 7-6 all black or blank 2-168
drives—main drive and developer drive 7-32 line compression 2-169
duplex option 7-63 vertical streaks or lines 2-165
electronics wavy lines 2-169
card assemblies 7-40 quality pages 3-7, 3-26
power supplies 7-38 Quick Disk Test 3-16
shields 7-42 Quick Test 3-6 , 3-11
envelope feeder 7-64
frame 1 7-10
R
frame 2 7-12 redrive assembly
frame 3 7-14 parts catalog 7-12
high-capacity feeder 7-66, 7-68, 7-69, 7-70 removal 4-128
hot roll fuser 7-34 redrive door 4-58
integrated paper tray—500-sheet 7-30 REGISTRATION 3-5
optional 250-sheet paper drawer 7-59 registration 3-5
optional 250-sheet paper tray 7-60 automatic scanner 3-30
options 7-71 Scanner
paper feed Automatic Registration 4-4
alignment 7-28 Scanner Manual Registration 4-5
autocompensator 7-25 relocation kit 7-71
multipurpose feeder 7-26 removal procedures and cautions 4-6
printhead 7-24 removals
scanner ADF—lower exit guide assembly 7-18 printer removals
scanner ADF—motors and belts 7-19 bevel gear 4-75
scanner ADF—paper feed 7-17 developer drive assembly 4-77
scanner ADF—pickup 7-16 developer drive coupler kit 4-78
scanner ADF—sensors 7-20 ESD cover 4-78
scanner—flatbed 7-22 fuser assembly 4-79
transfer⁄ charging 7-36 fuser cover removal 4-95
pass thru plate 4-74 fuser exit sensor 4-82
pick rolls, integrated tray autocompensator 4-105 fuser exit sensor flag and spring 4-83
pick tire fuser lamp 4-86
integrated tray autocompensator pick roll 4-105 fuser narrow media flag and spring 4-90
MPF 4-118 fuser narrow media sensor 4-88
power takeoff shaft and spring 4-126 fuser to LVPS AC cable 4-92
PPDS Emulation 3-27 fuser transfer plate 4-97
preventive maintenance 6-1 fuser wiper cover assembly 4-54
print quality pages 3-7, 3-26 gear release link 4-98
print registration 3-5 high voltage power supply 4-99
Index I-5
7002-xxx
inner paper deflector assembly 4-101 CCD belt tension spring 4-19
inner shield—model X642e 4-130 CCD beth removal 4-17
inner shield—models X644e/X646e 4-131 cover closed actuator 4-22
input sensor 4-102 cover closing actuator 4-21
integrated tray autocompensator assembly 4-103 document tray assembly 4-23
integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly flatbed CCD module assembly 4-28
4-105 flatbed CCD ribbon cable 4-24
interface card assembly 4-107 flatbed contact glass 4-31
LCD inverter card assembly 4-108 flatbed interconnect card removal 4-33
LCD touchscreen—model X642e 4-69 flatbed paper length sensor assembly 4-35
LCD touchscreen—models X644e/X646e 4-67 flatbed scan assembly 4-38
left and right frame extensions 4-73 flatbed scan motor assembly 4-41
left cover handle holder 4-72 flatbed white cushion 4-32
low voltage power supply (LVPS) 4-109 front flatbed cover 4-11
lower front cover assembly 4-71 hard disk 4-44
lower paper deflector 4-117 home sensor 4-46
main drive assembly 4-113 lower exit guide assembly 4-47
main fan 4-111 pickup solenoid assembly 4-48
MPF arm assembly 4-116 scan cover (flatbed) removal 4-11
MPF pick tire removal 4-118 scanner control card 4-48
MPF solenoid assembly 4-119 scanner flatbed glass holder assembly 4-50
MPF⁄ lower front cover assembly 4-71 scanner left side cover 4-10
operator panel left cover assembly 4-61 scanner right side cover 4-12
operator panel right cover assembly 4-64 separator assembly torque limiter 4-52
paper alignment assembly 4-122 upper glass holder 4-53
paper bin full sensor flag 4-124 Require Standby 3-34
paper size sensing board 4-125 right cover handle holder removal 4-72
pass thru plate 4-74 right cover removal 4-58
power takeoff shaft and spring 4-126
printer left side cover 4-56 S
printer outer shield 4-126 safety information xvii
printhead 4-127 safety inspection guide 6-1
redrive assembly 4-128 scanner
redrive door 4-58 parts catalog 7-8, 7-16, 7-17, 7-18, 7-19 , 7-20 , 7-22
right cover handle holder 4-72 specifications 1-4
right cover removal 4-58 Scanner Automatic Registration 4-4
signature button contact assembly 4-129 scanner control card
system board and inner shield—model X642e connectors 5-17
4-130 removal 4-48
system board and inner shield—models X644e/ Scanner Manual Registration 3-23
X646e 4-131 scheduled maintenance 6-1
toner sensor 4-132 sensors
touchscreen bezel 4-66 flatbed paper length sensor assembly 4-35
transfer roll assembly 4-132 fuser exit sensor 4-82
upper front cover hinge assembly 4-136 fuser narrow media sensor 4-88
upper paper deflector assembly 4-138 home sensor 4-46
upper sub cover 4-55 input 4-102
upper tray cover 4-133 locations 5-1, 5-2
upper tray cover (paper support) 4-56 output bin sensor, integrated paper tray 2-156
USB card 4-139 paper bin full 4-124
scanner ADF and flatbed paper size sensing board 4-125
ADF attach screws 4-13 parts catalog (scanner) 7-20
ADF CCD module assembly 4-14 toner 4-132
ADF complete assembly 4-15 serial number 3-18
ADF front cover 4-6 serial wrap tests 3-10
ADF pick assembly 4-7
ADF rear cover 4-7
ADF top cover 4-9
ADF upper entrance guide assembly 4-16
I-6 Service Manual

7002-xxx
service checks operator panel Menu button—X642e 2-154

202.03 error code 2-95 operator panel right cover assembly 2-154
202.06 error code 2-95 options 2-155
290.00 error code 2-96 output bin sensor 2-156
290.01 error check 2-98 paper feed 2-156
290.02 error code 2-100 paper size sensing board 2-158
290.10 error code 2-102 paper width sensor—model X644e/X646e 2-123
291.00 error code 2-104 parallel port 2-159
291.01 error code 2-105 print quality 2-160
291.02 error code 2-106 printhead 2-165
292.00 error code 2-107 scan quality 2-165
293 error code 2-108 signature button assembly 2-170
294.00 error code 2-109 system board 2-170
294.01 error code 2-110 toner sensor 2-171
294.02 error code 2-112 transfer roll 2-172
294.03 error code 2-113 service error codes 2-13
298.01 error code 2-115 shield
298.02 error code 2-115 inner shield—model X642e 4-130
842.xx error code 2-115 inner shield—models X644e/X646e 4-131
843.xx error code 2-116 outer 4-126
845.00 error code 2-117 signature button contact assembly
848.00 error code 2-118 removal 4-129
848.01 error code 2-118 specifications
900.90 error code 2-118 acoustics 1-8
900.xx error code 2-118 data streams 1-4
927.xx error code—fan 2-119 dimensions 1-6
950.00 through 950.29 EPROM mismatch failure 2-120 electrical 1-7
ADF paper length 2-122 environment 1-8
cartridge fan 2-119 media guidelines 1-9
charge roll 2-123 memory configuration 1-5
cold fuser 2-134 operating clearances 1-5
cover closed sensors—flatbed 2-124 power requirements 1-7
cover open switch/cable—printer 2-125 resolution 1-4
dead machine 2-125 scanner 1-4
DRAM memory options 2-155 start 2-1
duplex option 2-127 strobe adjustment 3-19
envelope feeder 2-129 sub error codes 2-13
flash memory option 2-155 switch, cover closed 2-125
flatbed size sensor 2-131 symptoms
fuser 2-132 duplex option 2-12
fuser exit sensor 2-138 envelope feeder 2-12
fuser narrow media sensor 2-139 high-capacity feeder 2-11
fuser solenoid 2-140 paper trays 2-12
hard disk option 2-155 printer (MFP) 2-10
high-capacity feeder input tray 2-141 scanner—ADF symptoms 2-11
hot fuser 2-135 , 2-136, 2-137 scanner—flatbed 2-11
input sensor 2-146 scanner—scan quality 2-11
input tray, optional 2-147 system board
interface card 2-148 barcode 7-41
LCD touchscreen contrast control—model X642e connectors 5-3
2-149 parts catalog 7-40
LCD touchscreen display—models X644e/X646e removal—model X642e 4-130
2-149 removal—models X644e/X646e 4-131
main drive 2-153 service check 2-170
main fan 2-119
network card (976.xx) 2-155
network card (977.xx) 2-155
operator panel Help and Home buttons—model X642e
2-154
Index I-7
7002-xxx
T
theory of operation
autocompensator 3-36
autoconnect cabling and connectors 3-37
duplex unit 3-37
option microcode 3-37
toner sensor removal 4-132
tools 1-17
Top Margin
duplex 3-11
simplex (front side) 3-5
touchscreen 2-2 , 2-3
bezel removal 4-66
removal 4-67
service check—model X642e 2-149
service check—models X644e/X646e 2-149
transfer roll assembly
parts catalog 7-36
removal 4-132
service check 2-172
U
UICC #1
model X642e operator panel card 2-149 , 2-154, 5-12
model X644e/X646e operator panel card 5-14
UICC #2
LCD inverter board 5-16
unique tools 1-17
upper front cover hinge assembly removal 4-136
upper paper deflector 4-138
upper sub cover, removal 4-55
upper tray cover removal 4-133
USB
card connectors 5-10
location 2-4
removal 4-139
user attendance messages 2-42
user line 2 link messages 2-56
user status displays 2-38
W
warm up time 3-20
Wipe Disk 3-33
wiper cover 4-54
Wiper Message 3-35
wrap tests 3-10
I-8 Service Manual

7002-xxx
Part number index
P/N Description Page
1319128 Parallel wrap plug - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-159, 3-10

40X0001 Fuser wiper cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-7
40X0009 TLI/ID/serial number label—blank - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5, 7-7
40X0021 Cartridge holddown spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0024 Right frame extension - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X0025 Left frame extension - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X0026 Contact, RSF ground - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X0027 Upper redrive deflector - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0028 Upper diverter spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0030 Redrive assembly, 500 in/500 out - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0032 Transfer deflector with brush - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0033 Machine mounting pad - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0034 Signature button contact assembly with cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-15, 7-45
40X0036 Toner sensor assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0039 Developer support roller - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0040 Upper paper feed deflector - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0042 Inner paper feed deflector - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0043 Input sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0044 Gear guard - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0045 ESD shield with label - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0046 Paper size sensing board assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-13, 7-44
40X0048 Paper switch activate spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0049 Gear release link - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0050 Counterbalance spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5, 7-7
40X0051 Standard bin level sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0052 Standard bin level sensor bracket - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0054 Main fan with cable, 500-sheet output - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-13, 7-51
40X0058 Output paper level flag - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0059 Extension guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0060 External ground clip - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X0061 Laser printhead cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-24, 7-44
40X0062 Printhead assembly (includes all cables) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-24
40X0065 Frame extension, nut plate - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X0066 Pick arm assembly—500-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
40X0069 Parts packet, bellcrank assembly for—500-sheet tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
40X0070 Pick roll assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59, 7-61, 7-70
40X0070 Pick tires, pick roll assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
40X0072 Paper out flag—500-sheet tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
40X0074 Paper size/autocompensator cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-25, 7-44
40X0076 Pick roll assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X0077 Multipurpose feeder paper out flag - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X0079 Multipurpose feeder lower deflector assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X0084 Paper feed alignment assembly paper feed - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X0085 Reference ground clip - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X0086 Parts packet (reference adjust) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X0098 Tray assembly—500-sheet tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
40X0099 Side restraint - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
40X0100 115 V Maintenance kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-1
40X0103 Pass thru plate—500-sheet tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
40X0105 Restraint pad - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
Part number index I-9

7002-xxx
40X0106 Back restraint - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31

40X0107 Gearbox with motor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X0111 Power takeoff shaft—500-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X0112 Power takeoff shaft spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X0113 Bevel gear with grease packet and washer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X0114 Developer drive assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X0115 Parts packet, developer drive - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X0120 Fuser wiper cavity cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0121 Fuser cover assembly kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0122 Fuser lamp, 115V - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0123 Fuser lamp, 220V - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0124 Narrow media sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0125 Exit sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0126 Parts kit, charge roll link asm, left side - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X0127 Charge roll assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X0129 Parts kit, right side charge roll link assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X0130 Transfer roll assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X0131 Transfer roll assembly right arm - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X0132 Transfer roll right spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X0133 Transfer pivot shaft - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X0134 Transfer roll left spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X0135 Transfer roll left arm - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X0149 Inner shield assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-42
40X0150 Outer shield - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-42
40X0151 USB board assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-7
40X0152 Ethernet shield (blank) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-42
40X0153 INA flat cover (blank) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-42
40X0156 Bottom/front autoconnect cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X0159 Main drive motor cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-51
40X0160 MPF sensor cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X0161 Ground cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-51
40X0162 System board to fuser board cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47, 7-49
40X0163 Fuser AC lamp to LVPS cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47, 7-49
40X0165 Parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11, 7-13, 7-15, 7-24, 7-25, 7-27, 7-29, 7-33, 7-35, 7-37, 7-39, 7-42
40X0171 Cartridge shipping package, empty - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X0174 Parts packet (cable ties) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5, 7-7
40X0179 Nyogel 744 grease packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X0182 Wear strip - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
40X0183 Plate, 500-sheet tray wear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
40X0207 EP duct - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0208 Blower duct - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0209 Gear #60 MPF shield - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0213 Tray bias assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0215 Paper low/out sensor card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
40X0223 HVPS/input sensor/toner sensor cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15, 7-39, 7-43, 7-45
40X0224 LVPS to system board cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X0225 Right side hand holder - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X0226 Fuser AC to fuser lamp cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35, 7-47, 7-49
40X0227 Parts packet (fuser mounting screw) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0229 Narrow media sensor cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0230 Exit sensor cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0231 Left side hand holder - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X0232 Redrive door assembly 500 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X0236 Exit/narrow media sensor cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0238 Narrow media flag/spring kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0239 Exit sensor flag/spring kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X0249 EP DC fan assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15, 7-51
40X0254 Parts packet, redrive mounting screws - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
I-10 Service Manual

7002-xxx
40X0255 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Argentina - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39

40X0256 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Bolivia and Peru - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0257 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Chile, Uruguay - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0258 Power cord set (8 ft right angle) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0259 Power cord set (6 ft right angle)—Brazil - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0260 Power cord set (8 ft right angle, 13 amp)—United States - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0264 Standard bin level sensor cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-13, 7-43
40X0271 Power cord set—Hong Kong - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0272 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—Japan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0280 Power cord set (6 ft straight)—Korea - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0281 Power cord set—Taiwan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0285 Frame clip - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X0290 RS232C serial interface card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X0291 Parallel 1284-B interface card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X0293 Power cord set (8 ft right angle)—UK - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0294 Power cord set—Denmark, Norway, and Sweden - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0295 Power cord set—Israel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0301 Power cord set—AS/NZ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0303 Power cord set—PRC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0304 Power cord set—Botswana, Lesotho, Namibia, Pakistan, and South Africa - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0305 Power cord set—Switzerland - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X0306 High voltage contact kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X0310 Multipurpose feeder pick arm assembly with solenoid - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-27, 7-51
40X0450 Complete ADF assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X0451 Document tray assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X0452 ADF top cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X0453 Pickup assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-16
40X0456 Pickup arm assembly solenoid - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-21, 7-56
40X0457 Complete flatbed scanner assembly—X644e/X644e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X0458 ADF CCD module assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-18
40X0460 Lower exit guide assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-18
40X0461 Feed motor (ADF feed) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
40X0462 ADF scan motor assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
40X0463 ADF scan cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X0464 ADF front cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X0465 ADF rear cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X0466 Flatbed white cushion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X0467 Upper cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-7
40X0468 Upper tray cover (paper support) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-7
40X0469 Upper sub cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-7
40X0470 Left cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5, 7-7
40X0471 Right cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-7
40X0472 Left side cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5, 7-7
40X0473 Right side cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-7
40X0474 Front cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X0475 Scan cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X0476 Cover bezel with Lexmark logo—X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X0478 Flatbed CCD module assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X0479 Flatbed CCD drive belt - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X0480 Flatbed scan motor, including flatbed scan motor to flatbed interconnect card cable - - - - - 7-23, 7-53, 7-55
40X0481 Parts packet, sensors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-9, 7-21, 7-23, 7-53, 7-55, 7-56, 7-57, 7-58
40X0482 Belts - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
40X0483 Flatbed contact glass - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X0484 Glass holder assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X0485 Flatbed interconnect card assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X0486 Motor driver card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-21, 7-56
40X0487 Flatbed CCD ribbon cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23, 7-53, 7-55
40X0489 Hard disk assembly—X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41
40X0490 Belt tension spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23

7002-xxx
40X0491 Flatbed paper size sensor assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23, 7-53, 7-55

40X0493 Multipurpose tray assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-7
40X0494 LCD touchscreen display assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X0495 Operator panel left cover assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X0496 Operator panel right cover assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X0497 LCD touchscreen inverter card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X0498 Scanner control card—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41
40X0502 ADF CCD to flatbed interconnect card 36-pin cable—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-58
40X0506 MDC to flatbed interconnect card 36-pin cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57, 7-58
40X0507 Modem 30-pin cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41, 7-53, 7-55
40X0509 Hard disk IDE 50-pin cable—X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41, 7-55
40X0510 Hard disk 4-pin power cable—X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41, 7-55
40X0511 Inverter 32-pin cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
40X0512 32-pin cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
40X0513 Flatbed cover closed actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X0514 Flatbed cover closing actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X0515 Upper front cover hinge assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7, 7-49
40X0516 Counterbalance spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-7
40X0519 Modem card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41
40X0520 Interface card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41
40X1376 MarkNet 8020 Gigabit Ethernet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X1377 MarkNet 8030 Fiber Ethernet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X1378 MarkNet 8050 wireless, US - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X1455 64MB Flash card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X1508 128MB memory option - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X1512 Japanese font card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X1513 Simplified Chinese font card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X1514 Traditional Chinese font card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X1515 Korean font card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X1562 MarkNet 8050 wireless, non-US - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X1564 32MB Flash card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X2529 IPDS SCS/TNe card assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41, 7-71
40X2590 Fuser assembly w/220 V lamp - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X2669 Power supply board - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-68
40X2722 System board assembly (network), (Board ID Q0016000)—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41
40X2792 Bar code card assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41
40X2793 PRESCRIBE card assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41
40X3230 250-sheet paper drawer, complete assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
40X3231 Tray assembly, option—250-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-60
40X3232 Pick arm assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
40X3233 Option pass thru sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59, 7-70
40X3234 Bin low sensor with cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
40X3235 Side restraint—250-sheet tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-60
40X3236 Back restraint—250-sheet tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-60
40X3237 Base assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
40X3243 Drawer assembly, complete—500-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
40X3244 Option pass thru sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
40X3245 Bin low sensor with cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
40X3246 Pick arm assembly—500 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
40X3247 Base assembly, 500-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
40X3248 Complete envelope option - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
40X3249 Complete option assembly (A4) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
40X3250 Complete option assembly (letter) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
40X3252 2000-sheet option control card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
40X3254 Front door assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
I-12 Service Manual

7002-xxx
40X3255 Pick arm assembly—2000-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-70

40X3262 AC external jumper cord - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-68
40X3296 Complete ADF assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X3297 Document tray assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X3298 Complete flatbed scanner assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X3301 LCD mono touchscreen display assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X3302 Operator panel left cover assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X3303 Operator panel right cover assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X3304 LCD (mono) touchscreen inverter card—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X3305 Scanner control card—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41
40X3309 Upper front cover hinge assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-3, 7-47
40X3310 System board assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-41
40X3311 Lower exit guide assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-18
40X3312 Flatbed interconnect card assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X3477 Bar code card assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-41, 7-71
40X3478 Forms card assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-41, 7-71
40X3479 PrintCryption card assembly—X642e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-41, 7-71
40X4178 PrintCryption card assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-41, 7-71
40X4179 Forms card assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-41, 7-71
40X4180 PRESCRIBE card assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X4181 Bar code card assembly—X644e/X646e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
40X4243 LVPS/AIO—115 V ac - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X4244 LVPS/AIO—220 V ac - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X4275 High voltage power supply - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X4656 Upper entrance guide kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4657 Entrance guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4658 Sub ADF separator guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
56P1228 Bellcrank spring arm - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P1228 Bellcrank—250-sheet paper tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P1279 Wear strips - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-60
56P2540 Bellcrank spring—500-sheet option tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P4102 Duplex assembly—500-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P4116 Universal adjustable tray assembly—400-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
56P4129 Paper out arm—250-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P4137 Side restraint—500-sheet tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-62
56P4145 Paper out arm—500-sheet drawer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P4147 Back restraint—500-sheet tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-62
56P4150 Complete tray assembly—500-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-62
56P4157 Door hinge - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P4195 Plate—500 sheet wear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-62
56P4196 Pass thru plate - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-62
56P4230 Clip—250 sheet pass thru - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-60
7375947 Relocation kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
99A0063 Switch activate spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-59, 7-61
99A0120 Restraint pad - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-60, 7-62
99A0121 Plate—250-sheet tray wear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-60
99A0263 Parts packet, screws - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59, 7-61, 7-70
99A0272 Drive shaft—250-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-59, 7-69
99A0275 Power takeoff spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59, 7-61, 7-69
99A0292 Wear strips - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-62
99A0447 Drive shaft—500-sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
99A0654 Paper low switch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-68
99A0658 Door magnet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
99A0676 Parts packet, nuts - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -7-67, 7-68
99A0677 Parts packet, washers - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
99A0681 Wear strip - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67

7002-xxx
99A1818 Wear dimple strip - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67

99A1929 Bellcrank spring—250-sheet paper tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
I-14 Service Manual

Lexmark X644e, X646e
Wiring diagram
AIO—printer
Lexmark X642e
Wiring diagram
AIO—scanner
Lexmark X644e, X646e
Wiring diagram
AIO—scanner

Table of Contents: Lexmark™ X642e, X644e, X646e MFP 7002-xxx

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Table of Contents: Lexmark™ X642e, X644e, X646e MFP 7002-xxx

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Table of Contents: Lexmark™ X642e, X644e, X646e MFP 7002-xxx

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Edition: February 27, 2007

Lexmark™ X642e, X644e, X646e MFP

• Safety and Notices

Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond design are

Edition: February 27, 2007

© 2007 Lexmark International, Inc.

UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RIGHTS

General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Diagnostic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Table of contents iii

Scanner—scan quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Fuser exit sensor service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-138

Diagnostic aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

DEVICE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Key Repeat Initial Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Repair information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Table of contents vii

Flatbed interconnect card removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

viii Service Manual

Paper alignment assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122

Locations and connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Preventive maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Parts catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Assembly 9: Scanner ADF—lower exit guide assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

Part number index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-9

A laser notice label may be affixed to this MFP.

Avis relatif à l’utilisation de laser

Avvertenze sui prodotti laser

Avisos sobre el láser

Declaração sobre Laser

xii Service Manual

Laser notices xiii

Avís sobre el Làser

xiv Service Manual

Japanese Laser Notice

Korean Laser Notice

xvi Service Manual

-xviii Service Manual

There are several types of caution statements:

A caution identifies something that might cause a servicer harm.

This type of caution indicates a hot surface.

This type of caution indicates a tipping hazard.

-xx Service Manual

Model name Configuration Machine type

Lexmark X644e Network 7002-001

Lexmark X642e Network 7002-003

Lexmark X642e Network, modem 7002-005

Lexmark X644e Network, modem 7002-011

Lexmark X646e Network, hard disk 7002-101

Lexmark X646e Network, modem, hard disk 7002-111

Lexmark X644e HV, network 7002-002

Lexmark X642e HV, network 7002-004

Lexmark X642e HV, network, modem 7002-006

Lexmark X644e HV, network, modem 7002-012

Lexmark X646e HV, network, hard disk 7002-102

Lexmark X646e HV, network, hard disk 7002-112

General information 1-1

Model X644e or X646e MFP Model X644e or X646e MFP

Standard output bin